lane county public service building roofing system ...€¦ · 8/3/2019 · seattle, washington...

PROJECT MANUAL

LANE COUNTY PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING ROOFING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT

EUGENE, OREGON

for

LANE COUNTY FACILITIES PLANNING LANE COUNTY - COUNTY ADMINISTRATION

Lane County Contract No. WJE No. 2018.5225

March 8, 2019 Released For Bids

WJE ENGINEERS & ARCHITECTS, P.C. 960 South Harney Street

Seattle, Washington 98108 (206) 622-1441

LC-Public Services Building Table of Contents

Roofing System Replacement - Released for Bids Page 1 of 2

March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 01 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section No. Section Title Pages

Division 0 - Procurement & Contracting Requirements 00 01 11 Project Title Page 1

00 01 12 Project Information 1 to 2

00 11 13 Advertisement for Bids 1 to 3

00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 1

00 31 00 Available Project Information 1

00 41 00 Bid Form 1 to 6

00 43 13 Bid Security Form 1

00 43 22 Unit Prices Form 1

00 43 23 Alternates Form 1

00 43 39 First Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form 1 to 3

00 50 00 Contracting Forms and Supplements 1 to 2

00 52 00 Agreement Form 1

00 52 02 Lane County Standard Provisions 21.130 1 to 3

00 52 03 Lane County Standard Conditions For Public Improvements 21.131 1 to 2

00 61 13 Performance & Payment Bonds 1

00 61 15 Public Works Bond 1

00 72 00 General Conditions 1

00 73 16 Insurance Requirements 1

00 73 17 Insurance Coverage Required Form 1 to 2

00 73 43 Prevailing Wage Rates 1 to 3

Division 1 - General Requirements 01 01 15 List of Drawings 1

01 11 00 Summary of Work 1 to 7

01 23 00 Alternates 1

01 26 00 Contract Modification and Payment Procedures 1 to 4

01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 1 to 4

01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 to 4

01 35 53 Security Procedures 1 to 2

01 35 55 Lane County Facility Access Agreement 1 to 2

01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 1 to 6

01 63 00 Substitutions and Product Options 1 to 2

01 63 23 Substitution Request Form 1 to 2

01 70 10 Execution of Work 1 to 9

01 70 20 Project Closeout 1 to 4

01 74 00 Cleaning 1 to 2

01 78 33 Warranties 1 to 2

01 78 39 Project Record Documents 1

Division 2 - Existing Conditions

02 41 19 Selective Demolition 1 to 3



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

Division 5 - Metals

05 40 05 Cold-Form Steel Framing 1 to 4

Division 6 - Wood, Plastics and Composites

06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 1 to 3

06 16 43 Exterior Gypsum Sheathing 1 to 4

Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

07 25 01 Air Moisture Barrier 1 to 5

07 52 16 Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing 1 to 23

07 54 19 Thermoplastic Polyvinylcholride Membrane 1 to 23

07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1 to 14

Division 8 - Openings 08 44 33 Sloped Glazing Assemblies 1 to 10

08 91 00 Stationary Blade Wall Louvers 1 to 3

Division 22 - Plumbing 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 1 to 5

22 05 29 Hangers Supports and Anchors for Plumbing 1 to 4

22 05 48 Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping 1 to 3

22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping 1 to 2

22 05 90 Pressure Testing for Plumbing Systems 1 to 2

22 07 00 Insulation for Plumbing 1 to 3

22 21 13 Pipe and Pipe Fittings Plumbing 1 to 4

22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures 1 to 2

Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 1 to 2

23 05 29 Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for HVAC 1 to 2

23 31 01 HVAC Ducts and Casing-Low Pressure 1 to 2

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Project Title Page


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 01 01

PROJECT TITLE PAGE

PROJECT INFORMATION

PROJECT NAME

Lane County Public Service Building

Roofing System Replacement

DATE OF ISSUE

March 8, 2019

PROJECT OWNER

Lane County

DEPARTMENT

County Administration Department

Division of Operations

ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER

2018.5225

BUILDING NAME


PROJECT ADDRESS

125 East 8th Avenue, Eugene, OR 97401

ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS

Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.

960 South Harney Street

Seattle, WA 98108

Principal In Charge: Rocco Romero

Project Architect: Larry R. Meyers

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SEAL AND SIGNATURE

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Project Information


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 01 02

PROJECT INFORMATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

A. Project Name: Lane County Public Service Building Roofing System Replacement, located at

the Lane County Public Service Building at 125 East 8th Avenue, Eugene, OR 97401.

B. Architect's Project Number: 2018.5225.

C. Owner's Project Manager: Matt Dapkus, Lane County Facility Planner.

1. Department: County Administration.

2. Division: Division of Operations

3. Address: 125 East 8th Avenue.

4. City, State, Zip: Eugene, OR 97401.

5. Phone: 541-682-4420.

6. E-mail: [email protected].

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. Summary Project Description: The Project consists of the general construction services for the

roofing replacement of portions of the Public Service Building and Harris Hall. Work to

include all items contained in these construction documents and as outlined in Section 01 11 00

- Summary of Work.

B. Contract Terms: Fixed-Cost Project.

1.3 PROJECT CONSULTANTS

A. The Architect, hereinafter referred to as Architect: Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.

960 South Harney Street

Seattle, WA 98108

Phone: 206-622-1441

Principal In Charge: Rocco C. Romero

Contact - Project Architect: Larry R. Meyers

B. Associate Architect

PIVOT Architecture

44 West Broadway, Suite 300

Eugene, OR 97401

Phone: (541) 342-7291

Principal in Charge: Kelley Howell, AIA [email protected]

Contact - Project Architect: Bill Seider, FAIA [email protected]

C. Mechanical Engineer

PAE Engineers

44 West Broadway, Suite 430

LC-Public Services Building Project Information


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

Eugene, OR 97401

(541) 735-6222

Contact: Jack Yousey, P.E. - [email protected]

1.4 PROCUREMENT TIMETABLE

A. Construction Documents for Bidding will be available: March 12, 2019 at 3:00 pm

B. Mandatory Pre-Bid Briefing and Site Tour: March 19, 2019 at 10:30 am.

C. Non-Mandatory Pre-Bid Briefing and Site Tour: March 22, 2019 at 10:30 am.

D. Date of Last Addendum Issued: 5 days prior to due date of bids.

E. Bid Closing Date and Time: Wednesday, April 3, 2019, at 2:00 PM local time.

F. Bid Opening: Wednesday, April 3, 2019, immediately following time that bids are due.

G. Anticipated construction start on site: Not earlier than May 20, 2019. And no later June 3,

2019.

H. Required Substantial Completion Date: Not later than September 27, 2019.

I. Desired Final Completion Date: Not later than October 11, 2019.

J. Completion date is critical due to requirements of Owner's operations.

K. The Owner reserves the right to change the schedule or terminate the entire procurement

process at any time.

1.5 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS

A. Availability of Documents: Electronic Copies of complete sets of Contract Documents may be

obtained:

1. Copies of the Electronic Files for the Contract Documents may be downloaded by any

interested bidder, subcontractor, or supplier by going to the Lane County-Wide Bid Page

at https://www.lanecounty.org/cms/One.aspx?portalId=3585881&pageId=4081169

2. As a courtesy, the County will provide copies of Addenda items (official changes /

revisions /updates to the process or documentation) via e-mail to Bidders who attend the

Pre-bid Walk-through, but it is important for all Bidders to understand that the Lane

County internet website project page for this Request for Bid is the official source for

information and that it is the Bidder’s responsibility to check the site regularly for updates.

3. Paper copies of Contract Documents for bidding purposes will not be provided by the

Owner, or the Architect's office.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Advertisement For Bids


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 11 13

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

1.1 INVITATION TO BID

A. Notice is hereby given that sealed bids for LANE COUNTY PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING ROOFING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT, Owner's Contract Number 54265 will be received by , Matt Dapkus ([email protected] 541-682-4420) at the Lane County Commissioners Reception, Plaza Level, Lane County Public Service Building, 125 East 8th Avenue, Eugene, OR 97401, until The Bid Closing Time of 2:00 p.m. , on , Wednesday, April 3, 2019. The Bid Opening time will be immediately after the deadline for submission of bids. Bids will be opened at the above location.

B. The Project consists of the general construction services for the roof replacement of portions of the Public Service Building and Harris Hall. The address of the project is 125 East 8th Avenue in Eugene, Oregon. Work to include all items contained in these construction documents and as outlined in Section 01 11 00 - Summary of Work.

C. Bids are required for the entire work described in the Bidding Documents. Each bid must be submitted on the required form and be accompanied by a bid security in the form of a bid bond, irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008, cashier's check, or certified check, payable to "Lane County" in an amount of not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the bid including additive alternates if any.

D. Copies of the files for the Bid Documents may be downloaded by any interested Bidder, subcontractor, or supplier on or after March 11, 2019 , by going to the Lane County-Wide Bid Page Site at https://www.lanecounty.org/cms/One.aspx?portalId=3585881&pageId=4081169

E. Any modifications to the Bidding Documents will be made by addendum, which, if any, will be posted on the Lane County County-Wide Bid Page prior to the time stated for receiving bids. It is the bidder's responsibility to visit the County-Wide Bid Page to download any addendum issued prior to submitting a bid. As a courtesy, the County may provide copies of addenda via

e-mail to bidders who attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. However, such a courtesy will not relieve bidder of the bidder’s responsibility to examine the County-Wide Bid Page for addenda before submitting a bid.

F. Prevailing wage rates for public works contracts in Oregon are required for this project. No bid will be received or considered by Lane County unless the bid contains a statement that the Bidder will comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.800 to 279C.840 regarding the payment of prevailing rates of wage.

G. All bidders must be "Equal Opportunity Employers" and comply with the appropriate provisions of state and federal law. In regards to Worker's Compensation, all bidders shall be required to comply with ORS 656.017 or are exempt under ORS 656.126.

H. MANDATORY PREBID CONFERENCE FOR PRIME BIDDERS AND PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTORS

1. A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held Tuesday, March 19, 2019 at 10:30 AM, at the Lane County Public Service Building to tour the site and answer questions regarding



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

the Project. Bidders and interested subcontractors will meet the Owner's representative at

the main entry to the Courthouse, in the foyer just before the security checkpoint.

2. Attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference is mandatory for prime Bidders and plumbing

subcontractors. Lane County will not receive or consider a bid from a Bidder unless the

Bidder attended and signed-in at the Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference.

3. Other interested subcontractors, and suppliers are invited to attend but their presence is not

mandatory. However, due to the occupied nature of the Public Service Building and

limited access at times other than these scheduled site tours, it is highly recommended that

all subcontractors attend either the mandatory preconstruction meeting, or the second

informal meeting, or both, to understand the scope of the work first hand

I. A second informal opportunity to tour the building has been scheduled for Friday, March 22,

2019 at 10:30 AM. Meet the Owner's representative at the main entry to the Courthouse, in the

foyer just before the security checkpoint.

J. Each bid must include a statement by the bidder has to whether the bidder is a resident bidder

under ORS 279A.120.

K. The County may reject any bid that does not comply with all prescribed public bidding

procedures and requirements, including the requirements to demonstrate the bidder's

responsibility under ORS 279C.375(3)(b).

L. The County reserves the right to waive informalities, and for good cause to reject any and all

bids after finding that doing so is in the public interest.

M. No bid will be received or considered unless the bidder is licensed by the Construction

Contractors Board or the State Landscape Contractors Board for the work of the project.

N. Each bidder must submit a disclosure of first-tier subcontractors supplying labor or labor and

materials within two hours after the date and time of the deadline when bids are due, in

accordance with ORS 279C.370 .

O. In making an award of this contract, Lane County will:

1. Give preference to goods or services that have been manufactured or produced in the state,

if price, fitness, availability, and quality are otherwise equal; and

2. Add a percent increase to the bid of a nonresident bidder equal to the percent, if any, of

the preference given to the bidder in the state in which the bidder resides;

3. Give preference to recycled goods in accordance with ORS 279A.125.

4. Comply with the requirements of ORS 279C.375 regarding award and execution of

contract, determination of responsibility of bidder, and impermissible exclusions.

5. Comply with the requirements of the Lane Manual regarding solicitation and award,

including LM 21.105(5) to (14), 21.106, and 21.107,

P. Questions regarding bidding procedure shall be directed to the Owner: Matt Dapkus on behalf

of Lane County (541) 682-4420, [email protected] or Mike Penwell of Lane

County (541) 682-3699, [email protected].

Q. Questions regarding technical matters shall be directed to the project architect, Wiss, Janney,

Elstner Associates, Inc. at 960 South Harney Street, Seattle, WA 98108, Phone: 206-622-1441.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

R. ALL ENVELOPES MUST BE SEALED AND PLAINLY MARKED ON THE OUTSIDE

WITH THE WORDS "BID ENCLOSED," THE BIDDER'S NAME, THE PROJECT TITLE,

AND THE DATE AND THE HOUR OF OPENING.

S. By: **FILL IN**

T. Date: April 3, 2019 at 2:00 pm

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Instructions to Bidders


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 21 13

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1 SUMMARY

A. See AIA document A701 (2018 edition), instructions to bidders following this document. The

contractor and all sub-contractors and suppliers shall read and be governed by them.

END OF SECTION

Document A701TM – 2018Instructions to Bidders

AIA Document A701™ – 2018. Copyright © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 20:50:33 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No.3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (1970165557)

1

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS MAY IMPOSE REQUIREMENTS ON PUBLIC PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS. CONSULT LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR AN ATTORNEY TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THIS PROCUREMENT BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM.

It is intended that AIA Document G612™–2017, Owner’s Instructions to the Architect, Parts A and B will be completed prior to using this document.

for the following Project:(Name, location, and detailed description)

FILL IN THE PROJECT NAME HERE

THE OWNER:(Name, legal status, address, and other information)

Lane County FILL IN DEPARTMENT NAME AND ADDRESS HEREEugene, Oregon A701-2018-Modified version 2019-01-04

THE ARCHITECT:(Name, legal status, address, and other information)

FILL IN ARCHITECT’S NAME HERE FILL IN ARCHITECTS ADDRESSEugene, OR 97401

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 DEFINITIONS

2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS

3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS

4 BIDDING PROCEDURES

5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

6 POST-BID INFORMATION

7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS


2

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS§ 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the Proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, supplementary instructions to bidders, the bid form, and any other bidding forms. The Proposed Contract Documents consist of the unexecuted form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and that Agreement’s Exhibits, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, all Addenda, and all other documents enumerated in Article 8 of these Instructions.

§ 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, or in other Proposed Contract Documents apply to the Bidding Documents.

§ 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect, which, by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections, modify or interpret the Bidding Documents.

§ 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents.

§ 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, to which Work may be added or deleted by sums stated in Alternate Bids.

§ 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from, or that does not change, the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted.

§ 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents.

§ 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents.

§ 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment, or labor for a portion of the Work.

ARTICLE 2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS§ 2.1 By submitting a Bid, the Bidder represents that:

.1 the Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents;

.2 the Bidder understands how the Bidding Documents relate to other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction;

.3 the Bid complies with the Bidding Documents;

.4 the Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated the Bidder’s observations with the requirements of the Proposed Contract Documents;

.5 the Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception; and

.6 the Bidder has read and understands the provisions for liquidated damages, if any, set forth in the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.

§ 2.2 The Bidder certifies conformance with all federal, state and local laws, regulations, executive orders and ordinances applicable to the Work, including the following, and agrees that these will be incorporated by reference into the Contract:

.1 Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended,

.2 Title V and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,

.3 The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended and ORS 659.425,

.4 The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996,

.5 The Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended,

.6 The Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended,

.7 All federal and state laws and regulations concerning affirmative action toward equal employment


3

opportunities,.8 All regulations and administrative rules established pursuant to the foregoing laws; and.9 All other applicable requirements of federal and state civil rights and rehabilitation statutes, rules and

regulations.

§ 2.3 The Bidder further agrees that all information and reports required by the Owner, state or federal government having responsibility for the enforcement of such laws will be supplied by the Bidder upon request for purposes of investigation into compliance with such laws, regulations and orders.

ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS§ 3.1 Distribution§ 3.1.1 Bidders shall obtain complete Bidding Documents, as indicated below, from the issuing office designated in the advertisement or invitation to bid, for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein.bid.(Indicate how, such as by email, website, host site/platform, paper copy, or other method Bidders shall obtain Bidding Documents.)

Bidders, subcontractors, suppliers, and other interested parties may obtain complete sets of the electronic files of the Bidding Documents from the Lane County RFPs, BIDS, AND RFQs internet webpage designated in the Advertisement for Bid. Paper copies of the Bidding Documents will not be provided. Bidders or other interested parties who require printed copies of the Bidding Documents may obtain printed copies at their own expense.

§ 3.1.2 Any required deposit shall be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the paper Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost to replace missing or damaged paper documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the paper Bidding Documents, and the Bidder’s deposit will be refunded.[Section Deleted]

§ 3.1.3 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the advertisement or invitation to bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders.[Section Deleted]

§ 3.1.4 Bidders shall use complete Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. Neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete Bidding Documents.

§ 3.1.5 The Bidding Documents will be available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by distribution of the Bidding Documents.

§ 3.1.6 Bidders or other interested parties who require printed copies of all or a portion of the Bidding Documents may obtain printed copies at their own expense.

§ 3.2 Modification or Interpretation of Bidding Documents§ 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study the Bidding Documents, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall notify the Architect of errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered and request clarification or interpretation pursuant to Section 3.2.2.

§ 3.2.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall be submitted by the Bidder in writing and shall be received by the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. (Indicate how, such as by email, website, host site/platform, paper copy, or other method Bidders shall submit requests for clarification and interpretation.)

Such requests for clarification or interpretation shall be delivered to the Architect’s office by hand, by mail, or by e-mail to the attention of the Architect’s Contact Person listed in the Project Information Section of the Project Manual.

§ 3.2.3 Modifications and interpretations of the Bidding Documents shall be made by Addendum. Modifications and interpretations of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner shall not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them.

§ 3.2.4 A prospective Bidder may file a protest of the Bid process or Bidding Documents in accordance with Lane Manual 20.710. To be considered, the protest must be received by the County not less than 7 calendar days prior to bid opening


4

and must contain the information and statements required in ORS 279B.405(4)(a) through (d).

§ 3.3 Substitutions§ 3.3.1 The materials, products, and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance, and quality to be met by any proposed substitution.

§ 3.3.2 Substitution Process§ 3.3.2.1 Written requests for substitutions shall be received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Requests shall be submitted in the same manner as that established for submitting clarifications and interpretations in Section 3.2.2.

§ 3.3.2.2 Bidders shall submit substitution requests on a Substitution Request Form if one is provided in the Bidding Documents.

§ 3.3.2.3 If a Substitution Request Form is not provided, requests shall include (1) the name of the material or equipment specified in the Bidding Documents; (2) the reason for the requested substitution; (3) a complete description of the proposed substitution including the name of the material or equipment proposed as the substitute, performance and test data, and relevant drawings; and (4) any other information necessary for an evaluation. The request shall include a statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment, or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts or the impact on any Project Certifications (such as LEED), that will result from incorporation of the proposed substitution.

§ 3.3.3 The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect’s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final.

§ 3.3.4 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval shall be set forth in an Addendum. Approvals made in any other manner shall not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them.

§ 3.3.5 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.4 Addenda§ 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to Bidders known by the issuing office to have received complete Bidding Documents.(Indicate how, such as by email, website, host site/platform, paper copy, or other method Addenda will be transmitted.)

Any Addenda issued will be posted on the Lane County RFPs, BIDS, AND RFQs internet webpage as stated in the Advertisement for Bids. As a courtesy, the County may provide notification by e-mail to prospective Bidders who attended and signed in with their e-mail addresses at a Pre-Bid Conference, if any. However, such a notification, if any, is a courtesy and will not relieve Bidder of Bidder’s responsibility to examine the County-Wide Bid Page for Addenda before submitting a bid.

§ 3.4.2 Addenda will be available where Bidding Documents are on file.

§ 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids.

§ 3.4.4 Prior to submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall ascertain that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid.

ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES§ 4.1 Preparation of Bids§ 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on must be in writing and submitted on a complete and accurate reproduction of the forms included with or identified in the Bidding Documents.


5

§ 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed. Paper bid forms shall be executed in a non-erasable medium. The Bid shall include the legal name of the Bidder and a statement as to Bidder’s legal status as an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other form of legal entity.

§ 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and numbers, unless noted otherwise on the bid form. In case of discrepancy, the amount entered in words shall govern.

§ 4.1.4 Edits to entries made on paper bid forms must be initialed by the signer of the Bid.

§ 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change" or as required by the bid form.

§ 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder’s refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall neither make additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner.

§ 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name and legal status of the Bidder. As part of the documentation submitted with the Bid, the Bidder shall provide evidence of its legal authority to perform the Work in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each copy of the Bid shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further name the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached, certifying the agent’s authority to bind the Bidder.

§ 4.1.8 A Bidder shall incur all costs associated with the preparation of its Bid.

§ 4.2 Bid Security§ 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by the following bid security:(Insert the form and amount of bid security.)

must be accompanied by a bid security in the form of a bid bond, irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008, a cashier’s check, or certified check payable to Lane County in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the amount bid, including all additive alternates. Bidder acknowledges that the bid security accompanying this Bid is submitted to the County as a guarantee that, if the Bidder is awarded the contract, the Bidder will execute the contract and furnish the required performance and payment bonds and any required proof of insurance; and that if Bidder fails to promptly and properly execute the contract and deliver the performance bond, payment bond, and proof of insurance within 10 days after contract award, Bidder will forfeit the bid security as the measure of liquidated damages which the County will sustain, and not as a penalty for failure of the bidder to execute the contract and deliver the bonds and proof of insurance.

§ 4.2.2 The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and shall, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. In the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2, the amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner.

§ 4.2.3 If a surety bond is required as bid security, it shall be written on AIA Document A310™, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. The attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of an acceptable power of attorney. The Bidder shall provide surety bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.

§ 4.2.4 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished; (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn; or (c) all Bids have been rejected. However, if no Contract has been awarded or a Bidder has not been notified of the acceptance of its Bid, a Bidder may, beginning 60 days after the opening of Bids, withdraw its Bid and request the return of its bid security.


6

§ 4.3 Submission of Bids§ 4.3.1 A Bidder shall submit its Bid as indicated below:(Indicate how, such as by website, host site/platform, paper copy, or other method Bidders shall submit their Bid.)

As stated on the Bid Form included in the Project Manual.

§ 4.3.2 Paper copies of the Bid, the bid security, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder’s name and address, and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof.

§ 4.3.3 Bids shall be submitted by the date and time and at the place indicated in the invitation to bid. Bids submitted after the date and time for receipt of Bids, or at an incorrect place, will not be accepted.

§ 4.3.4 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.

§ 4.3.5 A Bid submitted by any method other than as provided in this Section 4.3 will not be accepted.

§ 4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid§ 4.4.1 Prior to the date and time designated for receipt of Bids, a Bidder may submit a new Bid to replace a Bid previously submitted, or withdraw its Bid entirely, by notice to the party designated to receive the Bids. Such notice shall be received and duly recorded by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. The receiving party shall verify that replaced or withdrawn Bids are removed from the other submitted Bids and not considered. Notice of submission of a replacement Bid or withdrawal of a Bid shall be worded so as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.

§ 4.4.2 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids in the same format as that established in Section 4.3, provided they fully conform with these Instructions to Bidders. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted.

§ 4.4.3 After the date and time designated for receipt of Bids, a Bidder who discovers that it made a clerical error in its Bid shall notify the Architect of such error within two days, or pursuant to a timeframe specified by the law of the jurisdiction where the Project is located, requesting withdrawal of its Bid. Upon providing evidence of such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Architect, the Bid shall be withdrawn and not resubmitted. If a Bid is withdrawn pursuant to this Section 4.4.3, the bid security will be attended to as follows:(State the terms and conditions, such as Bid rank, for returning or retaining the bid security.)

[Section Deleted]

§ 4.4.4 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder for 60 days following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid.

§ 4.5 FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM.Each Bidder must submit a disclosure of first-tier subcontractors supplying labor or labor and materials within two hours of the date and time of the deadline when bids are due, in accordance with ORS 279C.370 and as specified in the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS§ 5.1 Opening of BidsIf stipulated in an advertisement or invitation to bid, or when otherwise required by law, Bids properly identified and received within the specified time limits will be publicly opened and read aloud. A summary of the Bids may be made available to Bidders.Bids will be opened publicly at the stated time and place, and read aloud. Bidders and others properly interested are invited to be present at the bid opening.§ 5.2 Rejection of BidsUnless otherwise prohibited by law, the Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids.


7

The Owner may reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed bidding procedures and requirements, including but not limited to collusion among bidders, or failure to provide any required bid security or data required by the Bidding Documents. The Owner may reject a bid in any way incomplete or irregular, and may without cause reject all bids upon a finding that it is in the best interest of the County to do so.§ 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award)§ 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents. Unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner’s judgment, is in the Owner’s best interests.

§ 5.3.2 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted.

§ 5.3.3 In making award of this contract, the Owner will:.1 Give preference to goods or services that have been manufactured or produced in the State of Oregon, if price,

fitness, availability, and quality are otherwise equal,.2 Give preference to recycled goods in accordance with ORS 279A.125,.3 Add a percent increase to the bid of a nonresident bidder equal to the percent, if any, of the preference given

to the Bidder in the state in which Bidder resides,.4 Conform to the requirements of Lane Manual chapter 20 regarding solicitation and award, (a copy of the Lane

Manual is available at: http://lanecounty.org/government/county_departments/county_counsel/lane_manual).5 Determine whether the Bidder has substantially complied with all prescribed public bidding procedures and

requirements, and not been disqualified by the County under ORS 279C.440,.6 Confirm that the Bidder is not on the list established by the Construction Contracts Board for Bidders who are

not qualified to hold a contract pursuant to ORS 279C.375(3), and.7 Comply with the requirements of ORS 279C.375 regarding award and execution of contract, determination of

bidder responsibility, and impermissible exclusions.

§ 5.3.4 A Bidder that submitted a responsive bid may file a protest of the award of a contract in accordance with Lane Manual 20.720. To be considered, the protest must be received by the County within 7 calendar days following the date of the notice of award and must contain the information and statements required in Lane Manual 20.720(1).

ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION§ 6.1 Contractor’s Qualification StatementBidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request and within the timeframe specified by the Architect, a properly executed AIA Document A305™, Contractor’s Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted for this Bid.

§ 6.2 Owner’s Financial CapabilityA Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration may request in writing, fourteen days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, that the Owner furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. The Owner shall then furnish such reasonable evidence to the Bidder no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished within the allotted time, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.At the time of contract execution, the Owner will represent that amounts have been budgeted by the Owner, or otherwise approved, sufficient for payment of the Contract Sum.

§ 6.3 Submittals§ 6.3.1 After notification of selection for the award of the Contract, the Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, submit in writing to the Owner through the Architect:

.1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder’s own forces;

.2 names of the principal products and systems proposed for the Work and the manufacturers and suppliers of each; and

.3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work.


8

§ 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents.

§ 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder’s option, withdraw the Bid or submit an acceptable substitute person or entity. The Bidder may also submit any required adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to account for the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited.

§ 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect.

ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND§ 7.1 Bond Requirements § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.The Bidder must, if awarded the contract, furnish a performance bond and a payment bond meeting the requirements of ORS 279C.380.

§ 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum.

§ 7.1.3 The Bidder shall provide surety bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.

§ 7.1.4 Unless otherwise indicated below, the Penal Sum of the Payment and Performance Bonds shall be the amount of the Contract Sum.(If Payment or Performance Bonds are to be in an amount other than 100% of the Contract Sum, indicate the dollar amount or percentage of the Contract Sum.)

§ 7.2 Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds§ 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to commence sooner in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1.

§ 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond.

§ 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract.

§ 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney.

ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS§ 8.1 Copies of the proposed Contract Documents have been made available to the Bidder and consist of the following documents:

.1 AIA Document A101™–2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, unless otherwise stated below.(Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.)


9

.2 AIA Document A101™–2017, Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds, unless otherwise stated below.(Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.)

.3 AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, unless otherwise stated below.(Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.)

.4AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, dated as indicated below:

(Insert the date of the E203-2013.)

.5 Drawings – Refer to List of Drawings included in the Project Manual

Number Title Date

.6 Specifications - Refer to Table of Contents included in the Project Manual

Section Title Date Pages

.7 Addenda: As posted on the Lane County - County-Wide Bid Page

Number Date Pages

.8 Other Exhibits:(Check all boxes that apply and include appropriate information identifying the exhibit where required.)

[ ] AIA Document E204™–2017, Sustainable Projects Exhibit, dated as indicated below:(Insert the date of the E204-2017.)

[ ] The Sustainability Plan:

Title Date Pages

[ ] Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

Document Title Date Pages

.9 Other documents listed below:(List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Proposed Contract Documents.)

AIA Document D401™ – 2003. Copyright © 1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 20:50:33 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No.3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (1970165557)

1

Certification of Document’s AuthenticityAIA® Document D401™ – 2003

I, , hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with this certification at 20:50:33 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No. 3939974888 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA® Document A701™ – 2018, Instructions to Bidders , as published by the AIA in its software, other than changes shown in the attached final document by underscoring added text and striking over deleted text.

_____________________________________________________________(Signed)

_____________________________________________________________(Title)

_____________________________________________________________(Dated)

LC-Public Services Building Available Project Information


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 31 00

AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. Certain information relating to existing conditions and structures is available to bidders but will

not be part of the Contract Documents, as follows:

1.2 EXISTING BUILDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. A copy of the original contract documents for the existing buildings construction are available

for viewing, by appointment, at the Lane County Facilities office. These are not to be

considered As-Built Documents.

1.3 EXISTING CONDITIONS ASBESTOS SURVEY

A. A copy of the Building Asbestos Survey for the existing buildings is available for viewing, by

appointment. Contact Matt Dapkus, Lane County Facilities Planner.



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Bid Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 41 00

BID FORM

THE PROJECT AND THE PARTIES

1.1 DELIVER TO

A. Owner

1. Matthew Dapkus

Lane County Commissioners Reception, Plaza Level


125 East 8th Avenue

Eugene, OR 97401

B. Hand Delivered Bid Forms should be submitted at the Lane County Commissioner's Office

Reception Counter on the Plaza Level of the Public Service Building, 125 East 8th Avenue,

Eugene, OR.

C. Bids should be addressed to Matthew Dapkus.

1.2 FOR THE FOLLOWING PROJECT

A. Lane County Public Service Building Roof System Replacement

B. Located at the Lower Level North of the Lane County Public Service Building.

1.3 OWNER'S CONTRACT NUMBER:

1.4 DATE

A. Bid Closing Date and Time: Wednesday, April 3, 2019 at 2:00 p.m.

B. Bids will be opened publicly, immediately following the bid closing time

1.5 PLACE OF BID OPENING

A. Board of County Commissioner's Conference Room, Plaza Level, Public Service Building, 125

East 8th Avenue, Eugene, OR 97401

1.6 SUBMITTED BY (BIDDER TO ENTER NAME AND ADDRESS)

A. Bidder's Legal Name: _________________________

1. Address: _______________________________

2. City, State, Zip: __________________________

3. Phone: __________________________________

4. Fax: ___________________________________



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

5. E-Mail Address: _________________________

B. Type of Organization (check one of the following and insert information requested):

1. __ A Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ______________.

2. __ A Limited Liability Company organized and existing under the laws of the State of

________________________.

3. __ A partnership

4. __ An individual

5. __ Other legal entity type

1.7 ATTENDANCE AT MANDATORY PREBID CONFERENCE

A. Attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference was mandatory for prime Bidders. The Bidder certifies

that the Bidder attended and signed-in at the Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference.

1.8 BASE BID

A. Having examined the site and being familiar with the conditions affecting the work, Bidder

proposes to furnish all material and labor and perform all work hereinafter indicated in strict

accordance with the Bidding Documents prepared by Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. for

the project identified above, for the following Base Bid amount:

1. _________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________ dollars

($______________________), in lawful money of the United States of America.

B. The Base Bid includes all of the work shown on drawings or described in the contract

documents, to which work may added or from which work may be deleted for the amounts

stated in Alternate Bids.

C. The following allowances are to be included under the base bid above. Amounts of work of

these items that exceed the allowance are to be in accordance with the provisions for Unit

Prices:

1. Routing and sealing of cracks in concrete or concrete block walls: 500 linear feet

2. Furnishing and installation of Dow 123 Silicone Seal: 100 linear feet

1.9 INCIDENTAL COSTS INCLUDE

A. All bid prices include all supervision, fees, taxes, profit, overhead, insurance, bonds, licenses,

permit, and other costs incidental to but required for the Work

1.10 THE UNDERSIGNED AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

A. Advertisement for Bids

B. Instructions to Bidders



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Bid Bond

D. First-Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form

E. Contractor's Drug Testing Program

F. Agreement

G. Lane County Contract

H. Lane County Standard Contract Provisions

I. Lane County Standard Contract Provisions for Public Improvements

J. Performance Bond

K. General Conditions

L. Insurance Requirements

M. Drawings and Specifications

N. Addenda

1.11 SUMMARY OF THE WORK

A. The Project consists of the general construction services for the roof replacement of portions of

the Public Service Building and Harris Hall. The address of the project is 125 East 8th Avenue

in Eugene, Oregon. Work to include all items contained in these construction documents and as

outlined in Section 01 11 00 - Summary of Work.

1.12 CONTRACT TIME OF COMPLETION

A. Bidder agrees that, if this Bid is accepted, Bidder will:

1. Start work at the site no earlier than May 20, 2019, and no later than June 3, 2019.

2. Substantially complete the work not later than September 27, 2019 days after start of work

on the site.

3. Fully complete the work 30 days following the date of Substantial Completion.

1.13 UNIT PRICES

A. The following Unit Prices are submitted by the Undersigned as a proposed basis for additive or

deductive adjustments to the Bid Amount in the event quantity changes are required for the

items listed. It is understood and agreed that these Unit Prices are separately subject to

acceptance by the Owner and will thereafter be entered into the Agreement. The Unit Prices

are to include all labor, travel and material costs as well as a factor for Contractors Overhead

and Profit.

B. The following is the list of Unit Prices. Refer to Unit Price form in Section 00 4322:

C. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT VALUE

Tapered insulation infill 1 square 10 _______________________



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

Routing and sealing of cracks linear foot 25 _______________________

Furnish and install Dow 123 linear foot 10 _______________________

1.14 ADDENDA

A. The undersigned acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received during the bid

period. The modifications to the Bid Documents described in the Addenda itemized below

have been considered and all costs are included in the Bid Sum.

1. Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.

2. Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.

3. Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.

4. Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.

1.15 RESIDENT BIDDER

A. The undersigned certifies that Bidder is_____/ is not ____ (check one) a Resident Bidder as

defined in ORS 279A.120.

1.16 CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION

A. The undersigned certifies that Bidder is licensed by the Construction Contractors Board or the

State Landscape Contractors Board as follows:

1. Registration No.____________________ Expiration Date __________________

1.17 BID SECURITY

A. This Bid is accompanied by a bid security in the form of a bid bond, irrevocable letter of credit

issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008, cashier's check, or certified check,

payable to Lane County in the amount of ten (10%) of the total amount of the Base Bid, plus

additive Alternates, if any.

1.18 CONTRACT & BOND

A. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract, to deliver to the Owner within ten (10) days

after receiving the contract forms, a fully and properly executed contract, a performance bond

and a payment bond complying with ORS 279C.380, and proof of insurance in the forms and

amounts required in the Contract Documents.

B. The surety requested to issue the Performance and Payment Bond will be:

C. Name and address of Surety Company:

1. Name: __________________________________

2. Address: ________________________________

3. City/State: _______________________________

D. Agent Name/Phone: ___________________________



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.19 NON-COLLUSION

A. The undersigned certifies that:

1. This bid has been arrived at independently and is being submitted without collusion with

any other vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services to limit independent

bidding or competition, and

2. The contents of this bid have not been communicated by the undersigned or its employees

or agents to any person not an employee or agent of the undersigned or its surety on any

bond furnished with the bid, and will not be communicated to such person prior to the

official opening of the bid.

1.20 BID SECURITY FORFEITURE

A. Bidder acknowledges that the bid security accompanying this Bid is submitted to the County as

a guarantee that, if the Bidder is awarded the contract, the Bidder will execute the contract and

furnish the required performance and payment bonds and any required proof of insurance; and

that if Bidder fails to promptly and properly execute the contract and deliver the performance

bond, payment bond, and proof of insurance within ten (10) days after contract award, Bidder

will forfeit the bid security as the measure of liquidated damages which the County will sustain,

and not as a penalty for failure of the bidder to execute the contract and deliver the bonds and

proof of insurance.

1.21 WAGE RATES

A. Bidder agrees, if awarded a contract, that Bidder will comply with the provisions of ORS

279C.838, ORS 279C.840 or Davis-Bacon 40 U.S.C 3141 et seq. as applicable, regarding the

payment of the prevailing rates of wage.

1.22 BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A. By signing this bid, Bidder acknowledges that bidder has read and understands the liquidated

damages provision included in the General Conditions of the Bid Documents.

B. By signing this bid, Bidder acknowledges that bidder has read and understands the terms and

conditions applicable to the Bid Documents and that bidder accepts and agrees to be bound by

the terms and conditions of the contract, including to perform the scope of work and meet the

performance standards.

1.23 BIDDER CERTIFICATIONS

A. By signing below the undersigned certifies that Bidder:

1. has not discriminated and will not discriminate against a subcontractor in awarding a

subcontract because the subcontractor is a minority, women, or emerging small businesses

enterprise certified under ORS 200.055 or a business enterprise that is owned or controlled

by or that employs a disabled veteran, as defined in ORS 408.225; and

2. To the best of Bidder's knowledge, Bidder is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws

described in ORS 305.380(4).

1.24 FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE

A. Bidder agrees to submit bidder's First-Tier Subcontractor Disclosure within two (2) hours after

submission of this bid in the form described below:



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Section 00 4339 - FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM (submitted

after the bid form as directed in the Instructions to Bidders 00 2113.

1.25 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS

A. The following Supplements are attached to this Bid Form and are considered an integral part of

this Bid Form:

1. Section 00 43 22 - Unit Price Form

2. Section 00 43 23 - Alternate Form

B. We agree to submit the following Supplements to Bid Forms within 2 hours after submission of

this bid for additional bid information:

1. Section 00 43 39 - FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM (submitted

after the bid form as directed in the Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13.

1.26 BID EXECUTION

Name of Firm: ____________________________________________

Contractor's Federal I.D. Number (TIN): ____________________________

By: _____________________________________________________

(if bid is by a partnership, then one of the partners must sign the bid)

Type or Print Name: ________________________________________

If Corporation, Attest: _______________________________________

(signed by Secretary of the Corporation)

Type or Print Name: _________________________________________

1.27 NOTARIZATION OF SIGNATURES

A. Subscribed and sworn to before me on the ___ day of ________________, _______ (year)

B. _____________________________________

C. _____________________________________

D. Notary Public for the State of Oregon. My commission expires: _______________________

1.28 IF THE ABOVE BID IS THAT OF A JOINT VENTURE, ADDITIONAL FORMS OF EXECUTION IDENTIFYING AND BEARING THE SIGNATURE OF EACH MEMBER OF THE JOINT VENTURE IN THE SAME FORM AS ABOVE MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE BID.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Bid Security Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 43 13

BID SECURITY FORM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 FORM OF BID SECURITY

A. Bid guarantee as called for in Instructions to Bidders, Section 00 21 13 shall be executed on

AIA Document A-310 - Bid Bond. A copy of this form is bound in the Appendix section of this

Project Manual.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Document A310™ – 2010 Bid Bond

Init.

/

AIA Document A310™ – 2010 (rev. 10/2010). Copyright © 1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA

® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this

AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible

under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects’ legal counsel, [email protected]. ACD43070810

This document has important legal

consequences. Consultation with

an attorney is encouraged with

respect to its completion or

modification.

Any singular reference to

Contractor, Surety, Owner or

other party shall be considered

plural where applicable.

CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address)

SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business)

OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) BOND AMOUNT: PROJECT: (Name, location or address, and Project number, if any) The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety’s consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days.

If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor’s bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.

When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond.

Signed and sealed this day of

(Contractor as Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Title)

CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA Contract Document, on which this text appears in RED. An original assures that changes will not be obscured.

LC-Public Services Building Unit Prices Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 43 22

UNIT PRICES FORM

1.1 PARTICULARS

A. The following is the list of unit prices referenced in the bid submitted by:

B. (Bidder) ________________________________

C. To (Owner): Lane County

D. Dated _________________ and which is an integral part of the bid form.

E. The following are unit prices for specific portions of the work as listed, and are applicable to

authorized variations from the contract documents.

2.1 UNIT PRICE LIST ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT VALUE

A. Tapered insulation infill 1 square 10 _______________________

B. Routing and sealing of cracks linear foot 25 _______________________

C. Furnish and install Dow 123 linear foot 10 _______________________

D. ___________________________________________________________________

END OF SECTION



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 43 23

ALTERNATES FORM

1.1 PARTICULARS

1.01 The following is the list of alternates referenced in the bid submitted by:

1.02 (Bidder) _______________________________

1.03 To (Owner ): Lane County

1.04 Project: Lane County Public Service Building Roof System Replacement

1.05 Dated ________________ and which is an integral part of the bid form.

1.06 The bidder proposes to add to, or deduct from, the base bid indicated in section 00 41 00, the

items of work relating to the following alternates as described in section 01 23 00.

1.07 The bidder agrees, if awarded the contract, to substantially complete all of the following

alternates on or before the dates specified in the contract.

2.1 ALTERNATES LIST

2.01 The following amounts shall be added to or deducted from the bid amount. Refer to section

01 23 00 - Alternates.

2.02 Alternate # 1: In lieu of providing and installing a new two ply modified bitumen membrane

system, furnish and install a new fully adhered PVC roofing membrane system matching the

design intent of the Basis of Design including all labor and accessories for a completed

watertight assembly, complying with obtaining the specified warranties, and in full

conformance with Bidding Documents.

A. Add/Deduct_____________________________________________________________

$______________________________________________________________________

1. (Words) (Figures)

2.03 Alternate # 2: In lieu of providing and installing new glazed skylights as noted in these

construction documents, furnish and install new comparable Kalwall panel system including

all accessories and related components for a complete and watertight system. Kalwall system

must meet the intent of the Basis of Design including all labor and accessories for a

completed watertight assembly, complying with obtaining the specified warranties, and in full

conformance with Bidding Documents

A. Add/Deduct_____________________________________________________________

$______________________________________________________________________

1. (Words) (Figures)

It is understood that the base bid may be adjusted for any alternates listed above, in determining the

amount of the contract. Any or all of such alternates may be accepted or reinstated by the owner at any

time within 60 days from the date of the contract award by the owner, at the respective amounts named

herein.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building First Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 43 39

FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM

PARTICULARS

1.1 DELIVER TO:

A. Hand delivered forms should be submitted at the Lane County Commissioner's Office

Reception Counter on the upper level of the Public Service Building, 125 East 8th Avenue,

Eugene, OR.

B. Forms should be addressed to: Matthew Dapkus

C. Unless Stated Otherwise In The Original Solicitation, This Document Shall Not Be Faxed. It Is

The Responsibility Of Bidders To Submit This Disclosure Form And Any Additional Sheets,

With The Bid Number And Project Name Clearly Marked, At The Location Indicated By The

Specified Disclosure Deadline. See Invitation To Bid And Instructions To Bidders.

1.2 FOR THE FOLLOWING PROJECT:

A. Lane County Public Service Building Roofing System Replacement

B. Located at the Lane County Public Service Building, 125 East 8th Avenue in Eugene, OR.

1.3 OWNER'S CONTRACT NUMBER:

1.4 DATE:

A. Bid Closing Date and Time: Wednesday, April 3, 2019 at 2:00 p.m.

B. Bids will be opened publicly, immediately following the bid closing time

C. First-Tier Submission Due: Within two hours of bid closing time.

1.5 SUBMITTED BY: (BIDDER TO ENTER NAME AND ADDRESS)

A. Bidder's Full Name _________________________

1. Address _________________________

2. City, State, Zip_________________________

3. Phone _______________________________

4. Fax _________________________________

1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Bidders are required to disclose information about certain first-tier subcontractors providing

LABOR or LABOR and MATERIALS when the contract value for a Public Improvement is

greater than $100,000 (see ORS 279.027). Specifically, when the contract amount of a first-tier

subcontractor is greater than or equal to: (i) 5% of the project bid, but at least $15,000, or (ii)

$350,000 regardless of the percentage, you must disclose the following information about that

subcontract within two (2) hours of bid closing:

1. The subcontractor's name,



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. The dollar value of the subcontract, and

3. The subcontractor's category of work they will be performing.

B. If you will not be using any subcontractors that are subject to the above disclosure

requirements, you are required to indicate "NONE" on the accompanying form.

C. The agency must reject a bid as non-responsive if the bidder fails to submit the disclosure form

with this information.

D. To determine disclosure requirements, it is recommended that bidders disclose subcontract

information for any subcontractor as follows:

1. Determine the lowest possible contract price. That price will be the base bid amount less

all alternate deductive bid amounts (exclusive of any options that can only be exercised

after contract award).

2. Provide the required disclosure information for any first-tier subcontractor whose potential

contract services (i.e., subcontractor's base bid amount plus all alternate additive bid

amounts, exclusive of any options that can only be exercised after contract award) are

greater than or equal to: (i) 5% of that lowest contract price, but at least $15,000, or (ii)

$350,000 regardless of the percentage. (iii) Total all possible work for each subcontractor

in making this determination (e.g., if a subcontractor will provide $15,000 worth of

services on the base bid and $40,000 on an additive alternate, then the potential amount of

subcontractor's services is $55,000. Assuming that $55,000 exceeds 5% of the lowest

contract price, provide the disclosure for both the $15,000 services and the $40,000

services).

1.7 LIST OF FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS MEETING THE ABOVE CRITERIA

A. This form must be submitted within two (2) working hours of the advertised bid closing date

and time.

B. List below the Name, and category of work of each subcontractor that will be furnishing

LABOR or LABOR and MATERIALS that are required to be disclosed. Enter "NONE" if there

are no subcontractors that need to be disclosed. (If needed attach additional sheets.)

1.8 SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF LABOR OR LABOR AND MATERIAL

A. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________

2. Dollar Value of Subcontract: ______________________________

B. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


C. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


D. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________




March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

E. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


F. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


G. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


H. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


I. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________


J. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________ 2. Dollar Value of Subcontract: ______________________________

K. Name of subcontractor: _______________________________________

1. Category of work: _______________________________________

1.9 CERTIFICATION OF BIDDERS

A. The above listed first-tier subcontractor(s) are providing labor and/or labor and materials with a

Dollar Value equal to or greater than:

1. 5% of the total Contract Price, but at least $15,000 (including all alternatives). If the

Dollar Value is less than $15,000 do not list the subcontractor above; or

2. $350,000 regardless of the percentage of the total Contract Price

1.10 FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM WILL RESULT IN A BID SUBMITTED BECOMING NON-RESPONSIVE, AND SUCH BIDS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED FOR AWARD!

1.11 FORM SIGNATURE(S)

A. Name of Firm: ____________________________________________

B. Address of Firm: __________________________________________

C. City, State, Zip Code: ______________________________________

D. By: _____________________________________________________

E. Type or Print Name: ________________________________________

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Contracting Forms and Supplements


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 50 00

CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining a valid license to use all copyrighted documents

specified but not included in the project manual.

1.2 AGREEMENT AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

A. See Section 00 52 00 - Agreement Form for the Agreement form to be executed.

B. See Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions for the General Conditions.

C. The Agreement is based on AIA A101.

D. The General Conditions are based on AIA A201.

1.3 FORMS

A. Use the following forms for the specified purposes unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in the

Contract Documents.

B. Bond Forms:

1. Bid Bond Form: AIA A310.

2. Performance and Payment Bond Form: AIA A312.

C. Post-Award Certificates and Other Forms:

1. Application for Payment Forms: AIA G702 with AIA G703 (for Contractors).

D. Clarification and Modification Forms:

1. Architect's Supplemental Instructions Form: AIA G710.

2. Construction Change Directive Form: AIA G714.

3. Change Order Form: AIA G701.

E. Closeout Forms:

1. Certificate of Substantial Completion Form: AIA G704.

2. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA G706

3. Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA G706

4. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA G706A

5. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707

6. Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage: G707A

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. AIA A101 - Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of

Payment is a Stipulated Sum; 2017.

B. AIA A201 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; 2017.

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

LC-Public Services Building Contracting Forms and Supplements


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. AIA A310 - Bid Bond; 2010.

D. AIA A312 - Performance Bond and Payment Bond; 2010.

E. AIA G701 - Change Order; 2017.

F. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment; 1992.

G. AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet; 1992.

H. AIA G704 - Certificate of Substantial Completion; 2017.

I. AIA G706 - Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: 1994

J. AIA G706A: Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: 1994

K. AIA G707: Consent of Surety to Final Payment: 1994

L. AIA G707A: Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage: 1994

M. AIA G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions; 2017

N. AIA G714 - Construction Change Directive; 2017.



END OF SECTION

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aia.org/

LC-Public Services Building Agreement Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 52 00

AGREEMENT FORM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 FORM OF AGREEMENT

A. The agreement to be executed is attached following this page.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions.

1.3 AIA DOCUMENT A101, OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT FORM - STIPULATED SUM 2017 EDITION, FORMS THE BASIS OF CONTRACT BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. A COPY OF THIS FORM IS BOUND IN THE APPENDIX SECTION OF THIS PROJECT MANUAL.

A. This agreement will be modified prior to signing to conform to the terms of the general

conditions.



END OF SECTION

Document A101TM – 2017Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

Init.

/

AIA Document A101™ – 2017. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 20:45:29 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No. 3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA60)

1


The parties should complete A101™–2017, Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds, contemporaneously with this Agreement. AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.

AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year (In words, indicate day, month and year.)

BETWEEN the Owner:(Name, legal status, address and other information)

Lane County FILL IN DEPARTMENT NAME AND ADDRESS HEREEugene, Oregon A101-2017-Modified version 2018-12-21

and the Contractor:(Name, legal status, address and other information)

FILL IN THE CONTRACTOR’S INFORMATION HERE

for the following Project:(Name, location and detailed description)


The Architect:(Name, legal status, address and other information)

FILL IN ARCHITECT’S NAME HERE ARCHITECT’S ADDRESS HEREEugene, OR 97401Telephone Number:

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.

Init.

/


2

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT

3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

4 CONTRACT SUM

5 PAYMENTS

6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

EXHIBIT A INSURANCE AND BONDS

ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTSThe Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9.

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACTThe Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION§ 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be:(Check one of the following boxes.)

[ ] The date of this Agreement.

[ ] A date set forth in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner.

[ ] Established as follows:(Insert a date or a means to determine the date of commencement of the Work.)

If a date of commencement of the Work is not selected, then the date of commencement shall be the date of this Agreement.

§ 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement of the Work.

§ 3.3 Substantial Completion§ 3.3.1 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work:(Check one of the following boxes and complete the necessary information.)

Init.

/


3

[ ] Not later than ( ) calendar days from the date of commencement of the Work.

[ ] By the following date:

§ 3.3.2 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, if portions of the Work are to be completed prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of such portions by the following dates:

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date

§ 3.3.3 If the Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion as provided in this Section 3.3, liquidated damages, if any, shall be assessed as set forth in Section 4.5.

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM§ 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Zero Dollars and Zero Cents ($ 0.00 ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2 Alternates§ 4.2.1 Alternates, if any, included in the Contract Sum:

Item Price

§ 4.2.2 Subject to the conditions noted below, the following alternates may be accepted by the Owner following execution of this Agreement. Upon acceptance, the Owner shall issue a Modification to this Agreement.(Insert below each alternate and the conditions that must be met for the Owner to accept the alternate.)

Item Price Conditions for Acceptance

§ 4.3 Allowances, if any, included in the Contract Sum:(Identify each allowance.)

Item Price

§ 4.4 Unit prices, if any:(Identify the item and state the unit price and quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.)

Item Units and Limitations Price per Unit ($0.00)

§ 4.5 Liquidated damages, if any:(Insert terms and conditions for liquidated damages, if any.)

No liquidated damages are provided for in the Contract Documents; however, pursuant to Section 15.1.7 of the General Conditions, Owner does not waive any claim for damages due to Contractor’s failure to complete any portion of the work in the established Contract Time.

§ 4.6 Other:(Insert provisions for bonus or other incentives, if any, that might result in a change to the Contract Sum.)

Init.

/


4

ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS§ 5.1 Progress Payments§ 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows:

§ 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the 25th day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the amount certified to the Contractor not later than the 10th day of the following month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment of the amount certified shall be made by the Owner not later than fifteen ( 15 ) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment.(Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain period of time.)

§ 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form, and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy, as the Architect may require. This schedule of values shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.

§ 5.1.6 In accordance with AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, and subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows:

§ 5.1.6.1 The amount of each progress payment shall first include:.1 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work;.2 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably

stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction, or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing; and

.3 That portion of Construction Change Directives that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified.

§ 5.1.6.2 The amount of each progress payment shall then be reduced by:.1 The aggregate of any amounts previously paid by the Owner;.2 The amount, if any, for Work that remains uncorrected and for which the Architect has previously

withheld a Certificate for Payment as provided in Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017;.3 Any amount for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier,

unless the Work has been performed by others the Contractor intends to pay;.4 For Work performed or defects discovered since the last payment application, any amount for which

the Architect may withhold payment, or nullify a Certificate of Payment in whole or in part, as provided in Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017; and

.5 Retainage withheld pursuant to Section 5.1.7.

§ 5.1.7 Retainage§ 5.1.7.1 For each progress payment made prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner may withhold the following amount, as retainage, from the payment otherwise due:(Insert a percentage or amount to be withheld as retainage from each Application for Payment. The amount of retainage may be limited by governing law.)

Withholding and payment of retainage shall be in accordance with ORS 701.410 et seq

Init.

/


5

§ 5.1.7.1.1 The following items are not subject to retainage:(Insert any items not subject to the withholding of retainage, such as general conditions, insurance, etc.)

§ 5.1.7.2 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows:(If the retainage established in Section 5.1.7.1 is to be modified prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, including modifications for Substantial Completion of portions of the Work as provided in Section 3.3.2, insert provisions for such modifications.)

As provided in ORS 701.435

§ 5.1.7.3 Except as set forth in this Section 5.1.7.3, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, the Contractor may submit an Application for Payment that includes the retainage withheld from prior Applications for Payment pursuant to this Section 5.1.7. The Application for Payment submitted at Substantial Completion shall not include retainage as follows:(Insert any other conditions for release of retainage upon Substantial Completion.)

§ 5.1.8 If final completion of the Work is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the Contractor any additional amounts in accordance with Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017.

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.

§ 5.2 Final Payment§ 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Article 12 of AIA Document A201–2017, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and

.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect.

§ 5.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect’s final Certificate for Payment, or as follows:

§ 5.3 InterestPayments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located.(Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.)

% As provided in ORS 701.420

ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION§ 6.1 Initial Decision MakerThe Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Article 15 of AIA Document A201–2017, unless the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as the Initial Decision Maker.(If the parties mutually agree, insert the name, address and other contact information of the Initial Decision Maker, if other than the Architect.)

Init.

/


6

§ 6.2 Binding Dispute ResolutionFor any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Article 15 of AIA Document A201–2017, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows:(Check the appropriate box.)

[ ] Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201–2017

[ ] Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction

[ ] Other (Specify)

If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution, or do not subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION§ 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2017.

§ 7.1.1 If the Contract is terminated for the Owner’s convenience in accordance with Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2017, then the Owner shall pay the Contractor a termination fee as follows:(Insert the amount of, or method for determining, the fee, if any, payable to the Contractor following a termination for the Owner’s convenience.)

§ 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2017.

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS§ 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2017 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

§ 8.2 The Owner’s representative:(Name, address, email address, and other information)

§ 8.3 The Contractor’s representative:(Name, address, email address, and other information)

Init.

/


7

§ 8.4 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days’ prior notice to the other party.

§ 8.5 Insurance and Bonds§ 8.5.1 The Owner and the Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in AIA Document A101™–2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum, Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 8.5.2 The Contractor shall provide bonds as set forth in AIA Document A101™–2017 Exhibit A, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 8.6 Notice in electronic format, pursuant to Article 1 of AIA Document A201–2017, may be given in accordance with AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, if completed, or as otherwise set forth below:[Section Deleted](If other than in accordance with AIA Document E203–2013, insert requirements for delivering notice in electronic format such as name, title, and email address of the recipient and whether and how the system will be required to generate a read receipt for the transmission.)

§ 8.7 Other provisions:

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS§ 9.1 This Agreement is comprised of the following documents:

.1 AIA Document A101™–2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor

.2 AIA Document A101™–2017, Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds

.3 .2 AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

.4 AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, dated as indicated below:

(Insert the date of the E203-2013 incorporated into this Agreement.)

.5 .3 Drawings

Number Title Date

.6 .4 Specifications

Section Title Date Pages

.7 .5 Addenda, if any:

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding or proposal requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9.

.8 .6 Other Exhibits:

Init.

/


8

(Check all boxes that apply and include appropriate information identifying the exhibit where required.)

[ ] AIA Document E204™–2017, Sustainable Projects Exhibit, dated as indicated below: (Insert the date of the E204-2017 incorporated into this Agreement.)

[ ] The Sustainability Plan:

Title Date Pages

[ ] Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

Document Title Date Pages

.9 .7 Other documents, if any, listed below:(List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201™–2017 provides that the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements, and other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. Any such documents should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.)

This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

AIA Document D401™ – 2003. Copyright © 1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 20:45:29 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No. 3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA60)

1

Certification of Document's AuthenticityAIA® Document D401™ – 2003

I, , hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with this certification 20:45:29 ET on 01/04/2019 under Order No. 3939974888 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA® Document A101TM - 2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum, as published by the AIA in its software, other than changes shown in the attached final document by underscoring added text and striking over deleted text.

_____________________________________________________________(Signed)

_____________________________________________________________(Title)

_____________________________________________________________(Dated)

LC-Public Services Building Lane County Standard Provisions 21.130


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 52 02

LANE COUNTY STANDARD PROVISIONS 21.130

21.130 STANDARD CONTRACT PROVISIONS:

THE FOLLOWING STANDARD PUBLIC CONTRACT CLAUSES MUST BE INCLUDED EXPRESSLY OR BY REFERENCE IN EVERY CONTRACT OF THE COUNTY.

(1) Contractor shall make payment promptly, as due, to all persons supplying to such Contractor

labor or material for the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract, and shall be

responsible for payment to such persons supplying labor or material to any subcontractor.

(2) Contractor shall pay promptly all contributions or amounts due to the State Industrial Accident

Fund and the State Unemployment Compensation Fund from Contractor or any subcontractor

in connection with the performance of the contract.

(3) Contractor shall not permit any lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against the County on

account of any labor or material furnished, shall assume responsibility for satisfaction of any

lien so filed or prosecuted and shall defend against, indemnify and hold the County harmless

from any such lien or claim.

(4) Contractor and any subcontractor shall pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld

from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167.

(5) Contractor shall make payment promptly, as due, to any person, co-partnership, association or

corporation furnishing medical, surgical, hospital or other needed care and attention, incident to

sickness or injury, to the employees of Contractor, of all sums which Contractor agreed to pay

or collected or deducted from the wages of employees pursuant to any law, contract or

agreement for the purpose of providing payment for such service.

(6) With certain exceptions listed below, Contractor shall not require or permit any person to work

more than 10 hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any one week except in case of necessity,

emergency, or where public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases Contractor shall pay

the person at least time and a half for:

(a) All overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work

week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday, or

(b) All overtime in excess of 10 hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week

is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday, and

(c) All work performed on the days specified in ORS 279B.020(1) for non-public improvement

contracts or ORS 279C.540(1) for public improvement contracts.

For personal/professional service contracts as designated under ORS 279A.055, instead of

(a) and (b) above, Contractor shall pay a laborer at least time and a half for all overtime

worked in excess of 40 hours in any one week, except for individuals under these contracts

who are excluded under ORS 653.010 to 653.261 or under 29 U.S.C. Sections 201 to 209,

from receiving overtime.

Contractor shall follow all other exceptions, pursuant to ORS 279B.235 (for non-public

improvement contracts) and ORS 279C.540 (for public improvement contracts), including

contracts involving a collective bargaining agreement, contracts for services, and contracts

for fire prevention or suppression. For contracts other than construction or public

improvements, this subsection (6) does not apply to contracts for purchase of goods or

personal property.

Contractor shall give written notice to employees who work on a public contract of the

number of hours per day and days per week that the employees may be required to work.

This notice must be given in writing either at the time of hire or before commencement of

work on the contract, or must be posted as a notice in a location frequented by employees.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

(7) Contractor, any subcontractors, and all employers working under the contract are subject

employers under the Oregon Workers' Compensation Law and must comply with ORS 656.017,

unless exempt under ORS 656.027.

(8) Unless otherwise provided by the contract or law, the County has a right to exercise the

following remedies for Contractor's failure to perform the scope of work or failure to meet

established performance standards:

(a) Reduce or withhold payment;

(b) Require Contractor to perform, at Contractor's expense, additional work necessary to

perform the identified scope of work or meet the established performance standards; or

(c) Declare a default, terminating the public contract and seeking damages and other relief

available under the terms of the public contract or other applicable law.

(9) The contract may be canceled at the election of the County for any substantial breach, willful

failure or refusal on the part of Contractor to faithfully perform the contract according to its

terms. The County may terminate the contract by written order or upon request of Contractor, if

the work cannot be completed for reasons beyond the control of either Contractor or the

County, or for any reason considered to be in the public interest other than a labor dispute, or

by reason of any third party judicial proceeding relating to the work other than one filed in

regards to a labor dispute, and when circumstances or conditions are such that it is

impracticable within a reasonable time to proceed with a substantial portion of the work.

(10) If the County does not appropriate funds for the next succeeding fiscal year to continue

payments otherwise required by the contract, the contract will terminate at the end of the last

fiscal year for which payments have been appropriated. The County will notify Contractor of

such non-appropriation not later than 30 days before the beginning of the year within which

funds are not appropriated. Upon termination pursuant to this clause, the County will have no

further obligation to Contractor for payments beyond the termination date. This provision does

not permit the County to terminate the contract in order to provide similar services or goods

from a different contractor.

(11) Unless otherwise provided by the contract or law, Contractor agrees that the County and its

duly authorized representatives may have access to the books, documents, papers, and records

of Contractor which are directly pertinent to this Agreement for the purpose of making audits,

examinations, excerpts, copies and transcripts. Contractor shall retain and keep accessible such

books, documents, papers, and records for a minimum period of (6) six years after the County

makes final payment on this Agreement. Copies of applicable records must be made available

upon request, and payment of copy costs is reimbursable by the County.

(12) By execution of this contract, Contractor certifies, under penalty of perjury that:

(a) To the best of Contractor's knowledge, Contractor is not in violation of any tax laws

described in ORS 305.380(4), and

(b) Contractor has not discriminated against minority, women or small business enterprises or

one that is owned or controlled by or that employs a disabled veteran as defined in ORS

408.225.

(13) Contractor shall meet the highest standards prevalent in the industry or business most closely

involved in providing the goods or services or personal services covered by this Agreement,

except if the County has good cause and the contract provides otherwise.

(14) Contractor shall not assign this contract or any payments due hereunder without the proposed

assignee being first approved and accepted in writing by County.

(15) Contractor shall make all provisions of the contract with the County applicable to any

subcontractor performing work under the contract.

(16) The County will not be responsible for any losses or unanticipated costs suffered by Contractor

as a result of the contractor's failure to obtain full information in advance in regard to all

conditions pertaining to the work.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

(17) All modifications and amendments to the contract will only be effective only if in writing and

executed by both parties.

(18) Contractor certifies that Contractor has all necessary licenses, permits, or certificates of

registration necessary to perform the contract and further certifies that all subcontractors will

likewise have all necessary licenses, permits or certificates before performing any work. The

failure of Contractor to have or maintain such licenses, permits, or certificates is grounds for

rejection of a bid or immediate termination of the contract.

(19) Unless otherwise provided, data which originates from this contract constitutes "works for

hire" as defined by the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976 and is owned by the County. Data includes,

but is not limited to, reports, documents, pamphlets, advertisements, books, magazines,

surveys, studies, computer programs, films, tapes, and/or sound reproductions. Ownership

includes the right to copyright, patent, register and the ability to transfer these rights. Data

which does not originate from this contract, but which is delivered under the contract, is

transferred to the County with a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable license to publish,

translate, reproduce, deliver, perform, dispose of, and to authorize others to do so; provided

that such license will be limited to the extent which Contractor has a right to grant such a

license. Contractor shall exert all reasonable effort to advise the County, at the time of delivery

of data furnished under this contract, of all known or potential invasions of privacy contained

therein and of any portion of such document which was not produced in the performance of this

contract. Contractor shall give the County prompt written notice of any notice or claim of

copyright infringement received by Contractor with respect to any data delivered under this

contract. The County will have the right to modify or remove any restrictive markings placed

upon the data by Contractor.

(20) If as a result of this contract, Contractor produces a report, paper, publication, brochure,

pamphlet or other document on paper which uses more than a total 500 pages of 8 1/2" by 11"

paper, Contractor shall conform to the Lane County Recycled Paper Procurement and Use

policy, LM 2.440 through 2.448, by using recycled paper with at least 25% post-consumer

content which meets printing specifications and availability requirements.

(21) The Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction adopted by the State of Oregon, and the

Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, each as is currently in effect, are applicable to all

road construction projects except as modified by the bid documents.

(22) As to contracts for lawn and landscape maintenance, Contractor shall salvage, recycle, compost

or mulch yard waste material in an approved site, if feasible and cost-effective.

(23) When a public contract is awarded to a nonresident bidder and the contract price exceeds

$10,000, Contractor shall promptly report to the Department of Revenue on forms to be

provided by the department the total contract price, terms of payment, length of contract and

such other information as the department may require before the County will make final

payment on the contract.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Lane County Standard Conditions 21.131


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 52 03

LANE COUNTY STANDARD CONDITIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS 21.131

21.131 STANDARD CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS: THE FOLLOWING STANDARD PUBLIC CONTRACT CLAUSES MUST BE INCLUDED EXPRESSLY OR BY REFERENCE IN EVERY CONTRACT FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.

(1) If Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to pay promptly a person’s claim for labor or services

that the person provides to Contractor or a subcontractor in connection with the public contract

as the claim becomes due, the County may pay the amount of the claim to the person that

provides the labor or services and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to

become due the Contractor by reason of the contract. The payment of a claim in the manner

authorized hereby will not relieve the Contractor or its surety from the obligation with respect

to any unpaid claim. If the County is unable to determine the validity of any claim for labor or

services furnished, the County may withhold from any current payment due Contractor an

amount equal to said claim until its validity is determined, and the claim, if valid, is paid by

Contractor or the County. There will be no final acceptance of the work under the contract until

all such claims have been resolved.

(2) If Contractor or a first-tier subcontractor of Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to pay a person

that provides labor or materials in connection with the public improvement contract within 30

days after receiving payment from the County or the Contractor, the Contractor or first-tier

subcontractor owes the person the amount due plus interest charges that begin at the end of the

10-day period within which payment is due under ORS 279C.580 (4) and that end upon final

payment, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580.

(3) If Contractor or any subcontractor of Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to pay a person that

provides labor or materials in connection with the public improvement contract, the person may

file a complaint with the Construction Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good

faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. Contractor and any subcontractors shall include this

condition in every contract related to the public improvement contract.

(4) The hourly rate of wage to be paid by any contractor or subcontractor or other persons who are

parties to the contract to workers used in performing all or part of the work contemplated by the

public works contract must be not less than the applicable prevailing rate of wage for an hour's

work in the same trade or occupation in the locality where such labor is performed, in

accordance with ORS 279C.838 and ORS 279C.840. For projects also covered by the federal

Davis-Bacon Act (40 USC §3141 et seq.), workers on the public works must be paid by

contractors and subcontractors or other such contracting parties the higher of the applicable

state or federal prevailing rate of wage.

(5) Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations,

including but not limited to those dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and

the preservation of natural resources that affect the performance of the contract. A list of

entities who have enacted such laws or regulations is found in the Oregon Standard

Specifications for Construction, Section 00170.01 currently in effect and published through

Oregon Department of Transportation. If new or amended statutes, ordinances, or regulations

are adopted, or Contractor encounters a condition not referred to in the bid document not

caused by Contractor and not discoverable by reasonable site inspection which requires

compliance with federal, state, or local laws or regulations dealing with the prevention of

environmental pollution or the preservation of natural resources, Contractor shall immediately

LC-Public Services Building Lane County Standard Conditions 21.131


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

give notice to the County. The County and Contractor will have all the rights and obligations

specified in ORS 279C.525 to handle the situation.

(6) If the County suspends Contractor’s work but does not terminate the contract, Contractor is

entitled to a reasonable time extension, costs and overhead per ORS 279C.655. Unless

otherwise stated in the contract, if the contract is terminated, Contractor will be paid per ORS

279C.660 for a public improvement contract.

(7) Contractor shall salvage or recycle construction waste and demolition debris, if feasible and

cost-effective.

(8) Contractor certifies that Contractor has all necessary licenses, bonds, permits, or certificates of

registration necessary to perform the contract, including those issued by the Construction

Contractors Board and Landscape Contractors Board, and further certifies that all

subcontractors must likewise have all necessary licenses, bonds, permits or certificates

necessary to perform their work, before performing any work.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Performance & Payment Bonds


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 61 13

PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BONDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 FORM OF THE BONDS

A. The Performance & Payment Bonds called for in the General Conditions shall be executed on

the AIA document A-312. A copy of this form is bound in the Appendix section of this Project

Manual.

END OF SECTION

Document A312TM – 2010 Performance Bond

Init.

/

AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:25:48 on 01/10/2013 under Order No.6871475021_1 which expires on 12/27/2013, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1382705251)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has

added information needed for its

completion. The author may also

have revised the text of the original

AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added

information as well as revisions to the

standard form text is available from

the author and should be reviewed. A

vertical line in the left margin of this

document indicates where the author

has added necessary information

and where the author has added to or

deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal

consequences. Consultation with an

attorney is encouraged with respect

to its completion or modification.

Any singular reference to Contractor,

Surety, Owner or other party shall be

considered plural where applicable.

CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address)

SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business)

OWNER: (Name, legal status and address)

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date:

Amount: $

Description:

(Name and location) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

BOND Date:

(Not earlier than Construction Contract Date)

Amount: $

Modifications to this Bond: None See Section 16

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature:

Signature: Name and

Title:

Name and

Title:

(Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Performance Bond.)

(FOR INFORMATION ONLY — Name, address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER:

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other party:)

Init.

/


2

§ 1 The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by

reference.

§ 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Section 3.

§ 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after

.1 the Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among

the Owner, Contractor and Surety to discuss the Contractor’s performance. If the Owner does not

request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owner’s notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless

the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Section 3.1 shall be held within ten

(10) business days of the Surety’s receipt of the Owner’s notice. If the Owner, the Contractor and the

Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract,

but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor

Default;

.2 the Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and

.3 the Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract.

§ 4 Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Section 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety’s obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to

the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice.

§ 5 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Section 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of the following actions:

§ 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract;

§ 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors;

§ 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the

Owner and a contractor selected with the Owner’s concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds

executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the

amount of damages as described in Section 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as

a result of the Contractor Default; or

§ 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances:

.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or

.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner, citing the reasons for denial.

§ 6 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Section 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety

demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any

remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Section 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any

remedy available to the Owner.

Init.

/


3

§ 7 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the

Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the

Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without duplication, for

.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract;

.2 additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Section 5; and

.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.

§ 8 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1, 5.3 or 5.4, the Surety’s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond.

§ 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such

unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

§ 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations.

§ 11 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration

of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety

refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph

are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of

the suit shall be applicable.

§ 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears.

§ 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement

shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and

not as a common law bond.

§ 14 Definitions § 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price. The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received

or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is

entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction

Contract.

§ 14.2 Construction Contract. The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents.

§ 14.3 Contractor Default. Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise

to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract.

§ 14.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the

Construction Contract.

§ 14.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor.

Init.

/


4

§ 15 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.

§ 16 Modifications to this bond are as follows:

(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature:

Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title:

Address: Address:

Additions and Deletions Report for AIA

®

Document A312TM – 2010 This Additions and Deletions Report, as defined on page 1 of the associated document, reproduces below all text the author has

added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it, as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the

original AIA text. Added text is shown underlined. Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text.

Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part

of the associated AIA document. This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated simultaneously by

AIA software at 15:25:48 on 01/10/2013.

Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:25:48 on 01/10/2013 under Order No.6871475021_1 which expires on 12/27/2013, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1382705251)

1

PAGE 1 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

AIA Document D401™ – 2003. Copyright © 1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:25:48 on 01/10/2013 under Order No.6871475021_1 which expires on 12/27/2013, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1382705251)

1

Certification of Document’s Authenticity AIA® Document D401™ – 2003

I, , hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document

simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 15:25:48 on 01/10/2013

under Order No. 6871475021_1 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final

document I made no changes to the original text of AIA® Document A312™ – 2010, Performance Bond, as published

by the AIA in its software, other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions

Report.

_____________________________________________________________

(Signed)

_____________________________________________________________

(Title)

_____________________________________________________________

(Dated)

LC-Public Services Building Public Works Bond


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 61 15

PUBLIC WORKS BOND

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 PUBLIC WORKS BOND

A. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall have a public works bond in the amount of

$30,000 before starting work, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9). The

contractor is required to include in every subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor to

have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board before starting work

on the project, unless an exempt under ORS 279C.836(4),(7),(8) or (9). Before permitting a

subcontractor to start work on a public works project, the contractor shall verify that the

subcontractor has filed a public works bond or has elected not to file such bond under ORS

279.836 (7) or (8) or is exempt under ORS 279C.836(4) or (9). The Contractor shall provide a

certification to County that Contractor and all subcontractors have filed the public works bond,

unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9).

1. [Effective Jan 1, 2008 - Applies to business enterprises certified before, on or after

January 1, 2008 and to contracts for projects first advertised, or if not advertised then

entered into, on or after January 1, 2008]

B. This bond is in addition to any performance bond and payment bond requirements. The bond

must meet all Bureau of Labor and Industries requirements and provide that the contractor and

subcontractor will pay claims ordered by the Bureau of Labor and Industries to workers

performing labor on public works projects.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building General Conditions


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 72 00

GENERAL CONDITIONS

FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS

THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS CONTRACT ARE ATTACHED FOLLOWING THIS PAGE.


A. AIA document A201, General Conditions of the Contract For Construction, 2017 edition,

attached, is the general conditions between the owner and contractor.

1. The contractor and all sub-contractors and suppliers shall read and be governed by them.

1.2 CONFLICTS

A. In case of conflict between the "General Conditions" and these specifications, the specifications

shall govern.

END OF SECTION

Document A201TM – 2017General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

Init.

/

AIA Document A201™ – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:47:39 ET on 01/08/2019 under Order No.3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (1198276911)

1


For guidance in modifying this document to include supplementary conditions, see AIA Document A503™, Guide for Supplementary Conditions.

for the following PROJECT:(Name and location or address)


THE OWNER:(Name, legal status and address)

Lane County FILL IN DEPARTMENT NAME AND ADDRESS HEREEugene, Oregon

A201-2017-Modified version 2019-01-03

THE ARCHITECT:(Name, legal status and address)

FILL IN ARCHITECT’S NAME HEREFILL IN ARCHITECTS ADDRESSEugene, OR 97401

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

2 OWNER

3 CONTRACTOR

4 ARCHITECT

5 SUBCONTRACTORS

6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

7 CHANGES IN THE WORK

8 TIME

9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

11 INSURANCE AND BONDS

12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Init.

/


2

14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

Init.

/


3

INDEX(Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.)

Acceptance of Nonconforming Work9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3Acceptance of Work9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3Access to Work3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1Accident Prevention10Acts and Omissions3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2Addenda1.1.1Additional Costs, Claims for3.7.4, 3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5Additional Inspections and Testing9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4Additional Time, Claims for3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.6Administration of the Contract3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5Advertisement or Invitation to Bid1.1.1Aesthetic Effect4.2.13Allowances3.8Applications for Payment4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.4, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10Approvals2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.12.10.1, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.1Arbitration8.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 ARCHITECT4Architect, Definition of4.1.1Architect, Extent of Authority2.5, 3.12.7, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.4, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2Architect’s Additional Services and Expenses2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4Architect’s Administration of the Contract3.1.3, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5Architect’s Approvals2.5, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7

Architect’s Authority to Reject Work3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1Architect’s Copyright1.1.7, 1.5Architect’s Decisions3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, 15.2Architect’s Inspections3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4Architect’s Instructions3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.4.2Architect’s Interpretations4.2.11, 4.2.12Architect’s Project Representative4.2.10Architect’s Relationship with Contractor1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2Architect’s Relationship with Subcontractors1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3Architect’s Representations9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1Architect’s Site Visits3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4Asbestos10.3.1Attorneys’ Fees3.18.1, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3Award of Separate Contracts6.1.1, 6.1.2Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work5.2Basic Definitions1.1Bidding Requirements1.1.1Binding Dispute Resolution8.3.1, 9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1Bonds, Lien7.3.4.4, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.3Bonds, Performance, and Payment7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5Building Information Models Use and Reliance1.8Building Permit3.7.1Capitalization1.3Certificate of Substantial Completion9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5

Init.

/


4

Certificates for Payment4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval13.4.4Certificates of Insurance9.10.2Change Orders1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2Change Orders, Definition of7.2.1CHANGES IN THE WORK2.2.2, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.5Claims, Definition of15.1.1Claims, Notice of1.6.2, 15.1.3CLAIMS AND DISPUTES3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims15.4.1Claims for Additional Cost3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 7.3.9, 9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5Claims for Additional Time3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for3.7.4Claims for Damages3.2.4, 3.18, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, 11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7Claims Subject to Arbitration15.4.1Cleaning Up3.15, 6.3Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5Commencement of the Work, Definition of8.1.2Communications3.9.1, 4.2.4Completion, Conditions Relating to3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND9Completion, Substantial3.10.1, 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2Compliance with Laws2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3Concealed or Unknown Conditions3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3

Conditions of the Contract1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4Consent, Written3.4.2, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 15.4.4.2Consolidation or Joinder15.4.4CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS1.1.4, 6Construction Change Directive, Definition of7.3.1Construction Change Directives1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1Construction Schedules, Contractor’s3.10, 3.11, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts5.4, 14.2.2.2Continuing Contract Performance15.1.4Contract, Definition of1.1.2CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE5.4.1.1, 5.4.2, 11.5, 14Contract Administration3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of1.5.2, 2.3.6, 5.3Contract Documents, Definition of1.1.1Contract Sum2.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.8, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5Contract Sum, Definition of9.1Contract Time1.1.4, 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.3.6, 7, 7, 7.3.10, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5Contract Time, Definition of8.1.1CONTRACTOR3Contractor, Definition of3.1, 6.1.2Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2Contractor’s Employees2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1

Init.

/


5

Contractor’s Liability Insurance11.1Contractor’s Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner’s Forces3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3, 12.2.4Contractor’s Relationship with Subcontractors1.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.4, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4Contractor’s Relationship with the Architect1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1Contractor’s Representations3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2Contractor’s Responsibility for Those Performing the Work3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents3.2Contractor’s Right to Stop the Work2.2.2, 9.7Contractor’s Right to Terminate the Contract14.1Contractor’s Submittals3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3Contractor’s Superintendent3.9, 10.2.6Contractor’s Supervision and Construction Procedures1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4Coordination and Correlation1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications1.5, 2.3.6, 3.11Copyrights1.5, 3.17Correction of Work2.5, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents1.2Cost, Definition of7.3.4Costs2.5, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.2, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14Cutting and Patching3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4Damage to the Work3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4

Damages, Claims for3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7Damages for Delay6.2.3, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of8.1.2Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of8.1.3Day, Definition of8.1.4Decisions of the Architect3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 6.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2Decisions to Withhold Certification9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.3, 9.5.1, 9.5.3, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1Definitions1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1, 15.1.1Delays and Extensions of Time3.2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5Digital Data Use and Transmission1.7Disputes6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2Documents and Samples at the Site3.11Drawings, Definition of1.1.5Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of3.11Effective Date of Insurance8.2.2Emergencies10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5Employees, Contractor’s3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1Equipment, Labor, or Materials1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2Execution and Progress of the Work1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.6, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4Extensions of Time3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5Failure of Payment9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2

Init.

/


6

Faulty Work(See Defective or Nonconforming Work)Final Completion and Final Payment4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3Financial Arrangements, Owner’s2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4GENERAL PROVISIONS1Governing Law13.1Guarantees (See Warranty)Hazardous Materials and Substances10.2.4, 10.3Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers5.2.1Indemnification3.17, 3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3Information and Services Required of the Owner2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4Initial Decision15.2Initial Decision Maker, Definition of1.1.8Initial Decision Maker, Decisions14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5Injury or Damage to Person or Property10.2.8, 10.4Inspections3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4Instructions to Bidders1.1.1Instructions to the Contractor3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2Instruments of Service, Definition of1.1.7Insurance6.1.1, 7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5, 11Insurance, Notice of Cancellation or Expiration11.1.4, 11.2.3Insurance, Contractor’s Liability11.1Insurance, Effective Date of8.2.2, 14.4.2Insurance, Owner’s Liability11.2Insurance, Property10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5Insurance, Stored Materials9.3.2INSURANCE AND BONDS11Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy9.9.1

Insured loss, Adjustment and Settlement of11.5Intent of the Contract Documents1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13Interest13.5Interpretation1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15.1.1Interpretations, Written4.2.11, 4.2.12Judgment on Final Award15.4.2Labor and Materials, Equipment1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2Labor Disputes8.3.1Laws and Regulations1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4Liens2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8Limitations, Statutes of12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1Limitations of Liability3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.10, 3.12.10.1, 3.17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1Limitations of Time2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5Materials, Hazardous10.2.4, 10.3Materials, Labor, Equipment and1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2Mechanic’s Lien2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8Mediation8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 15.4.1.1Minor Changes in the Work1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS13Modifications, Definition of1.1.1Modifications to the Contract1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.5, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 10.3.2

Init.

/


7

Mutual Responsibility6.2Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2Notice1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 2.2.2., 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.5, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 7.4, 8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7, 9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 15.4.1Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance11.1.4, 11.2.3Notice of Claims1.6.2, 2.1.2, 3.7.4, 9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1Notice of Testing and Inspections13.4.1, 13.4.2Observations, Contractor’s3.2, 3.7.4Occupancy2.3.1, 9.6.6, 9.8Orders, Written1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.3.1OWNER2Owner, Definition of2.1.1Owner, Evidence of Financial Arrangements2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4Owner, Information and Services Required of the2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4Owner’s Authority1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.32.4, 2.5, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7Owner’s Insurance11.2Owner’s Relationship with Subcontractors1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work2.5, 14.2.2Owner’s Right to Clean Up6.3Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts6.1Owner’s Right to Stop the Work2.4Owner’s Right to Suspend the Work14.3

Owner’s Right to Terminate the Contract14.2, 14.4Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.2.2, 3.11, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3Partial Occupancy or Use9.6.6, 9.9Patching, Cutting and3.14, 6.2.5Patents3.17Payment, Applications for4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3Payment, Certificates for4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4Payment, Failure of9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2Payment, Final4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3Payment Bond, Performance Bond and7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2Payments, Progress9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION9Payments to Subcontractors5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2PCB10.3.1Performance Bond and Payment Bond7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws2.3.1, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.4.4, 10.2.2PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF10Polychlorinated Biphenyl10.3.1Product Data, Definition of3.12.2Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7Progress and Completion4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4Progress Payments9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4Project, Definition of1.1.4Project Representatives4.2.10Property Insurance10.2.5, 11.2Proposal Requirements1.1.1PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY10

Init.

/


8

Regulations and Laws1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4Rejection of Work4.2.6, 12.2.1Releases and Waivers of Liens9.3.1, 9.10.2Representations3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1Representatives2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.10, 13.2.1Responsibility for Those Performing the Work3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 10Retainage9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3Review of Contractor’s Submittals by Owner and Architect3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor3.12Rights and Remedies1.1.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4Royalties, Patents and Copyrights3.17Rules and Notices for Arbitration15.4.1Safety of Persons and Property10.2, 10.4Safety Precautions and Programs3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4Samples, Definition of3.12.3Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7Samples at the Site, Documents and3.11Schedule of Values9.2, 9.3.1Schedules, Construction3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2Separate Contracts and Contractors1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2Separate Contractors, Definition of6.1.1Shop Drawings, Definition of3.12.1Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7Site, Use of3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1Site Inspections3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.9.2, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.4

Site Visits, Architect’s3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4Special Inspections and Testing4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4Specifications, Definition of1.1.6Specifications1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14Statute of Limitations15.1.2, 15.4.1.1Stopping the Work2.2.2, 2.4, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1Stored Materials6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4Subcontractor, Definition of5.1.1SUBCONTRACTORS5Subcontractors, Work by1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7Subcontractual Relations5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1Submittals3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3Submittal Schedule3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7Subrogation, Waivers of6.1.1, 11.3Substances, Hazardous10.3Substantial Completion4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2Substantial Completion, Definition of9.8.1Substitution of Subcontractors5.2.3, 5.2.4Substitution of Architect2.3.3Substitutions of Materials3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8Sub-subcontractor, Definition of5.1.2Subsurface Conditions3.7.4Successors and Assigns13.2Superintendent3.9, 10.2.6Supervision and Construction Procedures1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4Suppliers1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6, 9.10.5, 14.2.1

Init.

/


9

Surety5.4.1.2, 9.6.8, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, 15.2.7Surety, Consent of9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3Surveys1.1.7, 2.3.4Suspension by the Owner for Convenience14.3Suspension of the Work3.7.5, 5.4.2, 14.3Suspension or Termination of the Contract5.4.1.1, 14Taxes3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.4.4Termination by the Contractor14.1, 15.1.7Termination by the Owner for Cause5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7Termination by the Owner for Convenience14.4Termination of the Architect2.3.3Termination of the Contractor Employment14.2.2

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT14Tests and Inspections3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4TIME8Time, Delays and Extensions of3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5Time Limits2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4Time Limits on Claims3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3

Title to Work9.3.2, 9.3.3UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK12Uncovering of Work12.1Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3Unit Prices7.3.3.2, 9.1.2Use of Documents1.1.1, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.12.6, 5.3Use of Site3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1Values, Schedule of9.2, 9.3.1Waiver of Claims by the Architect13.3.2Waiver of Claims by the Contractor9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7Waiver of Claims by the Owner9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7Waiver of Consequential Damages14.2.4, 15.1.7Waiver of Liens9.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4Waivers of Subrogation6.1.1, 11.3Warranty3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 15.1.2Weather Delays8.3, 15.1.6.2Work, Definition of1.1.3Written Consent1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2Written Interpretations4.2.11, 4.2.12Written Orders1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1

Init.

/


10

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS§ 1.1 Basic Definitions§ 1.1.1 The Contract DocumentsThe Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements.

§ 1.1.2 The ContractThe Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect’s duties.

§ 1.1.3 The WorkThe term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.

§ 1.1.4 The ProjectThe Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors.

§ 1.1.5 The DrawingsThe Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams.

§ 1.1.6 The SpecificationsThe Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.

.1 Numbering or lettering of Divisions, Sections, and paragraphs in the Specifications are merely for identification and may not be consecutive.

.2 The Specifications are of abbreviated or streamline type, and frequently include incomplete sentences. Words such as "shall," "must," "Contractor shall" and similar mandatory phrases must be supplied by inference in the same manner as in a note on the drawings. Omission of a mandatory phrase will not relieve Contractor of the obligation to provide all products listed and perform all operations necessary to complete the Work.

.3 Unless otherwise stated, any reference to codes, standard specifications, or other standards means the latest edition of such documents adopted as of the bid date. Where brand name products are specified and installation instructions are not included in the Contract Documents, the Contractor must install the product in accordance with each manufacturer’s current specifications and written instructions.

.4 No provision in any reference standard, standard specification, manual or code will be effective to change the privileges or obligations of the Owner, the Architect, or the Contractor, or any of their respective consultants, agents or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents.

.5 The Sections of Division 1, General Requirements govern the execution of all sections of the Specifications.

Init.

/


11

§ 1.1.7 Instruments of ServiceInstruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials.

§ 1.1.8 Initial Decision MakerThe Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner Owner, Architect or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith.

§ 1.1.8.1 Unless the Owner and Contractor mutually agree otherwise, the Architect is the person identified as the Initial Decision Maker.

§ 1.1.9. Additional Definitions.1 "Approved" means "approved by the Architect.".2 "As directed" means "as directed by the Architect.".3 "As shown" means "as indicated," "as detailed," "as noted," or words of similar construction. .4 "For approval" means "for the Architect’s approval.".5 "Or approved" means "or an equivalent product that has been approved in writing by the Architect.".6 "N.I.C." or "NIC" means "not in Contract," and indicates a product that will be furnished and installed

by the Owner, the accommodation of which must be provided for by the Contractor..7 "OF/CI" or means "Owner-furnished and Contractor-installed," and indicates a product that will be

furnished by the Owner, but receipt, accommodation, and installation of which must be provided for by the Contractor.

.8 "OF/OI" or means "Owner-furnished and Owner-installed," and indicates a product that will be furnished and installed by the Owner, the accommodation of which must be provided for by the Contractor.

.9 "Product" includes materials, systems, and equipment.

.10 "Project Manual" means the volume which includes the Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, and Specifications.

.11 "Provide" means "furnish and install" or "furnish labor and materials required for installation," ready for use and in accordance with the Contract Documents.

.12 "Selected" means "selected by the Architect."

§ 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents§ 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.

§ 1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give effect to the parties’ intentions and purposes in executing the Contract.

§ 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.

§ 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.

§ 1.2.4 If work is required in such a manner as to make it impossible to produce first-class work, or should discrepancies appear among Contract Documents, or if the Contractor is in doubt as to the meaning of Contract provisions, the Contractor must request interpretation from the Architect before proceeding with such work. If the

Init.

/


12

Contractor fails to make such a request, the Contractor will bear the obligation to carry out the work in satisfactory manner.

§ 1.3 CapitalizationTerms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles, or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects.

§ 1.4 InterpretationIn the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.

§ 1.4.1 Wherever, in the Contract Documents, a product is referred to in singular number, such reference shall include as many such product as are shown on drawings or required to complete the work.

§ 1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications, and Other Instruments of Service§ 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and retain all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect’s or Architect’s consultants’ reserved rights.

§ 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them, subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8, solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect, and the Architect’s consultants.

§ 1.6 Notice§ 1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2, where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person, by mail, by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement.

§ 1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail, or by courier providing proof of delivery.

§ 1.7 Digital Data Use and TransmissionThe parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form. The parties will use AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, to establish the protocols for the the following protocols for development, use, transmission, and exchange of digital data.

§ 1.7.1 Contractor’s Use of Instruments of Service in Digital Form:.1 The Architect may, with the concurrence of the Owner, furnish to the Contractor versions of Instruments

of Service in digital form. The Contract Documents executed or identified in accordance with Subparagraph 1.1.1 shall prevail in case of an inconsistency with subsequent versions made through manipulatable digital means involving computers.

.2 The Contractor shall not transfer or reuse Instruments of Service in digital or machine-readable form without the prior written consent of the Architect.

.3 The data contained in these digital files are part of the Instruments of Service and shall not be used by the contractor, or anyone else receiving these digital files through or from them, for any purpose other than as a convenience for work under this project. Any other use or reuse by the Contractor or by others will be at their sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to the Owner, Architect or the Architect’s Consultants. The Contractor agrees to make no claim and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted

Init.

/


13

by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against the Owner and the Architect, or their officers, directors, employees, agents or Consultants that may arise out of or in connection with the Contractor’s use of these digital files in any way. The Contractor must still obtain a full set of bid documents from the Owner’s official web site, or other designated source, in digital form, and in submitting their bid and executing the work of this contract, should rely on the full set downloaded in digital form rather than any documents obtained from any other sources.

.4 Furthermore, the contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Owner, Architect and their officers, agents, employees, and consultants harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the Contractor’s use of these digital files.

5 Any passwords provided by Architect to obtain temporary access to the Architect’s centralized electronic document management system are subject to the Architect’s security requirements and use limitations, and use is limited to this Project.

.6 The Owner does not make any representation as to the compatibility of these files with the Contractor’s computer hardware or computer software, their methods of digital document organization, or their methods of printing digital documents. The Architect, their Consultants, and the Owner will not be responsible for any costs or charges associated with printing, transferring or converting these files for the Contractor’s use.

.7 Other than the PDF versions of the signed and sealed Bid Documents available on the Owner’s official web site, or other designated source, these digital files are not construction documents nor are they as-built drawings. Differences may exist between these digital files and corresponding signed and sealed construction documents obtained from the Owner’s official web site or other designated source. The Owner makes no representation regarding the accuracy or completeness of the digital files the Contractor may receive directly from the Architect. In the event that a conflict arises between the signed or sealed digital files of the construction documents prepared by the Architect or their Consultants, and the digital files, the signed or sealed construction documents obtained from the Owner’s official web site, or other designated source, shall govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any conflict exists. By their use of these digital files, the Contractor or anyone they are authorized to share these files with, are not relieved of their duty to fully comply with the contract documents, including, and without limitation, the need to check, confirm and coordinate all dimensions and details, take field measurements, verify field conditions and coordinate their work with that of other contractors for the project.

.8 Under no circumstances shall delivery of the digital files for use by the Contractor be deemed a sale by the Architect, their Consultants, or the Owner. The Owner makes no warranties, either express or implied, of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. In no event shall the Owner be liable for any loss of profit or any consequential damages as a result of the use or reuse of these digital files.

.9 By requesting and making use of any digital data files for this project the Contractor agrees to be bound by these terms of use.

§ 1.8 Building Information Models Use and RelianceAny use of, or reliance on, all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of, and reliance on, the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, and the requisite AIA Document G202™–2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form, shall be at the using or relying party’s sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants, the authors of, or contributors to, the building information model, and each of their agents and employees.

ARTICLE 2 OWNER§ 2.1 General§ 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative.

§ 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of, or enforce mechanic’s lien rights. Such

Init.

/


14

information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner’s interest therein.

§ 2.2 Evidence of the Owner’s Financial Arrangements§ 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence. If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately.At the time of contract execution, the Owner represents that amounts have been budgeted by the Owner, or otherwise approved, sufficient for payment of the Contract Sum.

§ 2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence assurances that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract only if (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner’s ability to make payment when due; or (3) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence, as required, reasonable assurances within fourteen days of the Contractor’s request, the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and, in that event, shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped. However, if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under (3) above, the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided. If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor.

§ 2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as "confidential," the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person. However, the Contractor may disclose "confidential" information, after seven (7) days’ notice to the Owner, where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity, or by court or arbitrator(s) order. The Contractor may also disclose "confidential" information to its employees, consultants, sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors, and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

§ 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner§ 2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.

§ 2.3.1.1 The building permit will be secured by the Owner, and the permit fee, along with any applicable systems development charges, will be paid for by the Owner.

§ 2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.

§ 2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates, the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect.

§ 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.

§ 2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and

Init.

/


15

relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor’s written request for such information or services.

§ 2.3.5.1 The Owner will procure and bear costs of structural tests and special inspections as required by the applicable building code. The Contractor will facilitate and schedule such tests and inspections required for building code compliance.

§ 2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2.

§ 2.4 Owner’s Right to Stop the WorkIf the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 Section 12.2; fails to correct unsafe conditions, cease work under conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Architect are unsuitable for performing the Work, or grant time necessary to investigate differing site conditions; or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, eliminated. However, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3.

§ 2.5 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the WorkIf the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may, pursuant to Section 9.5.1, withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect, or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15.

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR§ 3.1 General§ 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative.

§ 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor.

§ 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor§ 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, site; become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, performed; become fully informed as to the quality, quantity, and sources of supply for materials, and the character of the Work required; and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner will not be responsible for any loss or for any unanticipated costs that may be suffered by the Contractor as a result of the Contractor’s failure to acquire full information in advance in regard to all conditions pertaining to the Work which the Contractor knew or should have known through reasonable diligence. No oral statements by any officer, agent, consultant or personnel of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in the Contract.

Init.

/


16

§ 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. The Contractor will be liable to Owner for injury or damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents if the Contractor recognized such defect and knowingly failed to report the defect to the Architect.

§ 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner, subject to Section 15.1.7, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities.

§ 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures§ 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect, and shall propose alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor’s proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures.

§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

§ 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

§ 3.4 Labor and Materials§ 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.

§ 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. Any request for substitution of products in place of those specified must be made in accordance

Init.

/


17

with the conditions set forth in the General Requirements (Division 1) of the Specifications.

§ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. The Contractor shall require its employees, Subcontractors, persons delivering materials, invitees, licensees, and all other persons under the Contractor’s direction or control to comply with Owner’s current "Mandatory County Policies for Vendors" posted on Owner’s Procurement & Purchasing internet page at: www.lanecounty.org/cms/one.aspx?pageId=4081160. § 3.4.4 The Contractor must promptly remove from the premises all materials and equipment determined to be defective or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Owner or Architect, whether incorporated in the Work or not, without loss or expense to the Owner. The Contractor must bear all costs for repairing Work damaged or destroyed by such removal or replacement.

§ 3.5 Warranty§ 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

§ 3.5.2 All material, equipment, or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner, and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4.

§ 3.5.3 Nothing in this section 3.5 negates guarantees or warranties for periods longer than one year, including without limitation such guarantees or warranties required by other sections of the Contract Documents for specific installations, materials, processes, equipment or fixtures. In addition to Contractor’s warranty, manufacturers’ warranties shall pass to the Owner and shall not take effect until affected Work has been accepted and the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been signed by all parties.

§ 3.5.4 Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision of the Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the correction of defective Work and, unless a longer period is specified, Contractor shall correct all defects that appear in the Work within a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion, except for latent defects which will be remedied by the Contractor any time they become apparent subject to 12.2.

§ 3.6 TaxesThe Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.

§ 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws§ 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided for in Section 2.3.1.1 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for all other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded.

§ 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.Work, including without limitation Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; Title V and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and ORS 659.425; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended; the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended; all federal and state laws and regulations concerning affirmative action toward equal employment opportunities; all regulations and administrative rules established pursuant to the foregoing laws; and All other applicable requirements of federal and state civil rights and rehabilitation statutes, rules and regulations.

Init.

/


18

§ 3.7.2.1 The Contractor must at all times comply with all requirements of Chapter 20 of the Lane Manual, Sections 20.590 and 20.595. A current copy of the Lane Manual is available at: https://www.lanecounty.org/government/county_departments/county_counsel/lane_manual.

§ 3.7.2.2 The Contractor must ensure that workers in each trade or occupation that the Contractor or a Subcontractor or other person uses in performing some or all of the work are paid not less than the applicable federal or state prevailing rate of wage, in accordance with ORS 279C.838 and 279C.840. The Contractor must include this condition in every Subcontract arising out of this Contract.

§ 3.7.2.3 The Contractor must keep the prevailing rates of wage for that project posted in a conspicuous and accessible place in or about the project; and if the Contractor or a Subcontractor provides or contributes to a health and welfare plan or a pension plan, or both, for the Contractor or Subcontractor’s employees on the project, post a notice in a conspicuous and accessible place in or about the project describing the plan and containing information on how and where to make claims and where to obtain further information.

§ 3.7.2.4 Before starting work on the Project, the Contractor and every Subcontractor must have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9). The Contractor must include this condition in every Subcontract arising out of this Contract.

§ 3.7.2.5 Before starting work on the Project, the Contractor must demonstrate that Contractor has an employee drug testing program in place.

§ 3.7.2.6 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, disability, religion, sex, age, national origin, political affiliation or beliefs, or marital status. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, disability, religion, sex, age, national origin, political affiliation or beliefs, or marital status. Such action shall include, but not be limited to: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor’s and solicitations and advertisements for employees shall state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, disability, religion, sex, age, national origin, political affiliation or beliefs, or marital status. The Contractor must include this condition in every Subcontract arising out of this Contract.

§ 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.

§ 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown ConditionsIf the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect’s determination or recommendation, that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15.

§ 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the

Init.

/


19

operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15.

§ 3.8 Allowances§ 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.

§ 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all

required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;.2 Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and

other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and

.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.2.2.

§ 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness.

§ 3.9 Superintendent§ 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.

§ 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor, stating whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.

§ 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s written consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs borne by the Owner due to the replacement of the superintendent.

§ 3.10 Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules§ 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner’s and Architect’s information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project, including (1) the date of commencement of the Work, interim schedule milestone dates, and the date of Substantial Completion; (2) an apportionment of the Work by construction activity; and (3) the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project.

§ 3.10.1.1 The Contractor shall provide timely notification to the Owner and Architect of changes in the construction schedule for the Work. Any acceptance of the Schedule by the Owner does not constitute agreement by the Owner as to Contractor’s sequencing, means, methods, or allocated Contract Time.

§ 3.10.1.2 In no case shall the Contractor make a request for additional compensation for delays if the Work is completed within the Contract Time, regardless of the Contractor’s scheduled time of completion. Any positive difference between the Contractor’s scheduled time of completion and the Contract Time is termed "float", and any float will accrue to the Owner for the Owner’s benefit.

§ 3.10.2 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s

Init.

/


20

construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals.

§ 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect.

§ 3.10.4 The parties agree that time is of the essence of this Agreement. The Contractor must at all times carry on the Work diligently, without delay, and punctually fulfill all requirements in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall have the right to accelerate the completion date of the Work, and such acceleration in performance of work will be subject to the Change Order process described in Article 7; however, in circumstances where the acceleration is required due to delays caused by the Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers, or is the result of a force majeure event, the Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation for such acceleration.

§ 3.11 Documents and Samples at the SiteThe Contractor shall make available, at the Project site, the Contract Documents, including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and the approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy, available to the Architect and Owner, and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed.

§ 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples§ 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

§ 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

§ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.

§ 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.

§ 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve, and submit to the Architect, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors.

§ 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

§ 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.

§ 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s approval of Shop

Init.

/


21

Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, by the Architect’s approval thereof.

§ 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such notice, the Architect’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.

§ 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.

§ 3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings, and other submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor’s design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria, the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect.

§ 3.13 Use of SiteThe Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.

§ 3.14 Cutting and Patching§ 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting, or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting, or patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents.

§ 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting, patching, or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold, from the Owner or a Separate Contractor, its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.

§ 3.15 Cleaning Up§ 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about the Project.

Init.

/


22

§ 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor.

§ 3.16 Access to WorkThe Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.

§ 3.17 Royalties, Patents and CopyrightsThe Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect.

§ 3.18 Indemnification§ 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them Owner and Architect and their respective officers, consultants, agents, employees, and volunteers from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, and to defend all claims, proceedings, lawsuits, and judgments arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation hereunder; providing however that the Contractor will not be required to indemnify or defend either the Owner or Architect for any liability arising solely out of wrongful acts of the Owner’s or Architect’s own respective officers, consultants, agents, employees, or volunteers. This indemnification shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18.Section 3.18.

§ 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.

ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT§ 4.1 General§ 4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement.

§ 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified, or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

§ 4.2 Administration of the Contract§ 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner’s representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or

Init.

/


23

for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of, the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect’s services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect’s consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols.

§ 4.2.4.1 The Owner may communicate directly with the Contractor when necessary or appropriate. The Owner may give direction to the Contractor in matters related to access to the site, coordination with Owner’s occupancy and use by the public, use of parking and staging areas, use of potentially hazardous products, drug and alcohol policy, no smoking policy, appropriate dress and behavior, safety requirements and safe work practices, and the Mandatory County Policies for Vendors, where appropriate. The Owner will advise the Architect regarding any communication with, or direction given to, the Contractor.

§ 4.2.5 Based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.

§ 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5, and 3.12. The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.

§ 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4.

§ 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10.

Init.

/


24

§ 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect’s responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives.

§ 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.

§ 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith.

§ 4.2.13 The Architect’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information.

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS§ 5.1 Definitions§ 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor.

§ 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.

§ 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work§ 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.

§ 5.2.1.1 Upon the request of the Owner or Architect, the Contractor shall furnish in writing the names of those persons or entities proposed as manufacturers, fabricators or material suppliers for major components of the work not identified in the notification to Owner under subsection 5.2.1 and, where applicable, the name of the installing Subcontractor.

§ 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.

§ 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.

Init.

/


25

§ 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person, or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. The Contractor may only substitute a first-tier subcontractor in compliance with the requirements of ORS 279C.585.

§ 5.3 Subcontractual RelationsBy appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor’s Work that the Contractor, by these Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies, and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.

§ 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts§ 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that

.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and

.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract.

When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the subcontract.

§ 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.

§ 5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor’s obligations under the subcontract.

ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS§ 6.1 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts§ 6.1.1 The term "Separate Contractor(s)" shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract, including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation.

§ 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.

§ 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner until subsequently revised. The Contractor must cooperate with all other contractors or forces, carry out Work in a way that will minimize interference and delay for all forces involved, place and dispose of materials being used so as not to

Init.

/


26

interfere with the operations of another, and join the Work with the work of the others in an acceptable manner and in proper sequence to that of the others without additional cost to Owner.

§ 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces or with Separate Contractors, the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6, and Articles 10, 11, and 12.

§ 6.2 Mutual Responsibility§ 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.

§ 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor’s Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or Separate Contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work. The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent.

§ 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction.

§ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5.

§ 6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14.

§ 6.3 Owner’s Right to Clean UpIf a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK§ 7.1 General§ 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.

§ 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work.

§ 7.1.4 The Contractor is not entitled to payment, and Owner is not responsible for paying, for overhead and profit under any provision of this Contract, as an allowance or otherwise, which exceeds a combined total under the following Schedule:

.1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor’s own forces, a combined amount for overhead and profit equal to the following percent of the cost: 10%.

.2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor, a commission equal to the

Init.

/


27

following percent of the amount due the Subcontractor: 5%..3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by that Subcontractor’s

or Sub-subcontractor’s own forces, a combined amount for overhead and profit equal to the following percent of the cost: 10%.

.4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by the Subcontractor’s Sub-subcontractor, a commission equal to the following percent of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor: 5%.

Not more than two percentages, not to exceed the maximum percentages shown above, will be allowed for any change regardless of the number of tiers of Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors; that is, the Contractor’s markup on work contracted by a Subcontractor will be limited to one combined overhead and profit percentage in addition to the Contractor’s commission percentage.

§ 7.1. 5 On proposals covering both increases and decreases in the Contract amount, the overhead, profit, and any commission must be computed on the net dollar amount of the change. On proposals for a net decrease in the amount of the Contract where the reduction in net cost is greater than $5,000, a deduction of equal percentages for overhead, profit, and any commission must be applied to increase the net reduction in the Contract amount.

§ 7.2 Change Orders§ 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following:

.1 The change in the Work;

.2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and

.3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time.

§ 7.3 Construction Change Directives§ 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.

§ 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.

§ 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods:

.1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation;

.2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;

.3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or

.4 As provided in Section 7.3.4.

§ 7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following:

.1 Costs of labor, including applicable payroll taxes, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers’ compensation insurance, and other employee costs approved by the Architect;

.2 Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed;

.3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others;

.4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use, or similar taxes, directly related to the change; and

.5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.

Init.

/


28

§ 7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15.

§ 7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

§ 7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. The allowance for overhead and profit must be calculated in accordance with the schedule set forth in §7.1.4. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.

§ 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change.

§ 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15.

§ 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive.

§ 7.4 Minor Changes in the WorkThe Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect’s order for minor changes shall be in writing. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work. If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect’s order for a minor change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time.

ARTICLE 8 TIME§ 8.1 Definitions§ 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.

§ 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.

§ 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8.

§ 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.

§ 8.2 Progress and Completion§ 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.

§ 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.

Init.

/


29

§ 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.

§ 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time§ 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by (1) an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, of an employee of either, or of a Separate Contractor; (2) by changes ordered in the Work; (3) by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2, or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control; (4) by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution; or (5) by other causes that the Contractor asserts, and the Architect determines, justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.

§ 8.3.1.1 The Contractor will not be entitled to extension of the Contract Time on the basis of avoidable delays. Except as otherwise provided in ORS 279C.315, avoidable delays include but are not limited to those delays that could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons performing Work; delays that affect only a portion of the Work and do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of other parts of the Work nor the completion of the whole Work within the Contract Time; delays that do not impact activities on the accepted critical path schedule; and delays associated with the reasonable interference of other contractors employed by the Owner that do not prevent the completion of the whole work within the Contract Time.

§ 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15.

§ 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION§ 9.1 Contract Sum§ 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.

§ 9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.

§ 9.2 Schedule of ValuesWhere the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment, allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form, and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy, required by the Architect. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require, and unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s subsequent Applications for Payment.

§ 9.3 Applications for Payment§ 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment that the Owner or Architect require, such as copies of requisitions, and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders.

Init.

/


30

§ 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay.

§ 9.3.1.3 Applications for Payment must be accompanied by certified statements regarding the payment of prevailing rates of wage in accordance with ORS 279C.845.

§ 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site, for such materials and equipment stored off the site.

§ 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information, and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances, in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons or entities that provided labor, materials, and equipment relating to the Work.

§ 9.4 Certificates for Payment§ 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either (1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor; or (2) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1; or (3) withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1.

§ 9.4.1.1 Submission of a complete and accurate Application for Payment including supporting data and certified wage statements is a condition precedent to certification of the Application by the Architect and payment by the Owner. If the Application is filled out incorrectly, or contains any defect or impropriety, or lacks the required supporting data or wage statements, or if there is a good faith dispute, the Owner must notify the Contractor within 15 days stating the reason or reasons the Application for Payment is incorrect, defective, incomplete, or disputed.

§ 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.

§ 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification§ 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as

Init.

/


31

may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of

.1 defective Work not remedied;

.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;

.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor, materials or equipment;

.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;

.5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor;

.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or

.7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect’s decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1, in whole or in part, that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15.

§ 9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld.

§ 9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment.

§ 9.5.1.1 Regardless of whether the Contractor may dispute any determination by the Architect with regard to an Application for Payment, the Contractor must continue to expeditiously prosecute the Work. No progress payment made shall be construed to be final acceptance or approval of that portion of the Work to which such partial payment relates or shall relieve Contractor of any of its obligations.

§ 9.6 Progress Payments§ 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, subject to the provisions of 9.4.1.1 the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. Payment must be made promptly by the Owner and in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Both the Owner and the Contractor will have all the rights and duties specified in ORS 279C.550 through ORS 279C.580 regarding payment. Issuance of a progress payment will not constitute final acceptance or approval of that portion of the Work to which such partial payment relates, nor will such payment relieve Contractor of any of its obligations.

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.

§ 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor.

§ 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay, or to see to the payment of money to, a Subcontractor or supplier, except as may otherwise be required by law.

§ 9.6.5 The Contractor’s payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4.

§ 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


32

§ 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust, or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision.

§ 9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees and litigation expenses, arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier. Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment, the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If approved by the applicable court, when required, the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted.

§ 9.7 Failure of PaymentIf the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents, the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.8 Substantial Completion§ 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. No building or facility will be considered substantially complete unless all utilities are connected and operating as required for normal use, and the building or facility is accessible by normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes, Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been submitted for review to the Architect, and the project has received a Temporary Occupancy Permit from the Building Department.

§ 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion.

§ 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

§ 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance, and consent of surety if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


33

§ 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use§ 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect.

§ 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work.

§ 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment§ 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled.

§ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, (5) documentation of any special warranties, such as manufacturers’ warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties, and (6) if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance. If a lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

§ 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed, corrected, and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

§ 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from.1 liens, Claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;

Init.

/


34

.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or

.4 audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents, after final payment.

§ 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a supplier, shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.

ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY§ 10.1 Safety Precautions and ProgramsThe Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.

§ 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property§ 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to

.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a Sub-subcontractor; and

.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

§ 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with, and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities, bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury, or loss.

§ 10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement, erect, and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards; promulgating safety regulations; and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. The Contractor must maintain public and private ways, streets, walks, and drives free from dirt and debris, and ensure that catch basins and drainage systems remain open and free from blockage and siltation.

§ 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment, or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel.

§ 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18.

§ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect.

§ 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition.

§ 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or PropertyIf either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, notice of the injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.

Init.

/


35

§ 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances§ 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition.

§ 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay, and start-up.

§ 10.3.3 To Subject to the limitations of Article XI, Section 10 of the Oregon Constitution and the Oregon Tort Claims Act, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss, or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity.

§ 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times properly handle, use and dispose of all environmental pollutants and hazardous substances or materials brought onto the Work site, in accordance with all applicable federal, state, or local statutes, rules, or ordinances; and be responsible for and promptly clean up any and all spills, releases, discharges, or leaks of such environmental pollutants or hazardous substances or materials, at the Contractor’s expense. The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances.

§ 10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner’s fault or negligence.

§ 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.incurred, subject to the limitations of Article XI, Section 10 of the Oregon Constitution and the Oregon Tort Claims Act.

§ 10.4 EmergenciesIn an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7.

Init.

/


36

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS§ 11.1 Contractor’s Insurance and Bonds§ 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Owner, Architect, and Architect’s consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor’s commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. The Owner, its divisions, Commissioners, officers, agents, and employees must be named as additional insureds by endorsement.

§ 11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types, for such penal sums, and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor’s bonds shall meet the requirements of ORS 279C.380 covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder, as stipulated in bidding requirements, and equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than the date the Agreement is entered into, or if the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a Letter of Intent, the Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished. The Contractor shall require the attorney-in-fact who executed the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified copy of the Power Of Attorney.

§ 11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished.

§ 11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor’s Required Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall, unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner, have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage.

§ 11.1.5 Insurance, whether written on an Occurrence or a Claims-made basis, shall be and remain in effect from the date of commencement of the Work until the expiration of the Contractor’s warranty.

§ 11.1.6 Nothing contained in these insurance requirements shall be construed as limiting the extent of the Contractor’s responsibility for payment of damages resulting from the Contractor’s operations under this Agreement. § 11.1.7 The Contractor shall not cancel, materially change, or not renew insurance coverages, and shall notify the Owner of any material reduction or exhaustion of aggregate limits, cancellation notices, and any endorsements subsequently issued, amending coverage or limits . Any insurance bearing any adequacy of performance shall be maintained after completion of the services for the full guarantee period, and should Contractor fail to immediately procure such insurance as specified, The Owner reserves the right to procure such insurance and to charge the cost thereof to Contractor.

§ 11.1.8 Should any insurance policy be canceled or reduced before final payment by the Owner to the Contractor, and should any insurance bearing on adequacy of performance be reduced prior to end of warranty periods, and if the Contractor fails immediately to procure such insurance as specified, the Owner reserves the right to procure such insurance and to deduct the cost thereof from any sum due Contractor § 11.1.9 If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment, an additional Certificate of Insurance which evidences the continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment.

§ 11.2 Owner’s Insurance§ 11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance insurance, or shall provide self-insurance, of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement

Init.

/


37

or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. located, or shall self-insure in accordance with ORS 30.260 through 30.300, and specifically ORS 30.282.

§ 11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance. If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance, with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner, the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work. When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage, the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order. If the Owner does not provide written notice, and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto.

§ 11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner’s Required Property Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1) the Contractor, upon receipt of notice from the Owner, shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor; (2) the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted; and (3) the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled. If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage, the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order. The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance.

§ 11.3 Waivers of Subrogation§ 11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, each of the other; (2) the Architect and Architect’s consultants; and (3) Separate Contractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, for damages caused by fire, or other causes of loss, to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect, Architect’s consultants, Separate Contractors, subcontractors, and sub-subcontractors. The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity (1) even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, (2) even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or (3) whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property.

§ 11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, to the extent permissible by such policies, the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance.

§ 11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption, and Delay in Completion InsuranceThe Owner, at the Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner’s property, or the inability to conduct normal operations, due to fire or other causes of loss. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner’s property, due to fire or other hazards however caused.

Init.

/


38

§11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss§ 11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner.

§ 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work.

§11.4 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss§ 11.4.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner.

§ 11.4.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work.

ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK§ 12.1 Uncovering of Work§ 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time.

§ 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering the Work, and the cost of correction, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 12.2 Correction of Work§ 12.2.1 Before Substantial CompletionThe Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and

Init.

/


39

replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion§ 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. With respect to such corrections:

.1 Correction of all warranty work must be fully coordinated, administered, and supervised by the Contractor.

.2 The Contractor must respond to any warranty item deemed by the Owner to be an emergency item requiring immediate attention within 12 hours of receipt of notification. The Contractor shall respond to all other warranty notifications within 48 hours of receipt of notification.

.3 All warranty work must be documented in an approved form and accepted by the Owner in writing.

§ 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work.

§ 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2.

§ 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.

§ 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors, whether completed or partially completed, caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.

§ 12.2.6 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended for each part of the Work where an extended warranty is called for in the Contract Documents.

§ 12.2.7 Warranties for weather-tightness and water-tightness shall include the repair or replacement, at no cost to the Owner, of any building components or contents damaged by the failure of such system or systems to be water-tight or weather-tight. The Owner may, when necessary, make temporary or emergency repairs reasonably necessary to maintain the integrity of the structure and its contents.

§ 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming WorkIf the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.

Init.

/


40

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS§ 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located, excluding that jurisdiction’s choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4.will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Any claim between Owner and Contractor that arises from or relates to this Contract and that is not resolved through the Claims Review process, mediation, or any further agreed-upon dispute resolution, must be brought and conducted solely and exclusively within the Circuit Court of Lane County for the State of Oregon; however, if a claim must be brought in a federal forum, then it must be brought and conducted solely and exclusively within the United States District Court for the District of Oregon located in Lane County. In no event will this section be construed as a waiver by the Owner of any form of defense or immunity whether governmental immunity or otherwise, from any claim or from the jurisdiction of any court.

§ 13.2 Successors and Assigns§ 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.

§ 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment.

§ 13.3 Rights and Remedies§ 13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.

§ 13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing.

§ 13.4 Tests and Inspections§ 13.4.1 Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections, or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests, inspections, or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require.

§ 13.4.2 If the Architect, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection, or approval not included under Section 13.4.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection, or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense.

§ 13.4.3 If procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 13.4.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection, or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect.

Init.

/


41

§ 13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections, or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing.

§ 13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.

§ 13.5 InterestPayments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located.as specified in ORS 279C.570.

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT§ 14.1 Termination by the Contractor§ 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of the following reasons:

.1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped;

.2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, that requires all Work to be stopped;

.3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or

.4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.

§ 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions, delays, or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less.

§ 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days’ notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination.

§ 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3.

§ 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause§ 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor

.1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials;

.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers;

.3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or

.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.

§ 14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist, and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety, if any, seven days’ notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:

.1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;

.2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and

Init.

/


42

.3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.

§ 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.

§ 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.

§ 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience§ 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.

§ 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay, or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent

.1 that performance is, was, or would have been, so suspended, delayed, or interrupted, by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or

.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.

§ 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience§ 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause. The Owner will provide the Contractor with not less than seven (7) days’ prior written notice of such termination. After such notice, Contractor shall provide the Owner with immediate and peaceful possession of the premises and materials located on and off the premises for which the Contractor received progress payment.

§ 14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work;

and.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,

terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.

§ 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed; costs incurred by reason of the termination, including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts; and the termination fee, if any, set forth in the Agreement.

§ 14.5 Transfer of Title and Preservation of Records§ 14.5.1 As directed by Owner, Contractor shall upon termination transfer title and deliver to the Owner all Record Documents, information, and other property that, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner.

§ 14.5.2 The Contractor shall, from the effective date of termination until the expiration of three years after final settlement under this Contract, preserve and make available to the Owner, at all reasonable times at the office of the Contractor, and without charge to the Owner, all books, records, documents, photographs and other evidence bearing on the costs and expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and relating to the terminated Work.

ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES§ 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 DefinitionA Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, a change in the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes

Init.

/


43

and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 15.1.2 Time Limits on ClaimsThe Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2.

§ 15.1.3 Notice of Claims§ 15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.

§ 15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the other party. In such event, no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required.

§ 15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance§ 15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker’s decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15. The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker.

§ 15.1.5 Claims for Additional CostIf the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4.

§ 15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time§ 15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary.

§ 15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. Adverse weather conditions, for the purpose of this Contract, are those which surpass in severity the weather reasonably to be expected in this area during the time of year involved.

§ 15.1.6.3 A claim for cost due to additional time will be considered if the actual cost is substantiated in writing for each occurrence as required in 7.3.7. However, so long as the additional time does not exceed the Date of Completion indicated in the Contract, no claim for cost due to additional time shall be accepted. § 15.1.6.4 Claims for increase in the Contract Time shall set forth in detail the circumstances that form the basis for the Claim, the date upon which each cause of delay began to affect the progress of the Work, the date upon which each cause of delay ceased to affect the progress of the Work and the number of days’ increase in the Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay. The Contractor shall provide such supporting documentation as the Owner may require including, where appropriate, a revised construction schedule indicating all the activities affected by the circumstances forming the basis of the Claim.

Init.

/


44

§ 15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential DamagesThe Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes

.1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and

.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work.

This mutual waiver is not applicable to damages incurred by the Owner due to Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the Contract Time, or the established Contract Time for any portion or phase of the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party’s termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 15.2 Initial Decision§ 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, and 11.5, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker, the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner.

§ 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim.

§ 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner’s expense.

§ 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of the request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished, or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.

§ 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution.dispute resolution in accordance with 15.3.

§ 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1.In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy.

Init.

/


45

§ 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision.

§ 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy.If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines.

§ 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines.

§ 15.3 MediationDispute ResolutionThe parties are required to exert every effort to cooperatively resolve any disagreements that may arise under this Agreement. This may be done at any management level, including at a level higher than the persons directly responsible for administration of the Contract. In the event that the parties alone are unable to resolve any conflict under this Contract, they are encouraged to resolve their differences through mediation or arbitration, using such process as they may choose at the time.

§ 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract, except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.7, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution.The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

§ 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings.

§ 15.3.3 Either party may, within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute, demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision.

§ 15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

§ 15.4 Arbitration§ 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. The Arbitration shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.

Init.

/


46

§ 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim.

§ 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

§ 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement, shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

§ 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder § 15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s).

§ 15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent.

§ 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement.

AIA Document D401™ – 2003. Copyright © 1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:47:39 ET on 01/08/2019 under Order No.3939974888 which expires on 09/27/2019, and is not for resale.User Notes: (1198276911)

1

Certification of Document’s AuthenticityAIA® Document D401™ – 2003

I, , hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with this certification at 12:47:39 ET on 01/08/2019 under Order No. 3939974888 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA® Document A201™ – 2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction , as published by the AIA in its software, other than changes shown in the attached final document by underscoring added text and striking over deleted text.

_____________________________________________________________(Signed)

_____________________________________________________________(Title)

_____________________________________________________________(Dated)

LC-Public Services Building Insurance Requirements


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 73 16

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall provide Insurance in the type and amounts listed on the Insurance

Coverages Required form bound hereinafter In Section 00 73 17.

1.2 FORM OF CERTIFICATION

A. The certification of the type and amounts of Insurance shall be executed on Accord A-25

Standard Certificate of Insurance.



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Insurance Coverage Required Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 73 17

INSURANCE COVERAGE REQUIRED FORM

LANE COUNTY

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Contractor shall not commence any work until contractor obtains, at contractor's own expense,

all required insurance as specified below. Such insurance must have the approval of the owner

as to limits, form and amount. The types of insurance contractor is required to obtain or

maintain for the full period of the contract will be as specified below.

1.2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERING PERSONAL INJURY, BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE WITH LIMITS AS SPECIFIED BELOW. THE INSURANCE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE:

A. Coverages

1. Explosion & Collapse

2. Underground Hazard

3. Contractual Liability

4. Broad Form Property Damage

5. Owners' & Contractors' Protective

6. Commercial General Liability

7. Damage to Rented Property ($50,000)

8. Personal and Advertising (Same as per occurrence)

9. Products/Completed Operations (Same as per occurrence)

B. Policy Limits

1. $2 million per occurrence/$3 million aggregate

C. Aggregate Limits

1. Per Project (construction contracts)

D. Form

1. All policies must be of the occurrence form with combined single limit for bodily injury

and property damage. Any deviation from this must be reviewed by the Risk Manager. All

claims-made forms must be approved by Risk Management in advance and provide

tail/continuous coverage for 24 months from the end of the project.

1.3 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

A. Automobile liability insurance with limits as specified below. The coverage shall include

owned, hired and non-owned automobiles and include Lane County and its divisions, its

commissioners, officers, agent, and employees as additional designated insureds (CA 20 48 02

99 or equivalent).

B. Limits

1. $2 million combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage

LC-Public Services Building Insurance Coverage Required Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.4 ADDITIONAL INSURED CLAUSE

A. The general and auto liability insurance coverage’s required for performance of this contract

shall be endorsed to name lane county and its divisions, its commissioners, officers, agents and

employees as additional insureds on any insurance policies required herein with respect to

provider's activities being performed under the contract. The additional insureds must be named

as an additional insured by endorsement, and the policy must be endorsed to show cancellation

notices to the lane county department who originated the contract. Coverage shall be primary

and non-contributory with any other insurance and self-insurance.

1.5 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY AS STATUTORILY REQUIRED FOR PERSONS PERFORMING WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT.

A. Any subcontractor hired by contractor shall also carry workers' compensation and employers'

liability coverage.

B. Employer's liability

1. Limits of $500,000

1.6 ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE LANE COUNTY RISK MANAGER AT (541) 682-3971.

END OF SECTION

This document is an attachment to and part of your contract with Lane County. Rev. RM 8/21/18 Lane County Risk Management / [email protected]

INSURANCE COVERAGES REQUIRED

Contractor shall not commence any work until Contractor obtains, at Contractor's own expense, all required insurance as specified below. Such insurance must have the approval of Lane County as to limits, form and amount. The types of insurance Contractor is required to obtain or maintain for the full period of the contract will be:

☐ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY WITH ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT shall include:

Policy must include: MINIMUM POLICY LIMITS • Commercial General Liability• Damage to Rented Property ($50,000)• Medical Expenses ($5,000)• Personal and Advertising (Same as per occurrence)• Products/Completed Operations (Same as per occurrence)

☐ $2 million per occurrence*/$4 million aggregate* ☐ $ occurrence / aggregate (Amount pre-approved by

Risk Management or required by contract) ☐ Amount required by funding source

Aggregate limits: ☐Per Policy (most contracts) ☐Per Project (construction contracts) *Umbrella or Excess coverage to increase the policy limits to the required amount is acceptable

All policies must be of the occurrence form with combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. Any deviation from this must be reviewed by Risk Management. All claims-made forms must be approved by Risk Management in advance and provide tail/continuous coverage for 24 months from the end of the project.

☐

☐

ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT for general liability insurance coverage is required for performance of this contract. Unless otherwise specified below, blanket additional insured is acceptable and is considered a written contract requirement on any insurance policies required herein with respect to Provider's activities being performed under the Contract. The contract MUST include language that the additional insured endorsement is required, and proof of blanket coverage from your policy must be provided either by a copy of your policy or by separate blanket endorsement. When this box is checked, the Additional Insured Endorsement for this contract MUST be by scheduled (or named) endorsement only, and must read: “ Lane County, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers are named as additional insureds” with respect to Provider's activities being performed under the Contract. The additional insureds must be named as an additional insured by separate endorsement, the policy must be endorsed to show cancellation notices to the Lane County department who originated the contract, and the Endorsement must be attached to the COI.

☐ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY WITH ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT: Insurance with limits as specified below. The coverage shall include owned, hired and non-owned automobiles and include Lane County and its divisions, its commissioners, officers, agent, and employees as additional designated insureds (CA 20 48 02 99 or equivalent). *Umbrella or Excess coverage to increase the policy limits to the required amount is acceptable.

LIMITS* ☐ $2 million combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage ☐ Amount pre-approved by Risk Management and required by contract: $ ☐ Amount required by funding source: $

☐ WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY as statutorily required for persons performing work under this contract. Any subcontractor hired by Contractor shall also carry Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability coverage. Sole proprietors not subject to Workers’ Compensation coverage must complete, execute, and submit the Workers’ Compensation Coverage Exemption Statement.

EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY ☐ Statutory amount (currently $500,000 in Oregon, other states may vary) ☐ Other: minimum of $1,000,000 when not regulated by statute

☐ OTHER: ☐ CYBER coverage in the amount of $2,000,000 ☐ PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY coverage: limits not less than $ ($1,000,000/occurrence minimum when

required). Policy must provide tail/continuous coverage for 24 months from the end of the project. ☐ POLLUTION LIABILITY coverage: limits not less than $ ($1,000,000/occurrence minimum when required).

Coverage must be continuous for 24 months from the end of the project and shall include completed operations. ☐☐

: limits not less than $ ($1,000,000/occurrence minimum unless indicated) : limits not less than $ ($1,000,000/occurrence minimum unless indicated)

☐ CERTIFICATE HOLDER: Lane County, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers, c/o ☐ LANE COUNTY REQUIRES THE COVERAGE TYPES AND AMOUNTS SHOWN ABOVE OR POLICY LIMITS,

WHICHEVER IS GREATER. The policy limits specified above are minimum requirements; Lane County reserves the right to claim up to the policy limits. All coverages are Primary and Non-Contributory with any other insurance and self-insurance. Acceptance of a COI providing less than required coverages does not relieve contractor of the insurance requirements set out above or in the contract. The contractor must notify the County if non-County claims have infringed or impacted the policy. Contractor is required to notify Lane County of any changes to or cancellation of coverage(s) within 24 hours. Contractor is required to provide a copy of the policy to Lane County upon demand.

☐ DIRECT ALL INSURANCE RELATED DOCUMENTS FOR YOUR CONTRACT TO YOUR CONTACT AT LANE COUNTY; DO NOT DIRECT YOUR DOCUMENTS TO RISK MANAGEMENT AS THIS WILL RESULT IN DELAYS.

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LCFAMJD

Highlight

LC-Public Services Building Prevailing Wage Rates


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 00 73 43

PREVAILING WAGE RATES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 MINIMUM WAGE RATES

A. The minimum wage rates to be paid all crafts and labor on this contract shall be the prevailing

wage for the individual crafts involved in the Lane County area during the life of the contract

and as determined by the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries, or in

the case of a Federal-Aid project, the wage determination decision of the Federal Secretary of

Labor, along with conformance to ORS 279C, as may be applicable to the supplying of the

services and/or materials called for in the bid.

B. Every contractor and subcontractor shall pay workers not less than the specified minimum

hourly rate of wage for each trade or occupation in each locality. When a public works project

is subject to Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141 et seq) that would otherwise be subject to state

prevailing wages, if the state prevailing rate of wage is higher than the federal prevailing rate of

wage, the contractor and every subcontractor on the project shall pay at least the state

prevailing rate of wage.

C. Each worker in each trade or occupation employed in the performance of the contract either by

the contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do or contracting for the

whole or any part of the work on the contract, must be paid not less than the applicable state

prevailing rate of wage in accordance with ORS 279C.383 and 279C.840, or the applicable

federal prevailing rate of wage, whichever is higher.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. If a dispute arises as to what the prevailing wage rate for any class of worker is, and if the

dispute cannot be settled by the parties involved, it may be referred to the Commission of the

Bureau of Labor and Industries, State of Oregon, for final determination. The Wage Rates are

minimum rates only and the Owner will not consider any claims or additional compensation

because of payment made by Contractor or a Sub-Contractor of any wage rate in excess of the

prevailing rate.

B. Prevailing Wage Rates:

1. Pursuant to ORS Ch. 279C.800 - 279C.870, "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works

Contracts in Oregon," effective January 1, 2019, and Amendments dated April 1, 2019 if

any, are hereby referenced and are included as a part of this Specification as much as if

bound herein. If needed, notify BOLI or the architect for the referenced copy of Prevailing

Wage Rates applicable for this project

a. http://www.boli.state.or.us/ Phone: 971-673-0761

b. BOLI Office Locations

1) Eugene1400 Executive Parkway, Eugene, OR 97401 541/686-7623

2) Medford 700 E. Main, Suite 105, Medford, OR 97504 541/776-6270

3) Portland 800 NE Oregon St., #32, Portland, OR 97232 503/731-4074

4) Salem 3865 Wolverine St. NE, Bldg. E-1, Salem, OR 97305 503/378-3292



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. If the Owner determines at any time that the prevailing rate of wages has not or is not being

paid as required herein, it may retain from moneys due to Contractor an amount sufficient to

make up the difference between wages actually paid and the prevailing rate of wages, and may

also cancel the contract.

D. Liquidated damages for failure to pay the rate of wage required herein will be an additional

amount equal to the unpaid minimum, over and above the liability of the Contractor, any

Subcontractor, or surety to pay said unpaid minimum to any workers affected.

1.3 POSTING MINIMUM WAGE RATES

A. The Contractor and each subcontractor must post and maintain the prevailing rates of wage for

this project for the Project duration in a conspicuous location accessible to employees

B. If the Contractor or any subcontractor that provides or contributes to a health and welfare plan

or a pension plan, or both, for the contractor or subcontractor's employees on the project, must

post a notice in a conspicuous and accessible place in or about the project describing the plan

and containing information on how and where to make claims and where to obtain further

information.

1.4 NOTICE OF CONTRACT AWARD

A. The Owner will send a copy of the Notice of Award of Public Works Contract Form to the

State of Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries.

1.5 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FEE

A. In accordance with ORS 279C.825 and OAR 839-025-0020, for Public Works Projects where

the contract sum exceeds $50,000 the OWNER must pay to the State of Oregon Bureau of

Labor and Industries, Wage and Hour Division, Prevailing Wage Rate Unit, a Public Works

Contract Fee equal to 1/10th of 1% of the contract amount (contract amount X 0.001), but not

less than $250 and not more than $7,500.

B. This fee shall not be included in the Contractor’s Basic Bid amount.

1.6 WAGE CERTIFICATION

A. In accordance with the requirements printed in the document titled “Prevailing Wage Rates for

Public Works Contracts in Oregon”, the Owner, upon written request from the Contractor, will

provide the Contractor with a sample copy of the Payroll Submission Form to be used on this

project. Contractors shall use their own copies of this form in their reporting, or may submit a

pre-approved substitute form of their own choosing that meets the reporting requirements of the

Bureau of Labor and Industries.

B. Under the provisions of Oregon Law, ORS 279C.845, the wage certification Payroll

Submission Form on public works contracts must be provided to the Owner in accordance with

the following schedule:

1. Once within 15 days of the date the Contractor or Subcontractor first began work on the

project, and,

2. Once before the final inspection of the project by the public contracting agency, and,



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. In addition, certified statements for each week during which the contractor or

subcontractor employs a worker upon the public work must be submitted once a month, by

the fifth business day of the following month.

1.7 MAINTAINING & DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFIED PAYROLL STATEMENTS

A. Certified Payroll Statements are public records and are to be filed by the Contractor with the

Owner, and must be kept by the Contractor and/or Subcontractor. Certified Payroll Statements

must be made available upon request.

1.8 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES

A. If a contractor is required to file certified payroll statements and fails to do so, the Owner may

retain 25 percent of any amount earned by the Contractor on a public works contract until the

Contractor has filed such statements with the Owner. The Owner will pay the Contractor the

amount retained under this provision within 14 days after the Contractor files the certified

statements, regardless of whether a subcontractor has failed to file such statements. The

Contractor must retain 25 percent of any amount earned by a first-tier subcontractor on a public

works until the subcontractor has filed with the Owner certified statements as required by this

provision. The Contractor must verify that the first-tier subcontractor has filed the certified

statements before the contractor may pay the subcontractor any amount retained under this

provision. The Contractor must pay the first-tier subcontractor the amount retained under this

provision within 14 days after the subcontractor files the certified statements. The amount

retained under this provision is in addition to any other amount permitted to be retained by ORS

279C, including the 5% from any progress payment to ensure satisfactory progress under ORS

279C.570(7).



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building List of Drawings


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 01 15

LIST OF DRAWINGS

Sheet Number

Title

G000 Title Sheet

G100 General Notes

A100 Site Plan

A101 Enlarged Roof Plan



A500 Typical Roof Details

A501 Typical Roof Details

A502 Harris Hall Roof and Penthouse Details

A503 Harris Hall and Link Roof Details

A504 Canopy and Link Roof Details

A505 Lower Public Service Building Roof and Penthouse Details

A506 Lower Public Service Building Roof and Penthouse Details

A507 Lower and Upper Public Service Building Details

A508 Upper Public Service Building Details



A511 Drain Details

A512 Sheet Metal Details

MP101 Enlarged Plaza Plan - Plumbing

MP102 Enlarged Roof Plan - Plumbing and HVAC

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Service Building Summary of Work


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 11 00

SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Description of existing conditions and Work scope, Contractor duties, and use

of premises.

1.2 OWNER/CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT

A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document

00 52 00 - Agreement Form.

B. Owner: Lane County, 125 East 8th Avenue, Eugene, Oregon 97401

1. Owner’s Representative: Mr. Matthew Dapkus

C. Architect or Architect/Engineer: WJE Engineers & Architects, PC, 960 South Harney Street,

Seattle, Washington 98108

1. Architects Representative: Rocco Romero, AIA

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Description of Existing Structure

1. The current PSB opened in 1976 and has served as the County’s primary community

service center since that time. The PSB currently houses the County’s Administration,

Assessment and Taxation, Technology Services, Facilities Services, Human Resources,

and Developmental Disabilities Services, as well as tenants from City of Eugene

Administration. In addition to the PSB, the subject roofing system covers Harris Hall, built

in 1958 and extensively remodeled in 1978, which primarily serves as the main meeting

hall for the Board of County Commissioners and, on a temporary basis, the Eugene City

Council. The scope of work includes the Upper PSB including penthouse and small roof

on the north side, the Lower PSB including penthouse, Harris Hall including Penthouse,

the Link roof adjacent to the Lower PSB and Harris Hall, and the canopy roof between

Harris Hall and the adjacent courthouse building.

The PSB is a two-story (plus basement) cast-in-place concrete structure with an integral

slab and two-way joist waffle slab. The building was reportedly last reroofed in 1997 using

Burkeline Hypalon sheet roofing material and was warranted for fifteen years of service

by the manufacturer. The substrate for the Harris Hall, Canopy and Link roof areas consists

of metal decking. The existing insulation is rigid foam of varying thickness.

There are Kalwall translucent sandwich panel skylights on the roof, which were installed

in 1997, however the County has received information from the manufacturer that these

existing skylights provide OSHA-compliant fall protection for personnel. Additional

mechanical penetrations were added through the existing roofing over the past six years

for equipment upgrades. The County has experienced leakage in these areas due to



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

compatibility issues installed with the existing Hypalon membrane. Excessive ponding also

exists throughout the roof areas due to low slope of the structural substrate.

1.4 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This project will generally include, but is not limited to, the following items:

B. General

1. Remove and dispose of existing roofing membrane system, including but not limited to the

hypalon membrane and flashings, rigid insulation, retrofit drains, sheet metal and related

components and accessories down to the substrate.

2. Temporarily remove existing roof top mechanical and smoke vent units as required for

installation of new curbs.

3. Provide and install new wood blocking as required. At penthouses with pre-stress concrete

slabs, locate tendons prior to installation of anchors for wood blocking.

4. Provide and install new self-adhered membranes, sheet metal components and flashing,

fasteners and sealants, for weather tight installation.

5. Provide and install new scuppers, gutters and downspouts. Water test gutters after work is

complete to ensure gutters are watertight and have positive slope to downspouts.

6. Connect downspouts to existing storm drains where possible. Downspouts that discharge

into courtyards shall be allowed within the restrictions of local codes and with the County’s

approval.

7. Provide and install new premanufactured conduit and duct supports.

8. Furnish and install new roof hatches as designated on the drawings.

9. Remove all existing drains and replace with new drain bodies and strainers, including all

related drain components for complete installation.

10. At locations of newly raised equipment curbs or skylight curbs, repair interior finishes to

match surrounding undisturbed finishes.

11. At penthouse walls, rout and seal cracks in the walls (allowance for 500 linear feet of

repair).

C. Upper and Lower PSB Roofs

1. Clean and properly prepare as required for installation of vapor retarder/air

barrier/temporary roofing.

2. Install torch applied modified bitumen membrane as vapor retarder / temporary roofing.

3. Perform an elevation survey of the concrete substrate at the upper and lower to identify

low areas away from drain locations.

4. Remove and dispose of existing Kalwall panels and related components to allow for

installation of new skylight assemblies.

5. Provide and install two ply modified bitumen roofing membrane system including tapered

insulation, adhesives, cover board, flashing, and related ancillary accessories.

6. Furnish and install new skylight assemblies as indicated on the drawings and provide

watertight installation. Testing of installed skylights to verify watertightness is to be

included.

7. Raise all smoke vents and equipment curbs as required to achieve proper flashing heights,

including wood blocking or stub walls.

8. Provide area divider at upper PSB roof connector to main building. Cut and modify existing

hypalon membrane on main roof side of area divider to accommodate installation.

9. Remove designated existing drains to be abandoned and fill in opening through deck to

accommodate installation of new roofing membrane system.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

10. Install new supplemental drains in the upper PSB building as indicated on the drawings

including creating openings in deck, all accessory components, supplemental drain lines

and connecting new supplemental drain lines to storm system.

11. Modify drainage from downspouts (lower PSB roof) discharging onto plaza level to

include sheet metal gutter and modification to existing pavers and drains.

12. At the upper PSB penthouse roof, install new metal decking and support, to modify the

opening to include installation of new mechanical vent.

D. Harris Hall and Link Roofs

1. Clean and properly prepare as required for installation of substrate board (at metal decking)

and vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing.

2. Provide and install new mechanically attached substrate boards at all locations of exposed

metal decking.

3. Provide and install two ply modified bitumen roofing membrane system including vapor

retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing, tapered insulation, adhesives, cover board, flashing,

and related ancillary accessories.

4. Remove and dispose of existing skylight and related components at the Link roof to allow

for installation of new skylight.

5. Furnish and install new skylight assemblies as indicated on the drawings and provide

watertight installation. Testing of installed skylights to verify watertightness is to be

included.

E. Canopy Roof

1. Clean and properly prepare as required for installation of substrate board (at metal decking)

and vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing.

2. Provide and install new mechanically attached substrate boards at all locations of exposed

metal decking.

3. Provide and install modified bitumen roofing membrane system including vapor

retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing, tapered insulation, adhesives, cover board, flashing,

and related ancillary accessories. Roofing system to include base ply with liquid flashing

system over entire surface and at wall flashings.

1.5 CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

A. Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:

1. Labor, materials and equipment.

2. Tools, construction equipment, and machinery.

3. Water, heat, and utilities required for construction or the Contractor’s operation will be

paid by the County.

4. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of work,

including traffic control and temporary work.

B. Pay legally required sales, consumer and use taxes.

1. Secure and pay for, as necessary for proper execution and completion of work, and as

applicable at time of acceptance of bids:

a. Government fees

b. Licenses and bonds

2. Give required notices.

3. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of

public authorities, which bear on the performance of work.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Promptly submit written notice to the Architect of any observed variance of the Contract

Documents from legal requirements. It is not the Contractor’s responsibility to make

certain that the Drawings and Specifications comply with codes and regulations.

a. Appropriate modifications to the Contract Documents will adjust the necessary

changes.

b. The Contractor shall assume responsibility for work known to be contrary to such

requirements, and performed without such notice.

5. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. Do not employ on work:

a. Unfit persons

b. Persons not skilled in assigned task

C. Provide 24-hour emergency contact information for Contractor and major subcontractors,

including names and telephone numbers to the Owner and Architect / Engineer.

1.6 WORK SEQUENCE AND PHASING

A. The work shall be performed in one phase.

1. Contractor shall provide a schedule and plan to describe sequence at least ten (10) working

days prior to performing any work.

2. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative and Architect ten (10) working

days in advance of the time when demolition will begin.

1.7 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by law, ordinance, permits, and Contract

Documents.

B. The building will remain in operation during the work.

1. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage.

2. Perform Work to avoid interference with Owner’s day-to-day operations. Notify Owner’s

Representative at least 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner’s operations.

a. Maintain utilities serving areas occupied by Owner or others. Do not interrupt utilities

unless approved in writing in advance by Owner’s Representative. Notify Owner’s

Representative at least 72 hours in advance of interruption. Provide temporary utility

services if required.

3. Maintain vehicular, pedestrian, and emergency access to portions of facility that are in use.

Keep entrances and exits clear of stored materials and construction equipment.

a. Short interruptions in access may be permitted if approved in advance in writing by

Owner’s Representative.

b. Schedule deliveries to minimize interruptions.

4. Do not disturb Project site outside of Work area.

5. Minimize damage to building weatherproofing system during construction period, and

promptly repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and occupants

in Work area.

6. Notify Owner’s Representative at least one week in advance of when portions of Work

area will be removed from use or returned to use.

C. Minimize interference with adjacent streets and walkways and adjacent facilities.

D. County will pay and secure building permit(s). Contractor to call for required inspections.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

E. No parking provided by the County on site or in adjacent County-owned parking lots / garages.

F. Contractor shall have no additional storage or operational area outside of Work area, either

inside or outside of building, except as approved in advance by Owner’s Representative.

1. Construction equipment, tools, etc., shall not be stored in areas of Owner’s continued use.

2. Tools and building materials shall never be left out when an unsecured work area is

vacated.

3. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.

4. Do not load Project structure with weight that will endanger Project structure.

5. Assume full responsibility for site security and protection and safekeeping of products

stored at site.

6. Ladders and scaffolding will be taken down when an unsecured work area is vacated.

7. Obtain and pay for additional storage areas needed for operations.

G. Perform site Work between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, except as

approved in advance by Owner’s Representative and public authorities having jurisdiction.

H. The possession, use, or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol on the Owner’s premises is

prohibited. Prescription medications brought to the project site shall be in the original container

bearing the name of the drug, the name of the physician and the prescribed dosage.

I. NO SMOKING POLICY: Smoking is not allowed on the construction site, on the roof,

anywhere else on Lane County property, and as additionally limited by city or county ordinance.

J. Do not permit debris, or other contaminants deleterious to the City sewer system, to be washed

down drains or discharged into the City sewer system.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor shall keep at the project site, during the period when work is being performed, a

competent superintendent/working foreman satisfactory to the Owner. The

superintendent/working foreman on the site shall be able to represent the Contractor in any

matters related to execution of the contract.

B. The approved working foreman shall not be removed from the project without cause or upon

prior notification of the Owner and Architect/Engineer. If removal is for cause, Contractor shall

submit justification in writing within 24 hours of the removal. All work will cease until a new

working foreman is on site at no additional cost to Owner.

C. All work is to be performed by skilled workmen with a minimum of three years of experience

doing work of similar scope and detail.

D. Work is to be done in strict accordance with the Specifications and Contract Documents. Any

deviation from same shall be reviewed and approved by the Owner and the Architect, and will

be authorized in writing.

E. The Contractor shall exercise caution in performing the work so as not to damage adjacent

building elements. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to protect the adjacent finishes from

mechanical damage due to equipment, and from the work being performed.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

F. If adjacent elements are damaged by Contractor during the execution of the work, the Contractor

shall be responsible for repairing or replacing the damaged units at no additional cost to the

Owner.

1.9 OWNER OCCUPANCY

A. Owner intends to continue to occupy the existing building during the entire construction period.

B. The Owner’s staff, will maintain normal business hours and use the adjacent premises during

construction. The public will also continue to have access to the building during regular business

hours.

C. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations.

D. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. All work occurring on the interior of

any building may be required to be performed outside the hours of Monday through Friday 0630

- 1830 at the Owner’s discretion.

E. The Contractor shall coordinate the construction process for this Work to assist the Owner in

maintaining reasonable continued use of the facilities and site, and protect the Owner’s staff and

visitors from the effects of construction, especially from overhead hazards, noise, vibration,

odors and dust that may impact the normal uses of the building. Refer to Section 01 50 00 for

additional considerations.

F. All entrances and exits to the buildings must remain open at all times unless approved by the

Owner. This includes any lane necessary to reach the entrances/exits.

G. Contractor shall be responsible for providing any temporary traffic control signs or flagmen

required to maintain safe use of the building during working hours for the project. The

Contractor shall also be responsible for providing such equipment or scheduling work to ensure

the safe use of the facility during non-working hours.

H. The Contractor shall submit, within ten (10) working days from the date of the Contract or

notice to proceed (whichever occurs first), a detailed work schedule to the Owner for the

approval by the Owner. The schedule shall clearly delineate the sequencing of all work

operations. This schedule shall be approved by the Owner prior to the start of any work. The

Contractor shall submit for approval written notification to the Owner of any change in work

sequence at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the change.

1.10 CONTRACTOR BADGING

A. Refer to the Lane County Facility Access Agreement - Section 01 35 55.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate and make arrangements to accommodate all of the unique

security requirements of the Owner for the work in this particular facility during the construction

work.

1. The procedures shall include screening of all workers employed at the site by the Sheriff’s

Department and the issuing of identification badges.

2. The owner will have the right to prohibit any worker from working on this site if they

believe that there is any security risk.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Identification badges issued by the Owner’s Representative shall be worn by all construction

workers when working from the interior of the building and shall be collected and returned to

the owner at the completion of the project.

1.11 PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES

A. Contractor shall protect against damage, existing building parts not scheduled for repair or

remodel under this contract.

B. Where necessary to accomplish required protection, provide additional Temporary barricades,

cushioning, or other approved Cover over material to be protected.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Alternates


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 23 00

ALTERNATES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions: An Alternate is an amount stated on the Bid Form for certain work that may be

added to or deducted from the Lump Sum Contract Price if the Owner decides to accept a

corresponding change in the Contract Requirements or Scope of Work.

The amount for each Alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Lump Sum Contract

Price to incorporate the Alternate into the Work with no other adjustments to the Lump Sum

Contract Price.

1.2 PROCEDURES

A. Coordinate, modify or adjust affected Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate the

Alternate into the Project if accepted.

B. Include as part of the Alternate all miscellaneous devices, accessories and similar items

incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not specifically mentioned as

part of the Alternate.

C. Execute Alternates under the same requirements as other Work.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Additive/Deductive Bid Alternate No. 1

1. In lieu of providing and installing a new two ply modified bitumen membrane system,

furnish and install a new fully adhered PVC roofing membrane system matching the design

intent of the Basis of Design including all labor and accessories for a completed watertight

assembly, complying with obtaining the specified warranties, and in full conformance with

Bidding Documents.

B. Additive/Deductive Bid Alternate No. 2

1. In lieu of providing and installing new glazed skylights as noted in these construction

documents, furnish and install new comparable Kalwall panel system including all

accessories and related components for a complete and watertight system. Kalwall system

must meet the intent of the Basis of Design including all labor and accessories for a

completed watertight assembly, complying with obtaining the specified warranties, and in

full conformance with Bidding Documents.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Contract Modifications and Payment Procedures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 26 00

CONTRACT MODIFICATION AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for preparing, handling, and

processing Contract modifications and Applications for Payment, including allowances, unit

price Work, alternates, and product substitutions.


A. Document 00 52 00 - Agreement Form: Contract Sum, retainages, payment period, monetary

values of unit prices.

B. Document 00 72 00 - General Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments,

final payment, changes in the Work.

C. Section 00 73 43 - Prevailing Wage Rates

D. All other Specification Sections.

1.3 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

A. Minor Changes in Work: Architect/Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing

minor changes in Work, not involving adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time, on

AIA Document G710, Architect’s Supplemental Instructions.

B. Proposal Requests

1. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect/Engineer will issue detailed description of

proposed changes in Work that may require adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract

Time. Description may include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

a. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only, and are not

instructions to either stop Work or execute proposed change.

b. Within ten (10) working days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit adjustments

to Contract Sum and Contract Time necessary to execute change.

2. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to

Contract, propose changes by submitting request for change to Architect/Engineer.

a. Include statement outlining reasons for change and provide complete description of

proposed change.

b. Submit adjustments to Contract Sum and Contract Time necessary to execute change

within twenty-one (21) calendar days of becoming aware of latent or unforeseen

condition. Owner will reject claims submitted later than twenty-one (21) calendar

days after latent or unforeseen condition becomes known.

3. Indicate effect of proposed change on Work, and adjustments to Contract Sum and

Contract Time necessary to execute change.

a. Include quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total

amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to

substantiate quantities.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade

discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to change.

d. Do not include Contractor’s or subcontractor’s indirect expense unless it is clearly

shown that nature or extent of Work has changed from that which could have been

foreseen from information in Contract Documents. No change to Contractor’s

indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials, or

systems of same scope and nature as originally indicated.

e. Include updated Construction Schedule that indicates effect of change, including

changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use

available total float before requesting extension of Contract Time.

f. Comply with requirements in Section 01 6300 if proposed change requires

substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

C. Construction Change Directives

1. Architect may issue Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714,

Construction Change Directive, instructing Contractor to proceed with change in Work,

for subsequent inclusion in Change Order.

a. Construction Change Directive contains complete description of change in Work,

including method to determine changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.

2. Maintain detailed records on time and material basis of Work required by Construction

Change Directive.

a. After completion of change, submit itemized account and supporting data necessary

to substantiate cost and time adjustments to Contract.

D. Change Order Procedures

1. Owner will authorize change in Contract by executing AIA Document G701, Change

Order.

2. Allowance Adjustment: Change Orders for allowance items will decrease allowance

amounts, and have no effect on Contract Amount, until allowance amount has been

depleted.

a. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of

overhead costs and other margins claimed.

1.4 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Schedule of Values

1. Format and Content

a. Include following Project identification.

1) Project name and location.

2) Name of Architect/Engineer.

3) Contractor’s name and address.

4) Date of submittal.

b. Provide breakdown of Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation of

Applications for Payment.

1) Coordinate with Project Manual Table of Contents.

2) Provide separate line items for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent

stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of Work.

3) Provide separate line item for each part of Work where Applications for

Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and

stored, but not yet installed.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4) Where Work is phased, include effects of phasing in Schedule of Values.

5) Each item in Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be

complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and

profit for each item.

6) Show temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of

actual Work-in-place, as either separate line items in Schedule of Values or

distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor’s option.

7) Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal Contract Sum.

2. Coordinate Schedule of Values with other administrative forms and schedules, including

Construction Schedule, submittal schedule, and application for payment forms.

3. Submit Schedule of Values to Architect/Engineer at least ten (10) working days before

submittal of initial Application for Payment.

4. Update and resubmit Schedule of Values before next Application for Payment when

Change Order results in change in Contract Sum.

B. Prevailing Wage Payment Certification

1. Submit Prevailing Wage Payment Certification Forms as required by Section 00 7343.

C. Applications for Payment

1. Payment Application Form: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703

Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.

2. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and

payments as certified by Architect and paid by Owner.

3. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by person

authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return

incomplete applications without action.

a. Entries shall match data on Schedule of Values and Contractor’s Construction

Schedule. Use updated schedule if revisions were made.

b. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued

before last day of construction period covered by application.

c. If payment is being requested for purchased materials stored off site, then

documentation including receipts for purchase, certification of insured storage

facility, and documentation stating said material is not to be used for any other

project or purpose.

4. Submittal: Submit one (1) digital PDF copy of each Application for Payment to Architect

by method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. Copy shall include waivers of lien and

similar attachments if required. Transmit submittal with transmittal form listing

attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

5. Waivers of Mechanic’s Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of

mechanic’s lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file mechanic’s lien arising

out of Contract and related to Work covered by payment.

a. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in application, after

deduction for retainage on each item.

b. When application shows completion of item, submit final or full waiver.

c. Execute waiver forms in manner acceptable to Owner.

d. Owner reserves right to designate which entities involved in Work must submit

waivers.

6. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing Certificate of

Substantial Completion, submit Application for Payment showing 100 percent

completion for portion of Work claimed as substantially complete.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

a. Include documentation supporting claim that Work is substantially complete and

statement showing accounting of changes to Contract Sum.

b. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued

previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of Work.

7. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and

supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not

limited, to following:

a. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.

b. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and

proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

c. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to Contract Sum.

d. AIA Document G706, Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.

e. AIA Document G706A, Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens.

f. AIA Document G707, Consent of Surety to Final Payment.

g. Evidence that claims have been settled.

h. Final meter readings for utilities (if not paid or supplied by the County), measured

record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when

Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of

Work.

i. Final liquidated damages settlement statement, if applicable.



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Administrative Requirements


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 30 00

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Project coordination and supervision, meetings, schedules, and photographic

documentation.


A. Section 01 63 00 - Substitutions and Product Options

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Project has special requirements for coordinating Work because of following conditions.

1. Nature and use of the facility.

2. Occupancy of facility by Owner during construction period.

B. Provide supervision, planning, scheduling, and control to perform Work and meet

requirements of Contract Documents.

1. Schedule and coordinate construction operations in sequence required to obtain best

results where installation of one part of Work depends on installation of other

components, before or after its own installation.

2. Notify affected parties in writing, as necessary, of special procedures required for

coordination.

3. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures to ensure orderly

progress of Work. Such administrative activities include following:

a. Preparation of construction schedule and Schedule of Values.

b. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

c. Delivery and processing of submittals.

d. Progress and pre-installation meetings.

e. Project closeout activities.

C. Notify Owner’s Representative in writing 72 hours in advance of time when construction areas

will be returned to Owner for use or when new Work areas are required.

D. Submit building access plan to Owner’s Representative for review and written approval at

least ten working days prior to its implementation. Include locations of temporary enclosures

and storage.

1.4 SUPERVISION

A. Provide project superintendent at site during progress of and shall coordinate all Work.

Superintendent shall be literate and fluent in English.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.5 MEETINGS

A. General

1. Schedule and conduct meetings at site, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Notify participants, others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date

and time of meeting. Notify Owner and Architect/Engineer of scheduled meeting dates

and times.

3. Agenda: Prepare meeting agenda and distribute agenda to invited attendees.

4. Minutes: Architect/Engineer will record significant discussions, agreements, and

disagreements, and distribute meeting minutes to concerned parties, including Owner and

Architect/Engineer, within seven (7) days of meeting.

B. Pre-Construction Meeting

1. Conduct pre-construction meeting before Work begins. Owner’s Representative,

Architect/Engineer, and responsible representatives from major subcontractors,

manufacturer’s technical representative(s) and other concerned parties shall be present.

Participants shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to

Work.

2. Describe in detail when each portion of Work is to be performed, based on construction

schedule. Discuss phasing and critical work sequencing. Subcontractors shall participate

in discussion.

3. Discuss the following:

a. Subcontractors, including responsibilities and personnel assignments.

b. Key personnel, including contact information, and their duties.

c. Tentative construction schedule.

d. Procedures for requests for interpretations, field decisions, and change orders.

e. Submittal procedures.

f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

g. Use of premises, including office and storage areas, parking availability, and

Owner’s requirements.

h. Work hours and restrictions.

i. Deliveries and priorities.

j. Temporary facilities and controls.

k. Testing and inspecting requirements.

l. Safety, first aid, and security procedures for site access and scaffolding.

m. Housekeeping procedures, including progress cleaning and construction waste

management and recycling.

n. Preparation of record documents.

o. Substantial completion

p. Operations and maintenance manuals

q. Use of hazardous materials

4. Discuss questions that Contractor or subcontractors may have about Work or construction

schedule.

5. Architect/Engineer will interpret Contract Documents.

6. Owner’s Representative will discuss occupancy and use of facility during construction

and other Owner concerns.

C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.

1. Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer (via teleconference), and representatives of

each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be present

unless noted otherwise herein. Participants shall be familiar with Project and authorized

to conclude matters relating to Work.

2. Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review items of

significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to

status of Project.

3. Construction Schedule: Review progress since last meeting. Determine whether each

activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to construction

schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure

commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are

required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within

Contract Time.

a. Review schedule for next period.

4. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

a. Sequence of operations, interface requirements, and coordination of Work.

b. Status of submittals, deliveries, and off-site fabrication.

c. Site utilization, temporary facilities and controls, access, and progress cleaning.

d. Field observations, problems, and decisions.

e. Quality and work standards, and status of corrective measures for deficient items.

f. Status of payment requests, requests for interpretations, proposal requests, pending

changes, Change Orders, and pending claims and disputes.

5. If Work is proceeding according to construction schedule, Architect/Engineer or Owner

may cancel next meeting.

1.6 SCHEDULES

A. Prepare construction schedule for entire Work, including complete sequence of construction

by activity. Schedule shall be in form of horizontal bar chart, with separate horizontal bar for

each construction activity and first workday of each week identified.

1. Provide beginning and completion dates for each construction activity and phase.

a. Indicate completion percentage for each activity on first day of each month.

b. Indicate time periods when portions of site will not be available for Owner use and

when stairs and elevators will be used for construction activities.

c. Indicate periods of interruption of utility services.

2. Provide submittal dates and dates when reviewed submittals will be required.

3. Provide product procurement and delivery dates.

4. Provide dates for selection of finishes.

5. Provide separate sub-schedules as necessary to provide more detail for critical portions of

schedule.

B. Submit construction schedule to Owner’s Representative and Architect/Engineer within ten

(10) days after date of Notice to Proceed.

C. Update schedule on monthly basis or when actual construction progress deviates significantly

from that shown on current schedule.

1. Show all changes that have occurred since previous schedule was prepared, including

progress of each activity, current completion dates, and major changes in scope.

2. Provide narrative report that discusses following items and their effects on schedule.

a. Progress of each activity and current completion date, compared to previous

schedule.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

b. Description of changes.

c. Problem areas, including current and anticipated delay factors.

d. Corrective actions taken or proposed.

3. Resubmit to Owner’s Representative and Architect/Engineer.

D. Distribute current schedule to jobsite file, subcontractors, and other affected parties. Instruct

parties to report any inability to comply and to provide detailed explanation with suggested

remedies.

1.7 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A. Photograph existing and new construction conditions that are important to construction or that

deviate substantially from Contract Documents; significant conditions that will be concealed

by Work; representative work performed during daily operations; areas of work as requested

by Architects or Owner; finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by

removal or other Work operations; and immediate follow-up when on-site events result in

construction damage or loss.

1. Photographs shall be in focus and shall clearly show condition.

2. Maintain complete set of photographs at site, with image log including:

a. Name of Project.

b. Unique sequential identifier.

c. Date and time photograph was taken.

d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction by compass point, and

elevation or story of construction or key plan with photograph locations, or both.

B. Within three (3) days of taking photographs, submit complete digital-image electronic file

with image log to Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative. Submit digital images

exactly as originally recorded in camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or

modification.

1. Submit photographs of pre-existing damage prior to beginning Work in area.



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Submittal Procedures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for submitting shop drawings,

product data, samples, and other submittals.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. General

1. Identification: Include permanent label or title block on submittal or cover sheet, with

following information.

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Names of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, and

firm or entity that prepared submittal, as appropriate.

d. Identification information, such as number and title of appropriate Specification

section, Drawing number and detail references, location(s) where product is to be

installed, or other necessary information.

e. Label each submittal with specification section number followed by decimal point

and then sequential number (e.g., 06 10 00.01). On resubmittals, include alphabetic

suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06 10 00.01.A).

f. Provide space approximately 6 by 8 inches for Contractor’s approval stamp and

action stamp of Architect/Engineer.

2. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from

Contract Documents on submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not use

reproductions of Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in Contract Documents. Include following

information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions, including notation of those established by field measurement.

b. Identification of products.

c. Fabrication and installation drawings.

d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.

e. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.

f. Templates and patterns.

g. Schedules.

h. Notation of coordination requirements.

i. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.

j. Seal and signature of professional Engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop

Drawings on sheets at least 8 1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches.

3. Submit number of prints required by Contractor plus two that will be retained by

Architect/Engineer. Mark up and retain one returned print as Project Record Document.

Prints shall have white background and dark lettering and line work.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Product Data: Collect information into single submittal for each element of construction and

type of product or equipment.

1. Clearly mark each copy of submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

Delete information which is not applicable. Supplement standard information with

project-specific information.

2. Include following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer’s catalog cuts, product specifications, schematic drawings, installation

instructions, and written recommendations.

b. Compliance with referenced standards.

c. Testing by recognized testing agency.

3. Submit number of copies required by Contractor plus two that will be retained by

Architect/Engineer. Mark up and retain one returned copy as Project Record Document.

D. Products List: Within ten (10) working days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit to

Architect/Engineer list of products proposed for use, tabulated by Specification section.

Include name and address of manufacturer, trade name of product, and model or catalog

designation.

E. Samples: Submit physical samples of key products to illustrate functional and aesthetic

characteristics of product, for review of materials and workmanship, for compatibility with

other elements, and for comparison with actual installed elements.

1. Samples shall be of sufficient size to show general visual effect.

2. Include sets of at least three samples that show full range of color, pattern, texture,

graining, and finish.

3. Transmit samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together

in one submittal package.

4. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of each sample that includes following:

a. Generic description of sample.

b. Product name, name of manufacturer, and sample source.

c. Number and title of appropriate Specification section.

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit two (2) full sets of units or sections of units from

supplier’s product line, showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

Architect/Engineer will retain one set and return one set with options selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or samples of size indicated, prepared

from same material to be used for Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and

physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of

color and texture variations expected.

a. Submit number of samples required by Contractor plus one that will be retained by

Architect/Engineer. Mark up and retain one returned sample as Project Record

Document.

7. Maintain approved samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons

during construction. Samples may be used to determine final acceptance of construction

associated with sample.

F. Delegated Design

1. Where required by Contract Documents, in addition to shop drawings, product data, and

other required submittals, submit statement, signed and sealed by responsible design

professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be

designed or certified by design professional.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

a. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in

Contract Documents.

b. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services, and

signed and sealed design calculations where required.

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction

activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals

requiring concurrent review, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Allow sufficient time for submittal and resubmittal review. Failure to provide sufficient

time for submittal and resubmittal reviews will not be basis for extension of Contract

Time.

B. Review Time

1. Allow ten (10) working days for review of each submittal and resubmittal.

2. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required.

Architect/Engineer will advise Contractor when submittal being processed must be

delayed for coordination.

3. Time for review shall commence when Architect/Engineer receives submittal.

C. Contractor Review:

1. Review each submittal, coordinate with other Work, and check for compliance with

Contract Documents. Verify field dimensions and conditions. Identify variations from

Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to

successful performance of completed Work. Note corrections.

2. Before submitting to Architect/Engineer, stamp with uniform approval stamp including

reviewer’s name; date of Contractor’s approval; and statement certifying that submittal

has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with Contract Documents.

3. Submittal Log: Maintain a submittal log that lists all submitted items per specification

section. Record the dates submitted, the dates returned, and disposition of each item

based on the Architect/Engineer’s review. Submit final log showing all approved

materials at substantial completion.

D. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and

handling. Transmit each submittal using AIA Document G810 or similar.

E. Architect/Engineer Action

1. Architect/Engineer will not review submittals that are received from sources other than

Contractor or that do not bear Contractor’s approval stamp, and will return them without

action to Contractor.

2. Architect/Engineer will review each submittal for conformance with design concept of

Project and compliance with Contract Documents. Architect/Engineer will make marks to

indicate corrections or modifications required, and stamp with action stamp. Action

stamp will include reviewer’s name, date of review, and required Contractor action.

Contractor actions may include making corrections or modifications to submittal or

resubmitting submittal, or both.

F. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of

revision and changes made.

3. Resubmit until Architect/Engineer indicates that no resubmittal is required.

G. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to jobsite file, record documents file,

manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, public authorities having

jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show

distribution on transmittal forms.

H. Use only final submittals with Architect/Engineer’s action stamp, for construction.



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Security Procedures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 35 53

SECURITY PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Security measures including formal security program, entry control, personnel identification,

and miscellaneous restrictions.


A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work

B. Section 01 35 55 - Lane County Facility Access Agreement

C. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls

1.3 SECURITY PROGRAM

A. Protect Work, existing premises, and Owner’s operations from theft, vandalism, and

unauthorized entry, in regard to the project area and scope, and the actions of the Contractor.

B. Initiate program in coordination with Owner’s existing security system at project mobilization.

C. Maintain program throughout construction period until Owner acceptance precludes the need

for Contractor security.

1.4 ENTRY CONTROL

A. Restrict entrance of construction personnel and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities.

B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification.

C. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to Owner on request.

D. Owner will control entrance of persons and vehicles related to Owner’s operations.

E. Coordinate access of Owner’s personnel to site in coordination with Owner.

1.5 PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION

A. Owner will provide identification badges to each person authorized to enter interior premises.

B. Badge to include: Personal photograph, name, assigned number, expiration date and employer.

C. Maintain a list of accredited persons, submit copy to Owner on request.

D. Require return of badges at expiration of their employment on the Work.

LC-Public Services Building Security Procedures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225



END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Lane County Facility Access Agreement


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 35 55

LANE COUNTY FACILITY ACCESS AGREEMENT

Lane County has directed that access to sensitive areas of Lane County facilities for construction purposes

is contingent on passing a computerized criminal and arrest/conviction history investigation. Therefore, I

understand and agree to the following:

I authorize the Lane County Sheriff’s Office or its agent to conduct a computerized criminal and

arrest/conviction history investigation of my background.

I agree that I will keep any information observed or obtained from any local, State or Federal, criminal

justice systems(s), HIPAA protected Electronic Patient Health Information or any other restricted data

strictly confidential. I agree that I will use data from these system(s) only in the performance of my

assigned job duties and I will not allow any unauthorized access to data. Outside of my job duties, I will

not disseminate in any way information observed or obtained from any system. I understand that to use it

in any other way may be a violation of Oregon law.

I assert that I have not been convicted of a felony at any time, I have not been convicted of a Class A

Misdemeanor within the last 24 months, and I am not currently a defendant in a criminal proceeding

involving a felony or Class A Misdemeanor. The only exception would be convictions related to driving

offenses. If this assertion is found to be false on the basis of a computerized investigation of my

background or any other information that becomes available to the Sheriff’s Office, I will not be granted

access to the Lane County facilities for construction purposes.

I also understand that regardless of anything reported on the background check, Lane County reserves the

right to deny me access to the building for any reason depending on the area in which construction is

being completed.

Full Name (First, Middle, Last):

Date of Birth: ___________ State of Birth: ________ Social Security No.:

Driver’s License No: ___________________________ State Issued:

All other names I have ever used (e.g. Maiden name, name change, etc.):

List all states lived in since age eighteen (18):

Employed by: Position:

Signature: Date:

Witness: Date:

LC-Public Services Building Lane County Facility Access Agreement


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Temporary Facilities and Controls


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and protection and

controls.

B. Pay for temporary utilities, support facilities, and protection and control measures unless

otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary utilities and facilities without cost,

including Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer, subcontractors, testing agencies, and

public authorities having jurisdiction.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards: Latest edition as of Specification date.

1. Associated General Contractors of America (AGC).

a. Manual of Accident Prevention for Construction.

2. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA).

a. 200 - Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Temporary Electric

Power at Construction Sites.

3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

a. 70 - National Electric Code.

b. 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition

Operations.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect/Engineer, permanent or temporary roofing

is complete, insulated, and weathertight, and all openings are closed with permanent

construction or substantial temporary closures.

1.4 USE CHARGES

A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.

Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not

limited to Architect/Engineer, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water Service: Water from Owner’s existing water system is available for use without metering

and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required

for construction operations.

C. Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner’s existing system is available for use

without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of

services as required for construction operations.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, dumpster/trash location, and

material delivery for construction personnel.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary

electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each

temporary utility (provided by the Contractor) before use. Obtain required certifications and

special permits.


A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume

responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its

use as a construction facility before Owner’s acceptance, regardless of previously assigned

responsibilities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2 inch, 0.148 inch thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric

fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8 inch OD line

posts and 2-7/8 inch OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8 inch OD top rails.

B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2 inch, 9-gauge, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric

fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8 inch OD line

posts and 2-7/8 inch OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8 inch OD top and bottom rails. Provide

weighted-down galvanized steel bases for supporting posts.

C. Lumber and Plywood: Construction grade, Southern pine, SPIB lumber with 19 percent

maximum moisture content and 1/2 inch thick, exterior grade sheathing.

D. Gypsum Board (Interior): Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available

lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36/C 36M.

E. Insulation (Interior): Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or

rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,

respectively.

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature

controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. No space is available on site for this

item.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate

materials and equipment for construction operations. No space is available on site for this item.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by

locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented,

self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

(This may be applicable if Contractor is storing materials on site to maintain temperatures

recommended by the material manufacturer.)

1. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency

acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Comply with AGC Manual of Accident Prevention for Construction; applicable laws and

governmental rules and regulations; and public authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Conditions of Use

1. Locate temporary services and facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result

in minimum interference with performance of Work. Coordinate locations with Owner’s

Representative.

2. Provide temporary services and facilities ready for use when needed to avoid delay.

3. Maintain temporary and existing services and facilities clean and neat, in good operating

condition, and in condition acceptable to Owner.

4. Relocate and modify temporary services and facilities as required by progress of Work.

5. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary services and facilities. To minimize waste and

abuse, limit availability of temporary services and facilities to essential and intended uses.

6. Remove temporary services and facilities when no longer needed, but no later than

Substantial Completion.

a. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent

facilities under conditions acceptable to Owner.

b. Restore site to condition existing before Project commencement.

c. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.

C. Provide temporary ladders, ramps, runways, stairs, scaffolding, staging, enclosures, hoists,

rubbish chutes, and other construction aids as may be required for Work.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITIES

A. General: (For temporary services provided by the Contractor) Install temporary service or

connect to existing service.

1. Coordinate with utility company.

2. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be

interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Arrange for public authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility

before use. Obtain required certifications and special permits.

B. Water Service: Use of Owner’s existing water service will be permitted.

1. Provide connections and extensions of service as required for construction operations.

2. Provide additional water as necessary.

C. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner’s existing electric power service will be permitted.

1. Provide connections, extensions of service, and receptacle outlets as required for

construction operations.

2. As necessary, provide additional electric power service and distribution system of

sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. Do

not overload Owner’s service.

3. Comply with NECA 200 and NFPA 70.

4. Maintain temporary service in safe condition and utilize in safe manner.

D. Lighting: Owner will provide existing lighting at existing locations.

1. Provide additional lighting, as necessary, with local switching that provides adequate

illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

2. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements

without operating entire system.

3.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Parking: Construction personnel shall park off-site unless other arrangements are made in

advance in writing with Owner’s Representative.

B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of

construction personnel at location designated by Owner’s Representative.

1. Provide disposable supplies, including toilet tissue, paper towels, and paper cups. Maintain

adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material.

2. Service toilets at least twice weekly.

3. Provide wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel

who handle materials that require clean up. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for

each type of material handled. Dispose of drainage properly.

a. Provide eyewash fountains where required by OSHA regulations.

4. Comply with public authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation,

and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste

from construction operations. Comply with requirements of public authorities having

jurisdiction. Verify location on site with Owner, or with the City of Eugene if it is off site.

Contractor to pay any required fees.

D. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Construction maintenance and operation shall be in accordance with public authorities

having jurisdiction.

2. Locate sufficient distance from exterior walls and protect walls to prevent damage.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.4 TEMPORARY PROTECTION AND CONTROLS

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct

construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that

minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable

effects.

1. Comply with applicable laws, governmental rules and regulations, and public authorities

having jurisdiction with regard to noise, dust, pest, and pollution control.

B. Pedestrian Barricades: Provide and maintain pedestrian barricades as necessary to prevent

unauthorized personnel and building tenants from entering construction areas, and to protect

such persons from overhead and other construction hazards.

C. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights, and Traffic Controls: Provide and maintain barricades,

warning signs and lights, and traffic controls. Provide traffic control as necessary for

construction vehicles entering and leaving site, and for non-construction vehicles on or near site.

Comply with requirements of public authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally

adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs at

locations indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project or Public

Services Building. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Provide temporary directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

2. Maintain signs so they are legible at all times.

E. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types

needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with

NFPA 241.

1. Provide portable, UL-rated fire extinguishers with class and extinguishing agent as

required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

2. Prohibit smoking on Project site.

3. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar

sources of fire ignition according to requirements of public authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Store combustible materials in approved safety containers and enclosures, away from

building if possible.

5. Develop and supervise overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at

Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be

followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

F. Dust and Fume Control: Prevent dust, dirt, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.

1. Provide and maintain floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust, dirt, fumes, and

noise migration to occupied areas.

2. Filter supply air or disconnect HVAC systems in or near Work area that service occupied

areas.

G. Noise Control: Perform Work in manner to minimize noise during hours authorized by Owner’s

Representative.

H. Existing Drains

1. Verify that drains in or near Work area are open and free flowing prior to start of Work.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. Lawfully remove construction effluent from site. Do not allow construction debris to flow

into existing drains or sewer systems.

3. Rout or replace clogged drain lines at completion of Work.

I. “No Smoking” Signs: Smoking shall be prohibited at all times on the site. “No Smoking” signs

shall be clearly posted in these areas.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and

abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated

results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and

protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended,

when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial

Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been

delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed

surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.

Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during

construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1

Section “Closeout Procedures.”

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Substitutions


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 63 00

SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 PRODUCTS LIST

A. Tabulate list by each Specification section.

B. For products specified under reference standards, include with listing of each product:

1. Name and address of manufacturer

2. Trade name

3. Model or catalog designation

4. Manufacturer’s data

a. Performance and test data

b. Reference standards

5. Material Safety Data Sheets for all chemicals to be used.

1.2 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards, by

any manufacturer.

B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any of the products

and manufacturers listed (only).

C. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating the option of selecting

equivalent products by stating “or approved equal” after specified product, if the Contractor

selects a product which is not specified by name, and which meets the requirements of the

Specifications, it shall meet the requirements for substitutions as described in this section.

1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during

the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section.

B. Architect/Engineer will act upon formal requests received from the Contractor for substitution

of products in place of those specified within ten (10) working days of receipt of the formal

written request provided all required information is submitted with the substitution request.

Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution

within ten (10) working days of receipt of request, or ten (10) working days of receipt of

additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

1. Acceptance or rejection of proposed substitutions shall be at sole discretion of

Architect/Engineer, whose decision is final.

2. Accepted substitution will be incorporated into Contract by Change Order, Construction

Change Directive, or Architect/Engineer’s Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in

Work.

3. Use product specified if Architect/Engineer does not issue decision on use of proposed

substitution within time allocated.

LC-Public Services Building Substitutions


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Submit one (1) digital copy of the request for substitution. Include in the request:

1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the Contract

Documents.

2. For products:

a. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name and address

b. Manufacturer’s literature

1) Product description

2) Performance and test data

3) Reference standards

c. Samples (For product samples, submit three (3) physical samples)

d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of

installation.

3. For construction methods:

a. Detailed description of proposed method

b. Drawings illustrating methods

4. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product or method specified.

5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule

6. Accurate cost data on the proposed substitution in comparison with the product or method

specified.

D. In making a request for substitution, Bidder/Contractor represents:

1. Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product or method, and has determined

that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified.

2. Contractor will provide the same guarantee for the substitution as for the product or method

specified.

3. Contractor will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitution into the work,

making such changes as may be required for the work to be complete in all respects.

4. Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which

consequently become apparent.

5. The cost data is complete and includes all related costs under Contractor’s Contract, but

excludes:

a. Costs under separate contracts

b. Architect/Engineer’s re-design

E. Substitutions will not be considered if:

1. They are indicated or implied on shop Drawings or project data submittals without a formal

request submitted in accordance with this section.

2. Acceptance will require a substantial revision of the Contract as determined by the Owner.

F. Modify or adjust Work as necessary to integrate work of approved substitutions.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Substitution Request Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 63 23

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST: DATE SUBMITTED ________________________________

1.1 SUBMIT TO: WJE ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS, PC, 960 SOUTH HARNEY STREET, SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98108

1.2 PROJECT: LANE COUNTY PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING ROOFING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT

1.3 SPECIFIED ITEM

A. Section name and number:

B. Product type and name and model:

C. Paragraph and product description:

1.4 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

A. Manufacturer and model number(s):

B. Product description:

C. Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,

performance and test data adequate for evaluation of request including identification of

applicable data portions. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract

Documents the proposed substitution requires for proper installation.

1.5 UNDERSIGNED CERTIFIES FOLLOWING ITEMS, UNLESS MODIFIED BY ATTACHMENTS, ARE CORRECT.

A. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on the drawings.

B. Undersigned pays for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing, and

construction costs caused by proposed substitution.

C. Proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule, or specified

warranty requirements.

D. Maintenance and service parts are available locally or readily obtainable for proposed

substitution.

1.6 UNDERSIGNED FURTHER CERTIFIES FUNCTION, APPEARANCE, AND QUALITY OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION ARE EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR TO SPECIFIED ITEM.

LC-Public Services Building Substitution Request Form


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.7 UNDERSIGNED FURTHER CERTIFIES THAT THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION IS AWARE OF THIS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST AND AGREES TO THE STATEMENTS NOTED ABOVE.

1.8 UNDERSIGNED AGREES THAT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOUND IN BIDDING DOCUMENTS APPLY TO THIS PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION.

1.9 SUBMITTED BY

A. Name: Signature:

B. Firm Name:

C. Full Mailing Address:

D. Phone: E-Mail:

1.10 FOR USE BY ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER

A. Approved or Approved as Noted by: ______________________________________________

B. Not Approved By:

C. Received Too Late:

D. Remarks:

E. Date of Response:

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Execution of Work


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 70 10

EXECUTION OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: General administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of

Work, including following:

1. Examination of existing conditions.

2. Preparation.

3. Removal of existing construction, including salvage and reuse of materials.

4. Cutting and patching.

5. Installation of Work.

6. Protection of installed construction.

7. Correction of Work.

8. Progress cleaning.

B. Cutting and patching includes following:

1. Removal and replacement of existing construction necessary to install Work or make

several parts fit properly.

2. Removal and replacement of Work

a. That is defective;

b. That does not conform to requirements of Contract Documents;

c. To provide for installation of ill-timed Work;

d. To alter Work; or

e. To allow observation of concealed Work.

3. Removal of samples of installed Work for testing.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Definitions

1. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance

of other work.

2. Existing to remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are

not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and

reinstalled.

3. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original condition

after installation of other work.

4. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of off-site, unless

indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

5. Remove and reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and

reinstall where indicated.

6. Remove and salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver to Owner

ready for reuse.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Reference Standards: Latest edition as of Specification date.

1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

a. 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition

Operations.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit plan/procedures for protecting stored materials, installed work, building, and site.

B. Submit, prior to beginning Work, documentation of existing conditions, including finish

surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Work.

C. Submit identification codes and inventory of materials to be salvaged or reinstalled.

D. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit proposal describing cutting and patching procedures

at least ten days before time cutting and patching will be performed. Include following

information:

1. Describe extent of cutting and patching, how cutting and patching will be performed, and

why cutting and patching cannot be avoided. List products to be used and firms or entities

that will perform Work.

2. Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

3. Describe anticipated results, including changes to structural elements and changes in

building’s appearance and other significant visual elements. Where cutting and patching

involve temporarily or permanently modifying structural elements, submit details and

engineering calculations showing that temporary measures and permanent construction

will not adversely affect structure.

4. Obtain Architect/Engineer’s review comments for cutting and patching proposal and

respond to comments before cutting and patching. Review does not waive right to later

require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.

E. Manufacturers’ recommendations for cleaning spillage and over-application of products.

1. Proposed products and methods for cleaning where no manufacturers’ recommendations.


A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching

of construction elements. Cutting of concrete waffle slabs or pre-stress concrete slab is not

allowed without prior written approval of Architect / Engineer.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify

Architect/Engineer of locations and details of cutting and await directions from

Architect/Engineer before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element, as

necessary, during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in

manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

2. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or

components in manner that could change their load-carrying capacity; that results in

reducing their capacity to perform as intended or in increased maintenance or decreased

operational life or safety. Other construction elements might include following:

a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.

b. Membranes and flashings.

c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.

d. Equipment supports.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Visible Elements: Do not cut and patch exposed construction in manner that results in

visible evidence of cutting and patching or in manner that would, in Architect/Engineer’s

opinion, reduce building’s aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has

been cut and patched in visually unsatisfactory manner.

B. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties

involved in cutting and patching. Review areas of potential interference and conflict.

Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

C. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer’s written

recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.


A. Notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancies between Drawings and existing conditions before

proceeding with Work.

B. Assume responsibility for actual condition of existing construction.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Existing warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged

during Contractor operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing

warranties.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use

materials that visually match adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible.

a. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when

installed, will provide match acceptable to Architect/Engineer for visual and

functional performance of in-place materials.

B. Cleaning: Select cleaning materials, equipment, and methods to avoid scratching, marring,

defacing, staining, or discoloring surfaces.

1. Use cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of surface to be

cleaned.

2. Use cleaning materials on surfaces recommended by cleaning-material manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of

removal Work required.

1. Inventory and record condition of items to be removed and salvaged or reinstalled.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Document with photographs or videotape, or both, existing conditions of adjoining

construction, including finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as damage caused by

demolition activities; existing conditions that are important to construction or that deviate

substantially from Contract Documents; and significant conditions that will be concealed by

Work.

C. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of

Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where

indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions

affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with

existing finishes or primers.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are

to be installed.

3. Provide written description of conditions detrimental to performance of Work, including

substrates and unacceptable installation tolerances, and recommend corrections.

4. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected. Proceeding with Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

D. When unanticipated structural, electrical, or mechanical elements that conflict with intended

function or design are encountered, investigate and measure nature and extent of conflict.

Promptly submit written report to Architect/Engineer.

E. Survey existing conditions as Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from construction.

F. Provide access to Work areas and perform localized demolition as necessary for inspection of

concealed underlying conditions by Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative.

3.2 UTILITIES AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Disconnect and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical and electrical systems

in Work areas.

B. Where existing utility services or mechanical or electrical systems are required to be removed,

relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before beginning Work to prevent

interruption to occupied areas.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit Work properly. Recheck

measurements before installing each product. Where portions of Work are indicated to fit to

other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before

fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying

Work.

B. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of need for

clarification of Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside control of

Contractor, submit request for information to Architect/Engineer. Include detailed description

of problem encountered, with recommendations for changing Contract Documents. Submit

requests on CSI Form 13.2A, “Request for Interpretation.”



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for

replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage.

1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior

enclosure weatherproof.

2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures by

alterations work.

3.4 PARTIAL REMOVAL

A. Demolish and remove existing construction and installations only as necessary and required

for proper installation of Work indicated on Drawings and Specifications.

1. Conduct removals carefully to avoid damaging existing construction and installations that

will remain. Protect construction that will remain against damage and soiling. When

permitted by Architect/Engineer, items may be removed to suitable, protected storage

location during removal Work and cleaned and reinstalled in original locations after

removal operations are complete.

a. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required.

b. Cut or drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring

existing finished surfaces.

c. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain.

d. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering

and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces.

e. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

2. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports, as required to preserve

stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction or finishes to

remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction

being demolished.

3. Remedy damage to existing construction and installations caused by Contractor

operations.

B. Items to be Salvaged or Reinstalled

1. Carefully remove from building, clean, and mark with identifying code.

2. Store in secure area and protect from damage.

3. Replace damaged items to be reinstalled with new items to match undamaged originals.

4. Items to be salvaged.

a. Pack or crate, and label contents of containers.

b. Store in secure area until delivery to Owner.

c. Transport to Owner’s on-site storage area.

d. Protect from damage during transport and storage.

3.5 ALTERATIONS

A. The stability and integrity of the existing structure during demolition and selective demolition

shall be maintained at levels generally acceptable within the construction industry by the use

of temporary bracing, shoring, and underpinning until the proposed structure modifications are

completed. In no case shall the existing structure be allowed to become unsafe during

construction.

B. The design, installation, and removal of shoring and bracing systems required to provide

temporary support of the existing structure during construction shall be the responsibility of

the Contractor and shall be designed to support the dead, live, soil, earthquake, and wind loads



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

that may be imposed on the structure during construction in accordance with industry

standards and generally accepted engineering principals. Provide the services of a registered

professional engineer to design these systems when required by Oregon State Statute and the

building code.

C. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and

existing record documents only.

1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown.

2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.

3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.

D. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are still

occupied.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. General: Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or

performance of other construction and proceed with patching after construction operations

requiring cutting are complete, as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

1. Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.

2. Proceed with cutting and patching at earliest feasible time and complete without delay.

3. Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

4. Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide

protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed

during cutting and patching operations.

5. Coordinate cutting and patching with use of and free passage to adjoining occupied areas.

B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and

similar operations, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining

construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with

original Installer’s written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not

hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with

minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using cutting machine, such as abrasive saw or diamond-core

drill.

4. Provide substrate suitable for installation of Work and patching.

5. Notify Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative immediately of damage to

concealed elements, such as electrical conduits.

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar

operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as

invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified

in other Sections.

1. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical

integrity of installation.

2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained

adjoining construction in manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

Provide even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Where patching occurs in painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and

intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over patch, and apply final paint coat

over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends

with adjacent surfaces.

4. Patch exterior building enclosure components in manner that restores enclosure to

weathertight condition.

D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint,

mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 INSTALLATION OF WORK

A. General: Locate Work and components of Work accurately, in correct alignment and

elevation. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

B. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations for installing products

in applications indicated.

C. Install products at time and under conditions that will ensure best possible results. Maintain

conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of Work is subjected to damaging operations or

loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce unnecessarily harmful noise

levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to parties involved templates for work specified to be factory

prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate

provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated

requirements.

G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate

size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned

with other portions of Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size

and type required for load conditions.

1. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

2. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions

for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with

integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to

Project site in time for installation.

H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,

arrange joints for best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered

hazardous. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious materials.

3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage

or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.9 CORRECTION OF WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up

with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their condition prior to construction.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired

without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components

that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

3.10 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce

requirements strictly. Separate materials per disposal requirements and dispose of legally.

1. Provide containers for waste materials, debris, and rubbish.

2. Do not hold waste materials, debris, or rubbish more than seven days during normal

weather or three days if temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F.

3. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and

debris.

4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials and debris separately from other

waste. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored and mark

containers appropriately. Remove from site daily and dispose of legally.

5. Do not bury or burn waste materials, debris, or rubbish on-site. Do not discharge or wash

waste materials, debris, or rubbish down sewers or into waterways.

B. Site: Maintain Project site and surrounding areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish

from construction operations and personnel.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to level of cleanliness necessary for proper

execution of Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of Work, broom-clean or vacuum entire work

area or dampen area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written

instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials

specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning

materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed

surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to

ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

G. Handle waste materials, debris, and rubbish in controlled manner with as few handlings as

possible. Do not throw from heights.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining

materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from

damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through

remainder of construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure

operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of construction,

completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious

exposure during construction period.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Project Closeout


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 70 20

PROJECT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including

final cleaning; Substantial Completion and final completion procedures; and project record

documents.

B. Related Sections

1. Divisions 02 through 07 sections for special cleaning and specific closeout requirements

for Work in those sections.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Punch List: List of items to be completed or corrected.

1. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by

construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if

necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside limits of construction. Use

CSI Form 14.1A or similar form.

a. Organize list of spaces in sequential order.

b. Organize items applying to each space by major element.

c. Include following information at top of each page:

1) Project name.

2) Date.

3) Name of Architect/Engineer.

4) Name of Contractor.

5) Page number.

d. Submit one 8-1/2 by 11 inch copy.

B. Warranties (Refer also to Section 01 78 33 - Warranties)

1. Organize warranty documents into orderly sequence based on table of contents of Project

Manual.

a. Bind warranties in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness

as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2 by 11 inch paper.

b. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty.

Mark tab to identify product or installation. Provide typed description of product or

installation, including product name and names, addresses, and telephone numbers

of manufacturer and Installer.

c. Identify each binder on front and spine with typed or printed title “WARRANTIES,”

Project name, and name of Contractor.

d. Scan warranties and assemble complete warranty submittal package into single

indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide

table of contents at beginning of document.

2. Submit one set of binders and one scanned copy of warranty package.

3. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in maintenance manual.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Product Maintenance Manual

1. Assemble complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each

product, material, and finish incorporated in Work. Include maintenance data required in

individual Specification sections, for each product and system and following:

a. Manufacturer’s address and product information, cross-referenced to Specification

section number and title.

1) Include project-specific product details, such as color, pattern, texture, and

material and chemical composition.

2) Include re-ordering information for specially manufactured products.

3) For manufacturers’ standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to

product installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product incorporated into

Work. If data include more than one item, identify each item using appropriate

references from Specification sections. Identify data applicable to Work and

delete references to information not applicable.

b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier.

c. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance.

d. Maintenance procedures, and maintenance materials and sources.

e. Maintenance record forms.

f. Copies of maintenance service agreements and warranties.

g. Copy of folded 11 by 17 inch complete set of technical drawings for project.

2. Organize into suitable sets of manageable size, with separate section for each product,

material, and finish.

a. Bind and index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, sized to

receive 8-1/2 by 11 inch paper and in thickness necessary to accommodate contents,

with pockets inside covers to receive folded oversized sheets.

b. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate product.

Mark tab to identify product or installation.

c. Identify each binder on front and spine with typed or printed title PRODUCT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL,” Project name, and subject matter of contents.

d. Provide a digital copy of the maintenance manual and assemble complete

maintenance submittal package into single indexed electronic PDF file with links

enabling navigation to each item. Provide table of contents at beginning of

document. Use original PDF of products. Scanned copies will only be accepted if

clearly legible.

3. Submit three sets of binders and one scanned copy of maintenance manual package.

D. Prepare a final set of “as-built” construction documents that contain all modifications and

changes made during the course of the work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or

fabricator of surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous

to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and

ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. Return adjacent

surfaces and areas to condition existing before Work began.

B. In areas disturbed by construction activities, complete the following cleaning operations

before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or

for portion of Project. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in average commercial

building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions.

Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners.

1. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

2. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, including landscaped areas, of rubbish, waste

materials, litter, and other foreign substances.

a. Broom clean paved areas. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign

deposits.

b. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to smooth, even-textured surface.

3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to dirt-free condition, free of

stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Polish surfaces to achieve specified finish.

Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces.

a. Touchup and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that

show evidence of repair or restoration.

1) Do not paint over “UL” and other required labels and identification, including

mechanical and electrical nameplates.

4. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede

operation or reduce longevity.

5. Clean gutters and downspouts of debris.

6. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

3.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete

following. List items below that are incomplete with request.

1. Prepare punch list, value of items on list, and reasons why Work is not complete.

2. Deliver contractually required tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to

location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer’s name and model number where

applicable.

3. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements.

4. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

5. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

6. Submit maintenance manual to Architect / Engineer.

B. Request inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer will

either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.

Architect/Engineer will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection with



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

Owner or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor’s list or additional items

identified by Architect/Engineer, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be

issued.

1. Request re-inspection when Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is

completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form basis of requirements for final completion.

3.3 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete following:

1. Submit final Application for Payment.

2. Submit copy of Architect/Engineer’s Substantial Completion inspection punch list,

endorsed and dated by Architect/Engineer, with statement that items on punch list have

been completed or otherwise acceptably resolved.

3. Submit executed warranties, maintenance service agreements, certifications of inspection

and occupancy, paid utility bills, and similar documents.

4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and

similar final record information.

5. Instruct Owner’s maintenance personnel of products installed.

B. Request final inspection. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer will either proceed with

inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect/Engineer will prepare

final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that

must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Request re-inspection when Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is

completed or corrected.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Cleaning


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 74 00

CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Maintain premises free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by

operations.

B. At completion of work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery, and

surplus materials.

C. Clean all sight-exposed surfaces and leave project clean for occupancy in a condition

equivalent to that prior to Contractor’s mobilization on the site.

D. All work on or around the building must allow for normal operation of the building with

minimal disruption to service, and only as agreed upon by the Owner.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 11 00: Summary of Work

B. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls

C. Section 01 70 20 - Project Closeout

D. Cleaning for specific products or Work: Specification section for that Work

1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Hazards Controls

1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily.

2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.

B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution

laws.

1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits or oil paint thinner in storm and

sanitary drains.

2. Do not dispose of wastes into sanitary sewers, streams or waterways.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

B. Repair of damage to any surfaces due to improper cleaning methods or materials shall be

performed by the Contractor, to the Owner’s satisfaction, at no cost to the Owner.

LC-Public Services Building Cleaning


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Execute cleaning at the end of every work day to ensure that areas adjacent to work areas are

maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish.

B. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at public or

private dumping areas off Owner’s property, at least on a weekly basis.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning at the close-out of

the project.

B. In preparation of final completion, conduct a final inspection of sight-exposed exterior

surfaces.

C. Repair, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to the original finish and profile, to match

adjacent existing surfaces.

D. Remove debris from gutters and downspouts; perform routing of drains, and check that drains

are operable.

E. Windows shall be clean of all construction materials and debris upon completion of Work.

F. All facade elements and roof areas shall be clean of all construction materials and debris upon

completion of Work.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Warranties


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 78 33

WARRANTIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WARRANTIES

A. Work warranted for a period greater than that described in the General Provisions shall have a

written warranty. This warranty will be as described in the related specification sections

governing that work.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 70 20 - Project Closeout: Project closeout procedures.

B. Individual Specifications Sections: Warranties required for specific Products or Work.

1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS

A. Bind in commercial quality, D-style three-ring binders with durable plastic covers, designed

for 8-1/2 by 11 inch documents.

B. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES, with title of Project;

name, address and telephone number of Contractor; and name of responsible company

principal.

C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project

Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in

which specified, and the name of Product or work item.

D. Separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide

full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and

manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal.

1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers,

and manufacturers, within ten (10) working days after completion of the applicable item of

work. Except for items put into use with Owner’s permission, leave date of beginning of time

of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined.

B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

C. Co-execute submittals when required.

D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.

1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS

A. Make submittals within ten (10) working days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to

final Application for Payment.

LC-Public Services Building Warranties


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion,

submit within ten (10) working days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the

beginning of the warranty period.

PART 2 NOT USED

PART 3 NOT USED

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Project Record Documents


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 01 78 39

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Maintenance of project record documents on the jobsite for the duration of the projects.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements

B. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures

C. Section 01 70 20 - Project Closeout

1.3 MAINTENANCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON THE JOBSITE

A. Maintain at job site, one copy of:

1. Project Manual (Drawing and Specifications)

2. Addenda

3. Reviewed product submittals

4. Field orders

5. Other modifications to Contract

6. Field test records

7. Prepare and maintain up-to-date “as-built” set of construction documents that contain all

modifications and changes made during the course of the work.

B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.

C. Make documents available at all times for reference or inspection by Architect\Engineer and

Owner.

D. Provide clean, original documents to Owner at completion of work with handwritten notes on

drawings and specifications.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Selective Demolition


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 02 41 19

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment and perform all work necessary for and

incidental to the selective demolition as shown on the drawings and specified herein and

completely coordinated with the work of all other trades.

B. Section includes removal and proper disposal of the following:

1. Existing roofing membrane system, including but not limited to the hypalon roofing

membrane and flashings, rigid insulation, retrofit drains, sheet metal, and related

components and accessories at the designated roof areas. Removal of selected Kalwall

assemblies and skylights.

C. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry

2. Section 07 52 16 - Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing

3. Section 08 44 33 - Sloped Glazing Assemblies

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following

1. Proposed storage plans.

2. Demolition schedule (proposed sequence of demolition and removal operations including

protection of removed roofing area until roofing covering is installed).


A. Work under this section must be performed by workers, who have a minimum of three years’

experience in reroofing projects. Such experience must include projects of comparable scope

and extent to this project.

B. Demolition work shall conform to governing codes and regulations.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS

A. The Owner and Architect assumes no responsibility for actual condition of portions to be

removed.

B. Where conditions are uncovered that are not anticipated by the Drawings and Specifications,

Contractor shall notify the Owner and Architect immediately before any repairs are initiated.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT APPLICABLE



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION

A. Design and provide temporary protection to ensure the safe passage of persons in and around

the area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to persons, the structure, and

other facilities.

B. When exits are temporarily blocked, an alternate evacuation plan shall be prepared by the

Contractor, approved by the Owner and posted.

C. Provide and maintain means to prevent spread of dust, fumes, smoke and excessive noise.

D. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.

E. Provide weather-tight enclosure of opening along the removed area from the weather until

removed portions are completely replaced with new construction.

F. Maintain existing utilities in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations.

Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized

in writing by the Owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities.

G. Roof surface where new materials have been installed shall not be subjected to traffic nor shall

be used for storage of materials. Where some activity must take place in order to carry out the

Contract, adequate protection shall be provided.

H. Protect existing roofs, pavers and building areas from damage where repair work to be

performed at or above the low roof level:

1. Materials shall be puncture proof from any object dropping from the height.

2. Materials that come into contact with existing finished surfaces shall be of a nature that

the material will not damage, scar or stain the finishes.

3. Any damage to any part of the existing roof or structure caused by the failure of this

protection shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2 DEMOLITION - GENERAL

A. Proceed with demolition in a systematic manner. Complete demolition Work in each area

before proceeding to other areas unless approved by Owner.

B. Remove overhead materials and lower to ground by suitable methods.

C. Use only competent and qualified workers. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner.

D. Exercise caution so as not to damage items that are designated for reuse.

E. Exercise caution in performing demolition work so as not to damage surrounding surfaces.

3.3 EXISTING ROOFING REMOVAL

A. Remove existing membrane and rigid insulation down to top of structural substrate.

B. Do not remove existing roofing materials when precipitation is imminent.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Do not remove more existing material than can be replaced with new material and made

watertight by the end of the work day.

D. Remove and dispose of existing Kalwall assemblies and skylight assemblies as designated on

the drawings and protect openings until new assemblies are installed.

E. Coordinate demolition and removal operations with new installation specified in Section

06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry, Section 07 52 16 - Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing, and

Section 08 44 33 - Sloped Glazing Assemblies.

F. Remove the associated flashings and miscellaneous roofing down to the roof deck at the areas

shown on the drawings.

G. Remove existing downspouts, gutters, and sheet metal flashing.

H. Clean the substrate of projections and substances detrimental to the work.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Remove from the site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition

operations. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on the site.

B. Transport materials removed from demolished portions in accordance with codes and

requirements of governing authority.

C. Dispose of materials removed from demolished portions off site at a location where specific

permission for disposal has been obtained and pay all disposal fees.

3.5 REPAIRS

A. Repair any areas of demolition in excess of that required and any damage to adjacent

construction. Repairs must, as a minimum standard, restore the condition that existed prior to

the start of demolition.

3.6 CLEAN UP

A. Upon completion of daily work, leave areas of Work in watertight and broom clean condition.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Cold-Formed Steel Framing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 05 40 05

COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Supply, fabrication, and installation of cold-formed steel framing for curb

supports and for new knee walls.

1.2 REFERENCES


1. ASTM International:

a. A1003/A1003M: Standard Specification for Sheet Steel, Carbon, Metallic- and

Nonmetallic-Coated for Cold-Formed Framing Members.

b. C1513: Standard Specification for Steel Tapping Screws for Cold-Formed Steel Framing

Connections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Framing Accessories: Accessory fabricator’s literature including tested performance

properties and indicating conformance with ASTM A1003/A1003M.,

B. Shop Drawings for Cold-Formed Framing:

1. Show layout, spacing, sizes, and types of cold-formed framing members.

2. Show connection and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners.

3. Show supplemental framing, bracing, bridging, splices, reinforcement at openings, and

accessories.

C. Test Reports: For steel sheets, signed by steel manufacturers certifying compliance with

requirements; include chemical analysis and physical properties such as base-metal and metallic-

coating thickness, yield and tensile strengths, total elongation, and ductility.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle cold-formed steel members and framing to prevent damage, deformation,

or corrosion, or damage to structure.

B. Store cold-formed steel members and framing with waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid

condensation.

C. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading capacity of structure at time materials are stored,

and to avoid permanent deck deflection.

D. Conspicuously mark damaged materials, and remove from Site as soon as possible.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225


A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to start of cold-formed steel Work. Notify

Architect/Engineer of conditions found to be different than those indicated in the Contract

Documents. Architect/Engineer will review situation and inform Contractor and Erector of

changes.

B. Comply with Owner’s limitations and restrictions for Site use and accessibility.

C. Handle and use materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by material

manufacturers; Globally Harmonized System (GHS) or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local,

state, and federal rules and regulations. Maintain GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets with

materials in storage area and available for ready reference on Site.

1.6 CHANGES IN WORK

A. During rehabilitation work, existing conditions may be encountered which are not known or are at

variance with the Contract Documents. Such conditions may interfere with the Work and may

consist of damage or deterioration of the substrate or surrounding materials that could jeopardize

the integrity or performance of the Work.

1. Notify Architect/Engineer of conditions that may interfere with the proper execution of the

Work or jeopardize the performance of the Work prior to proceeding with the Work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 COLD-FORMED FRAMING MEMBERS

A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M, NS33, G40 metallic-coated.

B. Shapes: Use minimum sections designated on Drawings or approved sections with same or greater

structural capacities. Where possible, use standard sections from fabricator local to Site.

2.2 FRAMING ACCESSORIES

A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M; same designation as framing members, metallic-coated.

1. Provide necessary accessories of manufacturer’s standard thickness and configuration, unless

otherwise indicated, including clips, bracing, bridging, solid blocking, web stiffeners, and

reinforcing and backer plates.

B. Screws: ASTM C1513; self-drilling, tapping; manufacturer’s standard head, except use low-profile

head beneath sheathing.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multi-monomer plastic, non-leaching.

B. Batt Insulation: Fiberglass insulation, unfaced, to fill wall cavity.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions with Contractor for compliance with requirements and other

conditions affecting installation or performance of cold-formed steel elements.

1. Ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for cold-formed steel Work.

2. Verify that areas and conditions under which cold-formed steel Work is to be performed

permit proper and timely completion of Work.

3. Notify Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions which may adversely affect installation or

performance of cold-formed steel Work and recommend corrections.

4. Do not proceed with cold-formed steel Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and

reviewed by Architect/Engineer.

5. Commencing cold-formed steel Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PROTECTION

A. Take precautions to ensure safety of people, including building users, passers-by, and workmen,

and protection of property, including adjacent building elements, landscaping, and motor vehicles.

B. Prevent construction debris, coatings, and other materials from coming into contact with

pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by

such contact.

C. Protect paving and sidewalks, and adjacent building areas from mechanical damage due to

scaffolding and other equipment.

D. Limit access to Work areas.

3.3 ERECTION, GENERAL

A. Erect framing according to provisions of AISI Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing unless

more stringent requirements are indicated.

B. Erect framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten connections.

1. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track

or tension members.

2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.

3. Connect framing members with screws.

4. Erection Tolerances:

a. Level, plumb, and true to line: 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum allowable variation.

b. Spacing of individual framing members: plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location.

Cumulative error shall not exceed maximum fastening requirements of sheathing or other

finishing materials.

C. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support design loads. Maintain braces

and supports in place, undisturbed, until supporting-structure construction has been completed and

permanent connections to framing are secured.

D. Attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, and tracks to structural members indicated to

receive sprayed fire-resistive material, before fire-resistive material is applied.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Remove minimum fire-resistive material necessary to complete installation of cold-formed

framing; maintain minimum thickness of fire-resistive material required to obtain fire-

resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive material from damage.

3.4 WALL CONSTRUCTION

A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely

anchor at corners and ends, and at spacing of 24 inches maximum.

B. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non-plumb walls or warped

surfaces and similar configurations, at spacing of 16 inches maximum.

C. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with maximum gap of 1/8 inch between end of

stud and web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks.

D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall-framing continuity. Align floor and roof

framing over studs. Where studs or framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to

transfer loads.

E. Anchor studs to abutting structural steel.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Observe installed framing for conformance with requirements, including tolerances and secure

connections.

B. Architect/Engineer may observe installed framing.

1. Notify Architect/Engineer after framing installation is completed and at least 48 hours before

framing will be concealed.

2. If sheathing or other concealment is installed within 48 hours of notification of

Architect/Engineer that framing is completed and without permission of Architect/Engineer,

at request of Architect/Engineer remove sheathing or other concealment to expose framing for

observation. Removal and reinstallation of sheathing or other concealment shall be at no cost

to Owner.

C. Remedy or remove and replace non-conforming framing, at no cost to Owner.

3.6 CLEANING

A. After completing cold-formed steel Work:

1. Clean soiling from adjacent surfaces. Exercise care to avoid scratching or damage to surfaces.

2. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during cold-formed steel Work.

3. Clean up debris and surplus materials and remove from Site.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Protect framing from damage or deterioration prior to Substantial Completion.

B. Protect surrounding materials from damage. Repair or replace damaged materials.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Rough Carpentry


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 06 10 00

ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Wood blocking, knee wall framing and nailers

2. Fasteners

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures

2. Section 02 41 19 - Selective Demolition

3. Section 07 52 16 - Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing

4. Section 08 44 33 - Sloped Glazing Assemblies

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless

otherwise indicated.

B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. DOC - Document

2. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association

3. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority

4. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau

5. WCLIB - West Coat Lumber Inspection Bureau.

6. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component

materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1. Include date for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and

certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate

type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment

manufacturer’s written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated

material. Also include manufacturer’s written requirement for corrosion protection of

fasteners and connectors to be in contact with treated materials.

2. For products receiving waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content or

treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.

3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of

treatment.


A. Stack lumber and protect from water and weather. Place spacers between bundles to provide air

circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American

Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.

2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for

moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed

sized for dry lumber.

3. Provide lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for

2 inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 WOOD MATERIALS

A. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and

15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with

requirements for untreated material.

B. Application: Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER

A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber

Standards Committee National Grading Rules provisions of the grading agency indicated.

B. No. 2 or better secured to steel or wood substrate.

C. Preservative Treatment

1. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

a. Wood framing members permanently exposed to weather.

b. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar

members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.

c. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar members in contact with

masonry or concrete.

2. Treat all rough carpentry items unless otherwise indicated.

3. Preservative Treatment Requirements: AWPA U1 and T1.

a. User Category: UC4A, except UC2 may be used for lumber and panels that are not in

contact with ground and are continuously protected from liquid water.

b. Commodity Specification:

1) Dimension lumber: A.

2) Plywood and OSB panels: F.

c. Preservative Treatment: Water-borne or Oxine Copper (Cu8); acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. Cover board to blocking: #10 x 1-1/4 inch #DSCB Series galvanized steel screws by Simpson

Strong-Tie or approved equal.

B. Miscellaneous Common Nails: Provide galvanized steel common nails.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. 16d Common Nail: 0.162 inch diameter by 3-1/2 inch length

2. 10d Common Nail: 0.148 inch diameter by 3 inch length

3. 8d Common Nail: 0.131 inch diameter by 2-1/2 inch length

C. Wood Blocking to Concrete or Masonry:

1. 1/4 inch diameter, stainless steel with hex washer head, 1-3/4 inch minimum length, or as

noted in details.

a. Type 410 Stainless Steel Tapcon, by ITW Buildex.

b. Type 304 Stainless Steel Tapper, by Powers Fasteners.

2. 1/4 inch diameter, mushroom head Zamac Nailin with Carbon Steel Nail, 1-1/4 inch

minimum embedment, by Powers Fasteners.

3. 1/2 inch diameter expansion anchors Kwik Bolt TZ by Hilti.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut and

fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.

Locate, nailers, blocking and similar supports to comply with requirement for attaching other

construction.

B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too

small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber

and plywood. Apply minimum two coats per manufacturer’s recommendations. Wipe off excess

treatment.

D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicate in the

Drawings.

E. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be

exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members.

Install fasteners without splitting wood.

F. Bolting: Drill holes 1/16 inch larger in diameter than bolts used. Drill straight and true from one

side only. Use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood. Use washers under all

nuts.

G. For installation of wood blocking anchored to pre-stress concrete sections, tensioning strands

must be located before drilling into concrete to avoid damage to tendons or reinforcing steel.

3.2 CLEANUP

A. Remove from the job site and legally dispose of all trash and debris. Remove all surplus

materials, tools and equipment from the job site.

B. Carefully inspect all completed work and correct all defects.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Exterior Gypsum Sheathing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 06 16 43

EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Work in this section includes the following:

1. Installation of new fiberglass mat exterior sheathing at new steel stud curbs and knee wall

construction.


A. Contractor: Must have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in installing of the specified

materials as applicable

B. Work in place shall be subjected to inspection and testing. Work found to be defective shall be

removed and new, acceptable work shall be provided.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. ASTM C473 Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products.

2. ASTM C518 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by

Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.

3. ASTM C1002 Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the

Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel

Studs.

4. ASTM C1177 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as

Sheathing.

5. ASTM C1280 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing.

6. ASTM D3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of

Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.

7. ASTM D6329 Standard Guide for Developing Methodology for Evaluating the Ability of

Indoor Materials to Support Microbial Growth Using Static Environmental Chambers.

8. ASTM E72 Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building

Construction.

9. ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

B. Gypsum Association (GA): GA-253 Application of Gypsum Sheathing.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature indicating material composition,

thickness, sizes and fire resistance.

B. Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Provide products that offer twelve months of coverage against in-place exposure damage

(delamination, deterioration, and decay).

B. Manufacturer’s Warranty:

1. Five years against manufacturing defects.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING.

A. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing that has visible mold growth must not be used. For additional

information, refer to Gypsum Association publication, “Guidelines for the Prevention of Mold

Growth on Gypsum Wallboard” (GA-238-03), which can be found at

www.americangypsum.com under “Technical Information” - click on Gypsum Association

Literature.

B. Store all products and materials under temperature and climatic conditions as recommended by

standard practice and by product manufacturer’s guidelines, and in a manner to prevent damage.

Provide protection until ready to use.

C. If stored outside, store materials a minimum of 6 in. above ground on framework or blocking

and cover with protective waterproof covering, providing adequate air circulation or ventilation.

D. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification.

E. All damaged or otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed from the job site.

F. General Contractor shall schedule delivery of products and materials so as not to delay the work

covered by this section or the work of other trades.

G. Condition the specified products as recommended by the product manufacturer.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for surface preparation and application of products at all

times. Note that additional precautions are typically necessary when inclement weather is either

occurring or expected, surfaces are wet or damp, or when ambient air temperatures are either

expected to be less than 50 degrees F or expected to be greater than 85 degrees F.

B. Owner’s field representative will consider application of products under specific inclement

conditions only if written approval for such application by the product manufacturer is first

submitted for review. Such written approval by the manufacturer shall clearly state special

surface preparation and product application guidelines, if necessary, and shall clearly state the

effect of the manufacturer’s guarantee, if any.

C. Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods, submit

recommendation to Owner’s Representative including:

1. Condition indicating change.

2. Recommendation for alternative materials or methods.

3. Submittals as required for substitutions.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. If there is evidence of water, moisture and dampness in any joint to be sealed, protect joint from

further impact by rain or other water and allow the joint to dry out prior to placement of new

backer material or sealant.

E. Unanticipated Conditions: Where conditions are uncovered that are not anticipated by the

Drawings or Specifications, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer and Owner’s

representative immediately, before any subsequent repairs are initiated.

1.8 WORK-RELATED DAMAGE

A. Promptly repair any damage to the Building, or adjoining structures, caused by leakage into the

interior resulting from temporarily open joints or facade areas being repaired that are not

watertight and that have been left unprotected from wind and rain. Repairs must, as a minimum

standard, restore the condition which existed prior the start of work. Such repairs shall be made

at no cost to the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Dens Glass Fireguard Sheathing Type X (ASTM C1177) manufactured by Georgia Pacific

Gypsum LLC.

B. Characteristics:

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch.

2. Width: 4 feet.

3. Length: 8 feet.

4. Weight: 2.5 lb/sq ft.

5. Edges: Square.

6. Surfacing: Fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges.

7. Racking Strength (ASTM E72): Not less than 654 pounds per square foot, dry.

8. Flexural Strength, Parallel (ASTM C1177): 100 lbf, parallel.

9. Humidified Deflection (ASTM C1177): Not more than 1/8 inch.

10. Permeance (ASTM E96): Not more than 17 perms.

11. R-Value (ASTM C518): 0.67.

12. Mold Resistance (ASTM D3273): 10, in a test as manufactured.

13. Microbial Resistance (ASTM D6329, GREENGUARD 3-week protocol): Will not support

microbial growth.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Treatments: Refer to Section 07 27 27 Fluid Applied Membrane Air Barrier

B. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, corrosion resistant treated.

1. Screws for light gauge metal: Type S, bugle head, rust-resistant sharp point, fine thread.

Fasteners shall be 1-1/4 inch long per manufacturer’s recommendations.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Examine subframing; verify that surface of the framing and furring members to receive

sheathing is aligned horizontally and vertically from the face of adjacent members.

B. As a minimum, framing shall be provided at all vertical joints in sheathing and at all corners,

openings, and terminations in the field of sheathing.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Provide new exterior gypsum sheathing where indicated on drawings. Install sheathing in

accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and in accordance with the applicable instructions

in GA-253 and ASTM C1280.

B. Install sheathing with gold side out.

C. Use maximum lengths possible to minimize number of joints.

D. Stagger all joints.

E. Metal Framing: Attach sheathing to metal framing with screws. Screw spacing is to be as

follows:

1. Space screws at 8 in. on center at perimeter where there are framing supports and 12 in. on

center along intermediate framing in field.

F. Drive fasteners to bear tightly against and flush with surface of sheathing. Do not countersink

or crush sheathing.

G. Locate fasteners minimum 1/2 inch from edges and ends of sheathing panels.

H. Finishing:

1. At sheathing terminations, provide a minimum joint of 1/8 in.

2. Finish joints/terminations. Apply sealant and/or mesh tape according to manufacturer’s

requirements.

3. Mesh tape is to conceal all faster heads.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Air/Moisture Barrier


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 07 25 01

AIR/MOISTURE BARRIER

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Surface preparation, supply, and installation of air/moisture barrier included in

exterior wall assembly.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 05 40 00 - Cold-Formed Steel Framing: Steel studs.

2. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Metal flashings for water-protective

barriers.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Definitions:

1. Air/Moisture Barrier: Material that is water-shedding and impermeable to air, but is permeable

to water vapor, installed with sealed seams and edges.

B. References Standards: Latest edition as of Specification date.

1.3 ADMINISTRATION

A. Coordinate Work to ensure that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate:

1. With Owner’s Representative.

2. With other trades:

a. To ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for barrier/retarder Work.

b. To avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, barrier/retarder Work in

progress.

c. To ensure that subsequent work will not adversely affect quality of completed

barrier/retarder.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s literature including written instructions for evaluating, preparing,

and treating substrate; technical data including tested physical and performance properties; and

installation instructions. Include VOC content of liquid components.

1. Include Globally Harmonized System (GHS) or, if not yet available, Material Safety Data

Sheets for information only.

B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of barrier/retarder. Include details for substrate joints

and cracks, counterflashing strips, penetrations, inside and outside corners, terminations, tie-ins

with adjoining construction, and details of interfaces with other materials that form part of

barrier/retarder assemblies.

C. Samples: 12-inch squares of each material.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225


A. Deliver, store, and handle materials according to manufacturer’s recommendations and in such a

manner as to prevent damage to materials or structure.

B. Deliver materials to Site in original containers and packaging with seals unbroken, labeled with

manufacturer’s name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, lot number, and

directions for storing.

C. Keep materials dry and do not allow materials to be exposed to moisture during transportation,

storage, handling, and installation. Reject and remove from Site new materials which exhibit

evidence of moisture during application, or have been exposed to moisture.

D. Store materials in original, undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised

platforms with weather-protective coverings, within temperature range required by manufacturer.

Protect stored materials from direct and indirect sunlight. Manufacturer’s standard packaging and

covering is not considered adequate weather protection.

E. Store rolled goods on ends only, unless otherwise required by barrier/retarder manufacturer's

written instructions. Discard rolls that have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged.

F. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading capacity of structure at time materials are

stored, and to avoid permanent deck deflection.

G. Conspicuously mark damaged or opened packages or containers, or containers with contaminated

materials, and remove from Site as soon as possible.

H. Remove and replace materials that cannot be applied within stated shelf life.


A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to start of barrier/retarder Work. Notify

Architect/Engineer of conditions found to be different than those indicated in the Contract

Documents. Architect/Engineer will review situation and inform Contractor and Installer of

changes.

B. Comply with Owner’s limitations and restrictions for Site use and accessibility.

C. Environmental Limitations: Install barrier/retarder when existing and forecast weather conditions

permit barrier/retarder to be installed according to written instructions of barrier/retarder

manufacturer.

1. Apply only when substrate and ambient temperatures are within range recommended by

barrier/retarder manufacturer.

2. Do not apply to damp or wet substrate.

D. Handle and install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by

barrier/retarder manufacturer; GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local, state, and federal

rules and regulations. Maintain GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets with materials in storage area

and available for ready reference on Site.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.7 CHANGES IN WORK

A. During rehabilitation work, existing conditions may be encountered which are not known or are at

variance with the Contract Documents. Such conditions may interfere with the Work and may

consist of damage or deterioration of the substrate or surrounding materials that could jeopardize

the integrity or performance of the Work.

1. Notify Architect/Engineer of conditions that may interfere with the proper execution of the

Work or jeopardize the performance of the Work prior to proceeding with the Work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Source Limitations: Obtain materials through one source from single barrier/retarder manufacturer,

or from sources approved by barrier/retarder manufacturer.

2.2 AIR/MOISTURE BARRIER

A. Air Vapor Retarder for Walls: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Thickness: 0.006 inches minimum.

2. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, Procedure A (Desiccant Method); 0.06 perms

maximum.

3. Air Leakage

a. Material: ASTM E2178: Not more than 0.004 cubic feet-minute/square feet at pressure

difference of 0.3 inches of water.

B. Use one of the following products or approved equal

1. Generic polyethylene.

2. Dura-Skrim 6WW or VaporBlock VB6, manufactured by Raven Industries, Inc.

3. Ecoshield E8, manufactured by Epro Services.

4. Viper Vapor Check, manufactured by Insulation Solutions, Inc.

2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Tape, sealant, fasteners, and adhesive recommended by barrier/retarder manufacturer.

1. Use pressure-sensitive plastic tape or sealant for sealing joints and penetrations in

barrier/retarder.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer and representative of barrier/retarder

manufacturer for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting installation or

performance of barrier/retarder.

1. Ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for barrier/retarder Work.

2. Verify that areas and conditions under which barrier/retarder Work is to be performed permit

proper and timely completion of Work.

3. Notify Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions which may adversely affect barrier/retarder

installation or performance and recommend corrections.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Do not proceed with barrier/retarder Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and

reviewed by Architect/Engineer.

5. Commencing barrier/retarder Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PROTECTION

A. Take precautions to ensure safety of people, including building users, passers-by, and workmen,

and animals, and protection of property, including adjacent building elements, landscaping, and

motor vehicles.

B. Prevent construction debris and other materials from coming into contact with pedestrians, motor

vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.

C. Protect paving and sidewalks, and adjacent building areas from mechanical damage due to

scaffolding and other equipment.

D. Limit access to Work areas.

E. Erect temporary protective canopies, as necessary, over walkways and at points of pedestrian and

vehicular access that must remain in service during Work.

F. Assume responsibility for injury to persons or damage to property due to Work, and remedy at no

cost to Owner.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Remove projections, loose or foreign matter, and set protruding fasteners that might interfere with

proper installation of barrier/retarder.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesives in accordance with instructions of

barrier/retarder manufacturer.

B. Install continuous barrier/retarder on surfaces indicated on Drawings, in accordance with details

shown on Drawings and barrier/retarder manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations, unless

otherwise directed in writing by Architect/Engineer.

1. Air Vapor Retarder

a. Use fasteners recommended by barrier/retarder manufacturer.

b. Locate laps at framing member. Fasten one sheet to framing member, then tape

overlapping sheet to first sheet.

c. Seal seams, laps, joints, penetrations, tears, and cuts in barrier/retarder with self-adhesive

tape or sealant to provide air-tight barrier. Install flexible flashings where shown.

1) Seal perimeter of barrier/retarder. Extend lower edge of barrier/retarder 4 inches

minimum below bottom of framing and seal to concrete below framing with sealant.

2) Seal at window and door openings.

3) Where conduit, pipes, wires, ducts, outlet boxes, and other items are installed in

insulation cavity, pass barrier/retarder behind item but over insulation and maintain

air-tight barrier/retarder. Seal all transitions and air vapor retarder terminations

airtight with sealant.

d. Seal barrier/retarder airtight to all receptacles/outlet boxes and other penetrations through

barrier/retarder with sealant.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.5 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Notify Architect/Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of when barrier/retarder installation will be

completed. Do not conceal barrier/retarder until installation is observed and approved by

Architect/Engineer.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed barrier/retarder from damage.

1. Install wall cladding as soon as possible.

B. Do not leave installed barrier/retarder exposed to weather for longer than recommended by

manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 07 52 16

MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Preparation of the substrate and installation of a new 2-ply modified bitumen roofing

membrane system including:

a. Temporary roofing / vapor retarder.

b. Thermal insulation.

c. Cover board (and where necessary at metal decking - substrate board).

d. Torch-applied, two-ply modified bitumen roofing membrane system including related

flashings.

e. Liquid applied flashing / coating

f. Walkway pads

g. New roof hatches

h. Non-penetrating pipe / equipment supports

i. Installation of metal decking and framing components at mechanical opening at the

upper PSB penthouse roof level

2. Locations

a. Upper PSB roof and penthouse roof, also low roof to north side

b. Lower PSB roof and penthouse roof

c. Harris Hall roof and penthouse roof

d. Link roof from Harris Hall

e. Canopy roof adjacent to Harris Hall

3. Alternate: In lieu of 2-ply modified bitumen membrane, provide a fully adhered PVC

membrane over the same substrate as the modified bitumen membrane system.

B. Related requirements

1. 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry

2. 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

3. 08 33 44 - Sloped Glazing Assemblies

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Membrane: Membrane manufacturer and specific products referenced shall be the only

approved products for use, unless otherwise specifically allowed by the Architect and must be

approved prior to submission of bid.

B. Dade County PA 117, Appendix ‘B’ - Dynamic Pull-Through Performance of Roofing

Membranes Over Fastener Heads or Fasteners with Metal Bearing Plates.

C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Single Ply Roofing Industry (SPRI):

1. ANSI/SPRI FX-1: Standard Field Test Procedure for Determining the Withdrawal

Resistance of Roofing Fasteners.

D. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)/Structural Engineering Institute (SEI):

1. ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

E. ASTM International:

1. A653/A653M: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-

Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

2. C728: Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.

3. C1177/C1177M: Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as

Sheathing.

4. C1289: Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal

Insulation Board.

5. D41/D41M: Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,

and Waterproofing.

6. D4263: Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet

Method.

7. D4586: Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free.

F. E108: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each product, submit technical data, tested physical and performance

properties, manufacturer’s written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate

and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

B. In-situ Fastener Testing: Perform insulation fastener pullout testing as required to verify

membrane manufacturer’s performance requirements.

1. Letter from membrane manufacturer on membrane manufacturer’s letterhead certifying

fasteners’ test results meet performance requirements.

C. Letter from Manufacturer

1. Certifying that the roofing system complies with the specified requirements.

a. ASTM E108 Class A roof

b. Specified wind uplift classification

2. Approving the use of the specified membrane system over the specified substrate.

3. Summarizing the manufacturer’s current reserve for warranty claims.

D. Shop Drawings: Plans showing locations and the extent of roofing specific details for this

project. Submit plans and details to roofing manufacturer for review and approval prior to

submitting to Architect. Details to include, but not limited to:

1. Tapered insulation, including slopes

2. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes

3. Insulation adhesive and fastening patterns for corner, perimeter and field-of-roof locations.

4. Membrane terminations and base flashings

5. Inside and outside corners, penetrations and terminations

6. Proposed temporary, watertight, tie-off details for each substrate type

E. Samples

1. Insulation

2. Cover board / Substrate board

3. Membrane base sheet

4. Membrane cap sheet

5. Flashing base sheet

6. Flashing cap sheet



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

7. Temporary roofing / vapor retarder sheet

8. Liquid applied flashing system applied in viewable layers on a suitable substrate

9. Termination bars and fasteners

F. Installer’s Qualifications

1. Submit a letter from the roofing membrane manufacturer certifying that the Installer

complies with the manufacturer’s requirements to install specified roofing system and that

the Installer is eligible to receive the specified Manufacturer’s warranty

2. Submit evidence that Installer’s existing company has minimum of five years of continuous

experience in application of specified materials. Submit list of at least five completed

projects of similar scope and size, including:

a. Project name.

b. Owner’s name.

c. Owner’s Representative name, address, and telephone number.

d. Description of work.

e. Roofing materials used.

f. Project supervisor.

g. Total cost of roofing work.

h. Completion date.

G. Sample Warranties: Copies of roofing manufacturer’s warranty, Installer’s warranty, and

General Contractor’s warranty, all stating obligations, remedies, limitations, and exclusions.

H. Inspection Reports: Submit manufacturer’s representative’s site visit reports to Architect and

Owner within seven days of manufacturer’s technical representative’s site visit or sooner if

necessary to prevent delays in the Work.

I. Closeout Submittals

1. Roofing manufacturer’s inspection report of completed roofing system.

2. As-built drawings and specifications for variations from construction documents for

record.

3. Installer’s warranty.

4. Manufacturer’s warranty.

a. Fully executed warranty, which shall be issued upon Manufacturer’s approval of the

installation. In no event shall the effective date of the warranty pre-date the

completion and acceptance by Owner of the roof membrane system and all associated

work.


A. UL Listed Products: Provide materials which have been tested and listed by UL, and bear UL

label on each package, or are shipped to the project with a UL certification of compliance.

B. Installer’s Qualifications

1. Installer shall be approved or licensed by the roofing manufacturer for installation of

specified roofing required for this project.

2. The Installer shall have successful installations of specified materials in the local area in

use for a minimum period of five (5) years.

3. The foreman of the crew shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in

performing work similar to that shown in this Specification section.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Membrane Manufacturer Quality Control: Membrane manufacturer shall provide a technical,

non-sales representative to be on site at beginning of installation of the membrane system to

establish the standard quality to be used on the remaining portion of the membrane work.

Technical representative shall perform periodic site visits throughout remainder of membrane

installation work.

1. Technical support prior to work beginning

a. Manufacturer shall meet with Installer to review Project Specifications, Drawings and

details, and inspect the site prior to start of project. Manufacturer’s technical

representatives shall at a minimum review the following with Installer:

1) Project specifications, drawings and details.

2) Review critical details and site conditions.

3) Minimum requirements specified for the Project and required by the

Manufacturer.

4) Phasing of project.

5) Substrate acceptance.

6) Weather conditions.

7) Quality control methods.

8) Protection of completed areas from other trades.

9) Warranty.

10) Mock-ups.

2. Technical support during work

a. Manufacturer’s technical representative shall review work in progress on a periodic

basis (target at least one visit per phase).

b. Manufacturer’s technical representative shall inspect application of membrane and

other components / materials supplied by the manufacturer.

c. Manufacturer shall visit the site as needed or requested.

3. Technical support at completion of work

a. Manufacturer’s representative shall perform final inspection of completed work.

b. Issue warranty.

D. Pre-Installation Meeting. The on-site meeting shall be attended by the Architect,

manufacturer’s technical representative, General Contractor (if applicable), and Installer. The

following items shall be included in the meeting agenda as a minimum:

1. Project specifications, drawings and details.

2. Site conditions.

3. Minimum requirements specified for the Project and required by the Manufacturer.

4. Insulation fastener pullout test results.

5. Phasing of project

6. Substrate acceptance.

7. Mock-ups.

8. Weather conditions.

9. Quality control methods.

10. Protection of completed areas from other trades.

11. Warranty.

E. Project Start-up: The on-site meeting shall be attended by the Architect, manufacturer’s

technical representative, General Contractor (if applicable), and Installer. The following items

shall be included in the meeting agenda as a minimum:

1. Manufacturer’s technical representative to review substrate conditions.

2. Review application techniques with Installer at the site.

3. Apply membrane and perform various details in mock-up area.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Review hands on detailing of various detailing conditions.


A. Deliver materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken, labeled with


directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Storage

1. Keep materials dry. Do not allow materials to be exposed to moisture during transportation,

storage, handling, and installation.

2. Store materials at locations designated by the Owner’s Representative or General Installer.

Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading of structure at time materials are stored,

and to avoid permanent deck deflection. Do not store materials where new membrane

materials have been installed.

3. Store materials in original, undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised

platforms with weather-protective coverings. Store materials within temperature range

required by roofing manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Tarps are

preferred for protection of all membrane materials. If plastic sheet is used, venting of each

package is required. Roofing manufacturer’s standard packaging and covering is not

considered adequate weather protection. Material storage procedures shall be monitored

and strictly enforced.

4. Store rolled goods on ends only. Discard rolls which have been flattened, creased or

otherwise damaged.

5. No storage will be allowed at locations of completed new roofing unless approved in

writing by the Architect.

C. Handle materials to avoid damage.

D. Conspicuously mark damaged or contaminated materials, opened containers or wet materials

and remove from site as soon as possible.

1.6 DRAIN MOCK-UPS

A. Perform complete trial mock-up of the drain and sump constructions. The purpose of the trial

mock-up is to verify proper slope for drainage, elevation height of drain and constructability of

components and system. Mock-up shall include all components of the roof system. Upon

approval by Architect, the quality of work used in the trial mock-up area shall be established as

standard for the project. The trial mock-up area shall include, but is not limited to, installation

of the following:

1. Temporary roofing

2. Drain and all components

3. Drain piping, connections, hangers, and related components

4. Blocking, insulation, and related components

5. Roofing membrane

6. Membrane flashing

B. The mock-up shall establish the height of insulation at the drain and the slope of insulation for

drainage within the sump, based on existing conditions. The mock-up may be required to be

demolished and reconstructed after approval by Architect.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to installation of materials. Notify Architect of

conditions found to be different than those indicated in Contract Documents. Architect will

review situation and inform General Contractor (if applicable) and Installer of changes.

B. Coordinate Work to ensure that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate:

1. With other trades to ensure that Work done by others trades is compete and ready to receive

roofing.

2. With other trades to avoid or minimize Work on, or in the immediate vicinity of,

installation Work in progress. Ensure that dust from other operations will not adversely

affect quality of completed roofing.

C. Notify Architect of conditions that may interfere with proper execution of Work or jeopardize

integrity of new roofing prior to proceeding with Work.

D. Ensure that drains are operational at end of each workday or if precipitation is forecast.

E. Environmental Limitations

1. Install roofing when existing and forecast weather conditions permit roofing system to be

installed according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions and warranty

requirements.

2. Do not apply roofing in snow, rain, fog, or mist. Do not apply roofing to a damp or wet

substrate.

3. Do not proceed with installation during inclement weather except for temporary work

necessary to protect building interior and installed materials. Remove temporary work and

Work that becomes moisture damaged.

F. Protection

1. Protect new and existing roofing systems, building interior and exterior surfaces, site and

landscape from damage related to the handling, storage and application of roofing materials

and water leaks.

2. Restore or replace all work or materials damaged during the installation of the new roofing

of by water leaks.

3. Remove protection materials upon completion of work.

1.8 WARRANTIES

A. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Non-prorated, no dollar limit material and labor warranty signed by

the roofing membrane manufacturer.

1. Warranty includes repair or replacement of roofing systems that do not comply with

requirements, that do not remain watertight, that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general

durability, or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by roofing manufacturer’s

data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

2. Warranty includes failures that do not result in roof leaks, such as blisters, partial seam

voids, and wrinkles.

3. Warranty should include no failure for peak wind gusts up to 145 mph.

4. Warranty Period: twenty years from date of substantial completion of roofing. Included in

the 20-year warranty shall be the roofing membrane, flashing, roofing accessories provided

by the membrane manufacturer, insulation, and cover/substrate board for a complete

system.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Roofing Installer’s Warranty: Completed warranty form at end of this Section, signed by

Roofing Installer.

1. Warranty includes repair or replacement of roofing systems that do not comply with

requirements, that do not remain watertight, that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general

durability, or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by roofing manufacturer’s

data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

2. Warranty includes failures that do not result in roof leaks, such as blisters, partial seam

voids and wrinkles.

3. Warranty includes labor and materials to perform warranty work.

4. Warranty Period: two years from date of substantial completion of roofing

5. Peak gust wind speed: up to and including 145 mph.

1.9 MAINTENANCE

A. Basic Service Agreement

1. One year agreement, beginning at substantial completion of the roofing, to be included in

Installer’s base bid.

2. Includes visual inspections to be performed 6 months and 12 months after the date of

substantial completion of roofing.

3. Includes repair of damage or deficiencies using products and materials used in the

installation of the roofing. Repairs are to be performed according to the manufacturer’s

instructions so as not to violate the manufacturer’s or the Installer’s warranties.

4. Includes responding to emergency calls, during normal working hour, within 24 hours of

the call.

5. Visual inspection and repairs to be performed by a trained, experienced Installer’s

representative.

B. Extended Service Agreement

1. Renewable agreement, beginning one year after substantial completion of the roofing, to

be included in Installer’s base bid as an alternate service.

2. Includes semi-annual, visual inspections to be performed each fall and spring.

3. Includes repair of damage or deficiencies using products and materials used in the

installation of the roofing. Repairs are to be performed according to the manufacturer’s

instructions so as not to violate the manufacturer’s or the Installer’s warranties.

Includes responding to emergency calls, during normal working hour, within 24 hours of

the call.

4. Visual inspection and repairs to be performed by a trained, experienced Installer’s

representative.

C. Maintenance kit: Provide the owner with products and materials to make minor repairs.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Source Limitations: Obtain materials from a single source approved by the selected roofing

manufacturer. For materials not available from the selected roofing manufacturer, provide

materials recommended and approved by the selected roofing manufacturer.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not

permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement,

and exposure to weather without failure.

B. Roofing-System Design: Provide roofing system that is identical to systems that have been

successfully tested by qualified testing agency to resist unfactored service wind uplift pressure

calculated according to the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7-10) with a factor of

safety of 2.0.

1. Field-of-Roof Uplift Pressure: 19.0 pounds per square foot.

2. Perimeter Uplift Pressure: 31.9 pounds per square foot.

3. Corner Uplift Pressure: 48.0 pounds per square foot.

C. Fire Classification: ASTM E108, for application and roof slopes indicated, based on testing by

Underwriters Laboratory, Class 1A.

D. Hail Resistance: SH

2.3 SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING

A. Basis of Design: Soprema, Inc., 310 Quadral Drive, Wadsworth, Ohio 44281

1. Temporary roofing/vapor retarder (self-adhered): Sopravap’r and primer

2. Temporary roofing/vapor retarder liquid flashing: Alsan, polyurethane bituminous resin

with polyfleece reinforcement system

3. Roofing base and stripping ply (torch-applied): Sopralene Flam 180

4. Roofing cap sheet (torch-applied): Sopralene Flam 180 FR GR

5. Flashing base ply (torch-applied): Sopralene Flam 180

6. Flashing cap sheet (torch-applied): Sopralene Flam 180 FR GR

7. Liquid flashing: Alsan RS 230 Resin-Fleece-Resin system

a. Cleaner: Alsan RS Cleaner

b. Primer:

1) Membrane:

2) Metal: Alsan RS Metal Primer

c. Paste: Alsan RS Paste

d. Flashing membrane: Alsan RS 230 Flash

e. Catalyst: Alsan RS Catalyst Powder

f. Reinforcing fabric: Alsan RS Fleece

8. Self-adhered stripping sheet: Sopralene Flam Stick

9. Walkway pads: Sopra Walk, a non-woven polyester core coated with a polymer modified

bitumen and surfaced with mineral granules.

B. Or approved equal. Proposed approved equal systems and materials must be submitted prior to

bid for review and approval by the Architect and must meet all of the same criteria as the basis

of design above. No substitutions will be allowed after bid period submission.

2.4 INSULATION, COVER BOARDS, AND SUBSTRATE BOARD

A. Basis of Design: Cover Board - Semi rigid, asphaltic substrate board composed of mineral

fortified asphaltic core formed between two fiberglass reinforcing plies. Cover boards are

limited to 4 foot by 4 foot sections.

1. Sopraboard by Soprema, Inc.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

a. 1/8 inch thick

B. Basis of Design: Substrate Board - ASTM C1177/C1177M; glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum

substrate, 1/2 inch thick. DensDeck Prime Roof Board manufactured by Georgia-Pacific

Gypsum LLC, or approved equal. Substrate boards may be 4 foot by 8 foot sections if

mechanically attached over metal decking.

C. “R” values indicated are “aged” values in accordance with RIC/TIMA technical bulletin 28-1

and ASHRAE Handbook table 3-A when tested at 40 degrees F and in accordance with

NRCA/MRCA Joint Technical Bulletin regarding “in-place” R value of polyisocyanurate

insulation. Provide materials that conform to the following reference specifications and are

approved by the primary membrane manufacturer:

D. Basis of Design - Insulation Board: SOPRA-ISO PLUS by Soprema, Inc.

1. Thermal Insulation Board: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 2, polymer coated glass-fiber mat

facer on both major surfaces; Grade 3, 25-pounds-per-square-inch minimum compressive

strength. Rigid boards of minimum 2.0 pcf density polyisocyanurate based foam core,

permanently bonded to felt or glass-fiber mat facer.

a. Average weighted R-Value: R-35. When calculating the average weighted R-Value of

the roof system, insulation that is greater than 1-inch thicker than the low point in the

system will be assigned the same R-Value as insulation that is 1-inch thicker than the

low point.

b. Per Municipality of Anchorage Building Safety Section, “Policy A.06 Foam Plastic

Board Insulation R Value Comparison,” accepted R-value for polyisocyanurate will

be an R-value of 5.0 per inch.

c. Insulation board sizes are limited to 4 foot by 4 foot sections

2. For identified low areas on the upper and lower PSB: tapered insulation to match the slope

of the low area and match the first layer of base insulation.

3. Accessories: Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation

shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.

E. Tapered Edge and Cant Strips: ASTM C728, perlite insulation board.

1. Existing wood cants deemed acceptable for reuse by Architect.

a. Where existing wood cants are not acceptable, provide new wood cants unless

directed otherwise by Architect.

F. Adhesive: DuoTak 365 by Soprema, or approved equal by membrane system manufacturer.

G. Fasteners and plates: Soprema #14 MP fastener and 3 inch diameter galvanized steel plate.

2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. Provide Auxiliary materials as supplied or recommended by roofing system manufacturer for

intended use and compatible with roofing membrane.

B. Masonry/Metal Primer: Conforming to ASTM D41, as supplied or required by the membrane

manufacturer.

C. Termination Bars: Flat, Type 304 stainless steel, 1/8-inch thick and 1 to 1-1/2 inch wide with

predrilled holes at 4 to 8 inches on center.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Plastic Cement: Conforming to ASTM D4586, Type II, as supplied or required by the

membrane manufacturer.

E. Fiberglass Mesh: As provided or approved by the membrane manufacturer for sealing

termination bar and top edge of base flashing.

F. Lead flashings for roof drain: 4-pound lead.

G. Self-Adhered Flashing: Grace Vycor Butyl, self-adhered membrane for high-temperature

applications, 25 mils thick with butyl adhesive and release liner, or approved equal.

1. 9 inch wide roll

2. Primer: Perm-A-Barrier WB

H. Wood Blocking

1. Dimensions

a. Specified lumber dimensions are nominal.

b. Actual dimensions conform to industry standards established by the American

Lumber Standards Committee and the rules writing agencies.

2. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum at time of installation on the building for lumber

2 inches or less nominal thickness.

3. Lumber Size: 2 inches by 4 inches and 2 inches by 6 inches, Douglas Fir Larch, unless

otherwise shown or specified.

a. Light Framing

1) General Framing: Standard and Better Grade.

2) Plates, blocking, bracing, and nailers: Utility Grade.

4. Boards: 1 inch to 2 inch thick; Douglas Fir, Larch species, unless otherwise shown or

specified

a. Furring and Grounds: Minimum, No. 2 Common Grade.

5. Plywood: APA Structural I rated (5 ply min.) Douglas Fir Plywood Sheathing with Exterior

Exposure 1 classification. Panels shall be a minimum of 1 inch thick, with a span rating

of 24.

I. Fasteners, General: Factory coated steel fasteners and metal plates meeting corrosion -

resistance provision in FM Global 4470 and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

1. Designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate and tested by roofing

system manufacturer for required pull out strength.

2. Fasteners shall be as approved by FM for Class 1 for substrates encountered including

laboratory uplift resistance for 1-90 classification, and Underwriters Laboratories Class 90

(UL580).

3. Provide all mechanical fasteners, and related items such as washers and plates, galvanized

after fabrication and coated with two coats of corrosion resistant coating.

J. Fasteners for Base Flashings

1. Wood and Plywood substrates: 1 inch, capped, galvanized steel nails with ribbed shank of

sufficient length to provide 1 inch minimum embedment or pass through bottom side of

wood or plywood. Use Square-Cap Nails with steel heads with “Stormguard” double hot-

dipped-zinc coating, by Maze Nails, or approved equal.

2. Masonry substrates:

a. 1/4 inch diameter, stainless steel with hex washer head, 1-3/4 inch minimum length,

or as noted in details.

1) Type 410 Stainless Steel Tapcon, by ITW Buildex.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2) Type 304 Stainless Steel Tapper, by Powers Fasteners.

b. 1/4 inch diameter, mushroom head Zamac Nailin with Carbon Steel Nail, 1-1/4 inch

minimum embedment, by Powers Fasteners.

3. Metal substrates: No. 12 by 1-1/2 inch, 410 stainless steel, self-drilling screws with 1-inch

stainless steel washers.

4. Concrete substrates: 1/4 inch diameter, mushroom head Zamac Nailin with Stainless Steel

Nail, 1-1/4 inch minimum embedment, manufactured by Powers Fasteners.

K. Butyl Tape: Polyisobutylene-butyl sealant, 1/8 inch thick by 1 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick by

2 inch wide, or approved equal, to seal terminations as indicated on Drawings.

L. Roof Drains and Accessories: Refer to information on drawings MP101 and MP102.

M. Non-Penetrating Pipe Supports

1. Portable Pipe Hangars and Supports: Where service lines, pipes, or other conduits are

present on the roof, install Portable Hangar Units, having composite bases in a size and

configuration sufficient to support the devices without damaging or otherwise excessively

compressing the roofing system.

2. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. Houston, Texas

b. Miro Industries, Inc., Heber City, Utah

c. PHP Systems/Design, Houston, Texas

N. Roof Scuttle and Guard Rail

1. Basis of Design: Bilco S-50-TB 30 by 36 with Bilco Ladder up Safety Post.

a. Bilco Bil-Guard 2.0 Safety Railing system, model RL2-S.

b. All components as required by manufacturers for complete system.

2. Or approved equal.

O. Roof Edge Safety Railing

1. Basis of Design: KeeGuard Fall Protection counterbalanced railing system manufactured

by Kee Safety, Inc.

a. All components as required by manufacturer for complete system, including but not

limited to, main uprights and rails, clamps, counterbalances, and ancillary

components.


P. Preformed silicone seal in sizes to fit joint width and applications indicated in Drawings.

1. 123 Silicone Seal manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation.


Q. Metal decking and framing for mechanical opening at upper PSB penthouse roof:

1. Metal decking to be 1B B22 decking by Vulcraft or approved equal

2. Steel angles conforming to A36, galvanized, 2 1/2” x 2 1/2” x 1/4”

3. Threaded rods: 1/2” diameter, A36

4. Set Adhesive by Simpson Strong-Tie



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SITE INSPECTION

A. Installer to examine substrates and conditions with manufacturer’s technical representative and

General Contractor (if applicable) for compliance with requirements and for other conditions

affecting installation or performance of the roofing system.

1. Perform testing according to ANSI/SPRI FX-1 to verify that fastener pull-out values meet

or exceed those required by FM Global standards.

2. Ensure that Work done by other trades is complete and ready to receive roofing system,

including:

a. Verify concrete deck is dry and structurally sound.

b. Verify roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced, and roof drains

are securely in place.

c. Verify cants, wood blocking, wood nailers, and curbs are securely anchored to roof

deck at penetrations and terminations and nailers match thickness of insulation.

3. Verify that areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed permit proper and

timely completion of Work.

B. Notify Architect in writing of conditions that may adversely affect installation or performance

of roofing Work and recommend corrections.

C. Do not proceed with roofing Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and reviewed

by Architect.

D. Commencing roofing Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Remove existing roofing system and other materials to expose substrate.

1. Remove only as much of existing roofing as can be prepared and new temporary roof/vapor

retarder or new roofing system installed in one day, unless provisions are implemented to

maintain watertightness in interim or larger removal areas are approved by Owner’s

Representative.

2. Remove all existing bitumen that may interfere with the installation of the new temporary

roofing membrane.

3. Provide temporary protection as needed if watertightness is compromised.

4. Do not begin removal of existing roofing system when weather conditions are not

conducive to maintaining watertightness or for application of new construction.

B. Examine exposed surface of concrete and metal decking for deterioration.

1. Notify Architect of any observed damage or deteriorated substrate conditions. Architect

will identify extent of deck to be repaired.

2. Repair or replace deteriorated sections of substrate per specifications or in accordance with

industry standards.

C. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing

installation, according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions. Remove sharp

projections.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. All exposed decking shall be cleared of debris upon removal of existing roofing materials.

Sweep or vacuum all surfaces, removing dirt, debris, loose particles, and foreign substances

prior to commencement of roofing membrane system installation.

E. Concrete decks, curbs and walls:

1. Verify that substrate is sound and is visibly dry and free of moisture.

a. Verify that all concrete has cured for 28 days minimum.

b. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D4263.

1) Install one test every 500 sq. ft. of deck area and at least one test per deck area.

2) If moisture is present on the underside of the plastic sheet or the top of the

concrete slab do not proceed with membrane installation until the concrete is re-

tested and the test shows it to be dry.

2. Remove concrete fins and projections, concrete splatter, and other irregularities which

would prevent monolithic, continuous application of roofing.

3. Properly patch substrate defects (such as voids, form tie holes, honeycombing, and cracks)

with latex-modified concrete or another material acceptable to roofing-system

manufacturer and Architect/Engineer.

4. Remove grease, oil, asphalt solids, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and

other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.

5. Upon removal of the existing roofing materials at the upper and lower PSB roof areas and

following installation of the new temporary roofing membrane, conduct an elevation

survey to identify locations of depressed surfaces away from roof drains for possible

modifications to provide a level substrate.

F. Masonry walls:


G. Remove all old previous roofing materials including mastics and membranes above the

temporary roofing at locations where new roofing membrane materials will be installed.

H. Close off roof drains and other penetrations to prevent materials from entering and clogging

drains and conductors, and from spilling or migrating onto adjacent surfaces. Remove roof drain

plugs and ensure that drains are operational when no work is taking place or when precipitation

is forecast.

I. Seal all openings through deck and around penetrations to prevent airflow from the interior into

the roofing system.

J. Installer and roofing-system manufacturer’s technical representative shall examine substrate to

ensure that it is properly prepared and ready to receive roofing system. Roofing system

manufacturer’s technical representative shall report in writing to Installer and Architect

conditions that will adversely affect roofing-system installation or performance.

K. Do not proceed with roofing Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and reviewed

by Architect.

L. Commencing roofing Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Install roofing membrane and base flashings according to the more restrictive requirements of

the Drawings and Specifications or the roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by roofing system

manufacturer, Material Safety Data Sheets, and local, state, and federal rules and regulations.

1. Follow safety procedures of OSHA and other applicable governing agencies. Assume

responsibility for Work area safety at all times.

C. Torch safety

1. Install continuous, glass-fiber, base sheet over combustible substrates.

2. Install metal flashings at penetrations, or protect with tight-fitting felt collar before

torching. Ensure that hidden cavity insulations are properly protected with a fire barrier

prior to torching.

3. Maintain fully-charged fire extinguishers, appropriately sized and rated, within 50 feet of

torch work locations.

4. Only NRCA CERTA trained employees should operate torches.

5. Torches to have safety lever (pilot only or self-igniting). Do not use full-time torches.

6. Do not directly torch or preheat any combustible substrate. Instead back torch or “torch

and flop” the membrane or flashings.

7. Walk job every day for at least two hours after all torches are out to perform a fire watch

D. Coordinate installing roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing

membrane system are not permanently exposed, subject to precipitation, left uncovered at the

end of the workday or when precipitation is forecast.

1. Provide watertight tie-off at end of each day’s work to cover exposed roofing membrane

sheets and insulation to prevent water from flowing under roofing system.

2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water

from entering completed section of the roofing system.

3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

E. Minimize foot traffic and equipment movement over base plies prior to installation of

membrane top ply/cap sheet. Avoid or minimize work on or in the vicinity of completed new

roofing.

F. Cooperate with Architect in performing inspections and testing of roofing system.

3.4 INSTALLING NAILERS AND BLOCKING

A. Install wood nailers and blocking at required locations according to the quality standards and

manufacturer’s requirements including intermittent blocking on roof slopes to enhance

insulation application.

B. Nailers and blocking shall be anchored together, and to their respective substrates, using non-

corrosive fasteners according to the location spacing and embedment requirements of quality

standards; include fasteners within 6 inches of each end.

C. Height of nailers and blocking shall match height of adjacent insulation or as indicated on the

Drawings.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Wood blocking for roof hatches and equipment curbs shall be level to allow installation of new

equipment.

E. For installation of wood blocking anchored to pre-stress concrete sections, tensioning strands

must be located before drilling into concrete to avoid damage to tendons or reinforcing steel.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF SUBSTRATE BOARD

A. Substrate boards shall be installed at all locations of metal decking to allow for installation of

temporary roofing / vapor retarder.

B. Install substrate board over cleaned metal decking with fasteners through the top of the flutes

only.

1. Placement of fasteners and insulation plates shall comply with the membrane

manufacturer’s requirements for the specified wind uplift resistance.

a. Install substrate boards with the long ends as close as practical to the center of a flange

in the steel deck, with a minimum bearing of 1 inch. Trim boards that extend past the

center line of the steel deck flange.

2. Edges of substrate board parallel to flute orientation shall rest on top of flutes for support

and shall have not more than 1/16 inch offset between adjacent boards.

3. Cut and fit boards within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

4. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners,

perimeter, and field of roof according to roofing system manufacturers' written

instructions.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY ROOFING / VAPOR RETARDER

A. Unroll membrane and allow to flatten out before application.

B. Prime substrates as required by manufacturer.

C. Starting at the low point, install temporary roofing / vapor retarder sheet in shingle fashion. Lay

sheets without wrinkles, buckles, or kinks, so the finished membrane is free of pockets and

blisters. Install with 3 inch side laps and 6 inch end laps.

D. Turn temporary roofing / vapor retarder sheet up at edge details, terminations, and penetrations

a minimum of 2 inches above surface of deck, the height of the thermal insulation layers, or as

indicated on the Drawings (whichever is greater). Seal all terminations with asphalt roofing

cement (unless shown sealing with PMMA resin-fleece-resin system on Drawings). Completely

seal temporary roofing at terminations and penetrations to prevent water leaks into the building.

3.7 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND COVER BOARD

A. Install insulation to achieve the minimum thicknesses and slopes indicated.

B. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints

staggered between rows. Tightly butt insulation boards together.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Install in layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer

a minimum of 6 inches in each direction.

a. All layers to be adhered with adhesive.

b. Apply ribbons of bead-applied adhesive at coverage rate specified by the

manufacturer to achieve the project uplift rating. Allow adhesive to rise or set up

according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

c. Set the boards in place, apply pressure to the boards to spread the adhesive beads for

maximum contact. Maintain pressure on the boards until the adhesive cures.

2. Use longest appropriate boards. Use of multiple smaller boards when a single board will

fit shall not be permitted.

3. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

4. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation.

5. At roof drains, trim surface of insulation where necessary so completed surface is flush and

does not restrict flow of water.

6. At identified locations of low area in the surface of the upper and lower PSB roofs, install

tapered insulation sections for the first layer to match the height of adjacent base layer of

insulation beyond the low area.

7. At locations where metal decking has substrate board and is raised 1/2” above the adjacent

concrete deck (Lower PSB Roof), install first layer of insulation at 1/2” less that base layer

surrounding the metal decking to make adjacent surfaces level with each other.

C. Adhered Cover Boards: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous

straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset cover board joints a minimum of

6 inches in each direction and also from insulation board joints. Tightly butt boards together.

1. Use longest appropriate boards. Use of multiple smaller boards when a single board will

fit shall not be permitted.

2. Cut and fit cover board within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

3. At roof drains, trim surface of cover board where necessary so completed surface is flush

and does not restrict flow of water.

4. Apply ribbons of bead-applied adhesive at coverage rate specified by the manufacturer to

achieve the project uplift rating. Allow adhesive to rise or set up according to the

manufacturer’s recommendations.

5. Set the boards in place, apply pressure to the boards to spread the adhesive beads for

maximum contact. Maintain pressure on the boards until the adhesive cures.

3.8 INSTALLATION OF TORCH-APPLIED MEMBRANE

A. General

1. Unroll membrane and allow to flatten out before application.

2. Install the base ply and cap sheet all in the same day. Phasing is not permitted, unless prior

approval is given by Architect to allow a later installation of cap sheet only.

3. Starting at low point of roofing system, install the base ply and cap sheet in shingle fashion

with laps installed so that side and end laps shed water.

a. Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform

side and end laps.

b. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. Repair tears and voids in laps and

lapped seams not completely sealed.

B. Bottom Ply - Torch Applied

1. Prime the cover board according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. Torch apply the base ply to the primed cover board. Install with 4 inch minimum side and

end laps. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. Stagger joints in base ply and flashing

sheet a minimum of 12 inches.

3. At end laps, cut “dog ear” angles from underlying sheet at the finish edge and the

overlapping selvage edges. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. Using a clean trowel,

apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following sheet application.

4. Do not apply heat directly to substrate.

5. The membrane ply sheets must be installed by running the sheet in its long dimension, row

by row by row.

6. Heat welding of the membrane lap is to be performed by re-rolling each sheet and pulling

each roll down the line.

7. Vigorous hand or motorized roller pressure is applied to the heat welded side lap area to

ensure watertight integrity. Application shall provide a smooth surface, free of air pockets,

wrinkles, fishmouths, or tears.

8. Seal all laps by running a hot trowel along the edge of the seam.

9. Run base ply tight up against any vertical surfaces such as curbs, parapets, and vents.

C. Top Ply - Torch Applied

1. Once the base ply has been completed and does not show any defects, install the top ply.

2. Unroll top ply starting from the low point of the roof to run parallel to the run of the base

ply with seams of the top ply centered on the sheets of the base ply. Care must be taken to

ensure good alignment of the first roll (parallel with the edge of the roof). At end laps, cut

“dog ear” angles from underlying sheet at the finish edge and the overlapping selvage

edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following

sheet application.

a. First piece must have granules embedded 4 inches wide along the full length of laps.

3. Torch weld top ply, in accordance with recommendations of Soprema, onto the base ply

membrane.

a. During this application, simultaneously melt both surfaces, forming an asphalt bead

that pushes out in front of the top sheet.

b. Do not burn the membrane and its respective reinforcements.

c. Stagger side lap seams between top ply 12 to 18 inches from the side lap seams of the

bottom ply.

d. Top ply shall have side laps of 3 inches and end laps of 6 inches. Stagger end laps a

minimum of 3 feet. Prior to installation of the following ply, embed surface granules

on laps by torch heating the membrane surface and pressing the granules into the

melted asphalt with a hot trowel.

e. Ensure the two membranes are perfectly welded, without air pockets, wrinkles,

fishmouths, or tears.

f. After installation of the top ply, check all lap seams on the top ply using the edge of a

hot trowel. Correct any defects.

g. During installation, avoid asphalt seepage greater than 1/4 inch at seams. Cover any

asphalt seepage beyond this with a sprinkling of loose granules; color to match

membrane.

4. At the canopy roof only, roofing membrane system is to be comprised of substrate board,

insulation and cover board indicated above, and a base ply of modified bitumen membrane.

The modified bitumen base ply is to be completely covered by liquid applied membrane

system listed in this specification section and as indicated on the drawings.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.9 INSTALLATION OF MEMBRANE FLASHING

A. Prime all vertical surfaces at a rate recommended by the membrane manufacturer and allow to

dry completely.

B. Torch apply base sheet to vertical substrate and field base ply. Torch apply cap sheet to vertical

substrate and field cap sheet. Weave membrane flashing plies and membrane plies as shown on

drawings.

1. Extend base flashing up walls and curbs a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane

and 4 inches onto field of roofing membrane.

2. Base flashing height shall not be less than 8 inches nor more than 24 inches above finish

roof surface unless indicated on drawings or approved in writing by membrane

manufacturer and Architect.

3. Extend base ply and top membrane layers out past toe of cant onto flat roof surface a

minimum of 4 inches and 8 inches, respectively, and provide side laps of 4 inches

minimum. Stagger joints in base ply and top layer a minimum of 12 inches.

4. Secure flashing membranes to wall with a termination bar and fasteners of 8 inches on

center. Seal all termination bars and top edges of flashing with fabric and mastic or plastic

roofing cement.

5. Degranulate all cap sheet lap areas per manufacturer’s requirements to enhance bond to

base sheet at lap areas.

3.10 ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, VENTS, AND CURBS

A. Refer to Paragraph 3.9 above for general base flashing installation requirements and the

following additional procedures.

1. Install level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in alignment,

excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks.

2. Fit to substrate and anchor securely in place. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other

miscellaneous items as required.

3. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,

protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by

other permanent separation recommended by roof accessory manufacturer.

a. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum and stainless-steel roof accessories with

bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious

construction.

b. Where installing exposed-to-view components of roof accessories directly on

cementitious or wood substrates, install felt underlayment covered with slip sheet, or

install polyethylene underlayment.

c. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory

manufacturer for waterproof performance.

4. Seal joints in roof accessories with sealant recommended in writing by roof accessory

manufacturer.

5. Flash into roofing system as recommended by roofing system manufacturer’s written

instructions.

B. Prime all vertical surfaces at a rate recommended by the membrane manufacturer and allow to

dry completely.

C. At wood curbs for equipment, area dividers and expansion joint assemblies, extend base ply of

flashing membrane to top of curb and secure with nails to blocking.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Extend cap flashing membrane sheet up vertical surface of curb and terminate at top edge.

E. For curbs where integral sheet metal flashing is used but not attached to face of curb, install

termination bar through cap sheet as shown on Drawings with fasteners at 8 inches on center.

F. Apply high temperature self-adhering membrane underlayment at top of curbs, lapping roofing

membrane 3 inches minimum.

G. Roof Hatch Installation:

1. Check for proper operation. Adjust operating mechanism as required. Clean and lubricate

joints and hardware.

2. Attach safety railing system to roof hatch curb.

3. Attach ladder safety post according to ladder manufacturer’s written instructions.

3.11 INSTALLATION OF LIQUID APPLIED MEMBRANE FLASHING

A. All surfaces to receive liquid applied membrane flashing materials shall be properly cleaned

and prepared as per the recommendations and procedures of the membrane manufacturer. This

includes the removal of dirt, dust, corrosion and other materials that would adversely affect the

bond of the membrane to the substrate.

B. Mix and apply primer for liquid resin flashing system in accordance with the manufacturer’s

written instructions.

1. Pour the resin into a clean container and stir it for the time period specified by the

Manufacturer. Do not aerate.

2. Calculate the amount of catalyst needed using the Manufacturer’s guidelines.

3. Add the catalyst to the resin and mix for the time period specified by the Manufacturer. Do

not aerate. Mix evenly until the resin is free from swirls.

C. For locations of steel components to receive liquid applied flashing membrane materials, extend

the application of materials onto the horizontal a minimum of 8 inches from the web of the steel

member.

D. Using masking tape, mask the perimeter of the area to receive the liquid resin flashing system.

Apply primer to substrates requiring additional preparation and allow primer to set. All

applications are to have neat, clean and uniform edges for appearances.

E. Pre-cut fleece to ensure proper fit at transitions and corners prior to membrane application.

F. Pretreat cracks and joints.

1. Clean cracks and joints and treat with the appropriate primer.

2. Fill cracks and joints using the specified preparation paste.

3. After paste has cured, apply 4 inch wide strip of reinforced resin flashing centered over

crack or joint.

G. Using a roller, apply an even base coat of flashing resin at the minimum rate specified by the

manufacture to prepared surfaces.

1. Do not allow resin to pool.

2. Allow primer to fully cure before resin application.

3. Work the fleece into the wet, catalyzed resin using a brush or roller to fully embed the

fleece and removed trapped air. Lap fleece layers a minimum of 2 inches. Apply an addition

coat of catalyzed resin between layers of overlapping fleece.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Using a roller, apply an even top coat of catalyzed flashing at the minimum rate specified

by the manufacturer. Extend the top coat 1/2 inch beyond the fleece.

H. Remove the tape before the catalyzed resin sets.

3.12 ROOF DRAINS

A. Remove and replace the existing drains with drain bowl edges set to height of structural deck

to accept temporary roofing / vapor retarder. Install extension and set edges set to elevation of

new insulation and cover board for smooth transition. Refer to information on drawings MP101

and MP102.

B. Provide a smooth transition from drain bowl to deck surface. Taper insulation back from drain

a minimum of 24 inches to provide positive drainage. Prime all metal surfaces. Using a trowel,

set a 6 inch wide layer of mastic around the drain bowl edge as water cut off.

C. Install base ply membranes with lap centered on bowl and as noted above to provide a tight seal

at drain. Install a full, primed 30 inch square sheet of 4 lb. lead flashing set in mastic.

D. Install reinforcing sheet of base ply material 3 feet square, centered on drain. Extend membrane

one inch beyond inside edge of drain bowl and temporarily secure with clamping ring. Neatly

trim lead and base ply within drain trim and remove excess.

E. Install mineral -surfaced top ply as noted above. Extend membrane on inch beyond inside edge

of drain bowl. Position membrane to avoid occurrence of any seams at drains. Seal off drain by

running a hot trowel along the edge and firmly pressing against the rim. Stripping plies shall

extend 8 inches beyond edge of lead flashing.

F. Install fabric reinforced liquid flashing system over a 4 foot by 4 foot area centered on the drain

per Paragraph 3.11 above.

G. Clamp collar to drain in bed of specified elastomeric mastic. Install bolts and clamps.

H. Test all drains for proper flow and watertightness

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered,

extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each

test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced storm drainage

piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed

before it was tested.

3. Test Procedure: Test storm drainage piping on completion of roughing-in. Close openings

in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of

water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts until completion of inspection,

water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.

4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until

satisfactory results are obtained.

5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.13 INSTALLATION OF ANCILLARY COMPONENTS

A. Walkway pads

1. Walkway pads shall be installed in cold adhesive over roof surface at locations where

indicated on Drawings.

2. Walkway pads shall be installed in 5 foot lengths maximum with 6 inch spacing between

sections to allow for water flow.

3. All edges shall be cut true and uniform in appearance.

4. Allow walkway pad to relax until flat, prior to installation.

3.14 INSTALLATION OF PREFORMED SILICONE SEALS

A. General: Comply with seal manufacturer’s written installation instructions for products and

applications indicated, based on mock-ups and preconstruction testing.

B. Apply bead of silicone sealant to each side of joint, at least 3/8 inch wide and 1/4 inch inside

masking tape.

C. Within ten minutes of sealant application, press silicone seal into sealant to wet extrusion and

substrate. Use roller that approximately matches width of preformed seal to apply consistent

pressure and ensure uniform contact between sealant and both seal and substrate.

D. Complete installation of seal system in horizontal joints before installing in vertical joints. Lap

vertical joints over horizontal joints. At vertical joints, lap upper seal over lower seal. At ends

of joint, cut seal with razor knife.

E. Apply cap bead of silicone sealant at top and exterior side edge of preformed seal.

3.15 ROOF SCUTTLE AND ROOF EDGE SAFETY RAILING

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and requirements for code

compliant installation at locations indicated on the Drawings.


A. The Architect will provide periodic onsite observation during installation. A punch list of items

required for completion will be compiled by the Architect.

B. The roofing manufacturer will provide qualified technical personnel for onsite observation and

instruction full time at beginning of membrane installation to establish project standard and

thereafter as requested by the Architect or Installer. Submit a written field report to the Architect

for each site visit within seven days of site visit and for the final/warranty walkthrough.

3.17 CLEANING

A. Carefully inspect all completed work with a manufacturer’s technical representative and correct

all defects.

B. After completion of the Work

1. Remove from the job site and legally dispose of all debris.

2. Repair damage and clean stains caused by the work.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Remove all equipment and supplies.

3.18 ROOFING INSTALLER’S WARRANTY

A. WHEREAS _______________________________ of ___________________________,

herein called the “Roofing Installer,” has performed roofing and associated work (“work”) on

the following project:

1. Owner:

2. Address:

3. Building Name/Type:

4. Address:

5. Area of Work:

6. Acceptance Date:

7. Warranty Period: Two (2) years

8. Expiration Date:

B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as

a sub-Installer) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and

workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein

set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be

made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and

defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.

D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the

building, and to building contents, caused by:

a. Lightning;

b. Peak gust wind speed exceeding 145 mph.

c. Fire;

d. Failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive

deflection, deterioration, and decomposition;

e. Faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment

supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work;

f. Vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and

g. Activity on roofing by others, including construction Installers, maintenance

personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.

2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void

until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof

have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.

3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not

liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or

faults or defects of work.

4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing

Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations,

attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become

null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work

covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations,

Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said

work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a

limitation or termination of this Warranty.

5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was

not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin,

or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become

null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered

by this Warranty.

6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks,

defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to

inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.

7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and

shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully

available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate

to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to

requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract

directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner’s General Installer.

E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this ___________ day of

___________________, ________________.

1. Authorized Signature: _______________________________________.

2. Name: ______________________________________.

3. Title: _______________________________________.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Thermoplastic Polyvinyl (PVC) Roofing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 07 54 19

THERMOPLASTIC POLYVINYLCHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment, and perform all Work necessary for and

incidental to designing, fabricating, and installing a fully adhered thermoplastic

polyvinylchloride (PVC) roofing membrane system, including adhesives, fasteners, termination

accessories, flashings, substrate board, self-adhering vapor retarder/temporary roofing, thermal

insulation, cover board, and all related materials or components as shown on the Drawings (in

lieu of the Basis of Design modified bitumen membrane roofing) and specified herein to provide

a complete and watertight assembly; in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, the

performance requirements specified herein, and completely coordinated with the Work of all

other trades.

B. Work to include application of components for upper roof level as indicated on the Drawings.

C. The initial work includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing

2. Cover board and substrate board

3. Roofing membrane

4. Membrane flashings

5. PVC coated metal trim and flashings

6. Sealants and adhesives

7. Walkway pads

8. Related Components and accessories

9. Walkway pads

10. New roof hatches

11. Non-penetrating pipe / equipment supports

D. Locations

1. Upper PSB roof and penthouse roof, also low roof to north side

2. Lower PSB roof and penthouse roof

3. Harris Hall roof and penthouse roof

4. Link roof from Harris Hall

5. Canopy roof adjacent to Harris Hall

E. General System Description of Upper Roof

1. Fully adhered 60 mil PVC membrane and flashing system.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 and NRCA “The NRCA Roofing Manual” for

definitions of terms related to roofing work not otherwise defined in this Section.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Dade County PA 117, Appendix ‘B’ - Dynamic Pull-Through Performance of Roofing

Membranes Over Fastener Heads or Fasteners with Metal Bearing Plates.

C. Uplift Pressure: The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures in ASCE/SEI 7-10 and

as noted on the drawings.

D. Roofing System: Includes but is not limited to the substrate board mechanically attached at

locations of metal decking, self-adhering vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing,

accessories, flat and tapered thermal insulation, cover boards, adhesives, roofing membrane and

base flashings, preformed flashing components, PVC coated sheet metal, related termination

accessories, and fasteners.


A. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim


A. General: Install watertight, thermoplastic single-ply membrane roofing assembly as indicated

with flashing system and compatible components that will not permit the passage of liquid water

and will withstand wind loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without

failure.

B. Roofing System Design

1. Provide membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully

tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure calculated

according to 2014 Oregon Structural Specialty Code and ASCE/SEI 7-10. Wind loading is

based on the following for Eugene, Oregon.

2. Provide roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by

qualified testing agency to resist unfactored service wind uplift pressure calculated

according to the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7-10) with a factor of safety

of 2.0.

a. Field-of-Roof Uplift Pressure: 19.0 pounds per square foot.

b. Perimeter Uplift Pressure: 31.9 pounds per square foot.

c. Corner Uplift Pressure: 48.0 pounds per square foot.

C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Listed Products: Provide materials that have been tested and

listed by UL, and bear UL label on each package, or are shipped to the project with a UL

Certification of Compliance. A copy of said UL certificates shall be submitted to the Owner for

each noted shipment received at the site.

D. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide roofing system with materials and components that

meet or exceed UL Class A requirements.

E. Performance Responsibility: This is a performance specification and the Contractor shall be

responsible for complete design and engineering required, provided by the roofing membrane

manufacturer, to meet specified performance requirements within physical and aesthetic

requirements established by the Contract Documents.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00, submit a complete listing of all

manufacturers, products, model numbers, and designs proposed for use in the Work of this

Section.

B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system at all roof areas. Include project specific fully detailed and

dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to and relationships with other

work. Roofing system manufacturer’s literature, including written instructions for evaluating,

preparing, and treating substrate; technical data, including tested physical and performance

properties; and application instructions.

1. Provide for vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing; roofing membrane; base flashing

materials, primers, adhesives, sealant, and fasteners.

2. Include temperature ranges for storage and application of materials and special weather

application requirements or limitations.

3. Membrane material courses, laps, and terminations; distinguish between field, perimeter,

and corner attachment requirements.

4. Submit for each metal and membrane flashing item showing interface and relationship to

adjacent materials, layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details.

5. Include details for conditions not indicated, but anticipated due to work by others

penetrating, attaching to, bearing on, or otherwise interfacing with the roofing membrane

or associated flashings.

C. Samples for Verification for the Following Products:

1. 12 by 12 inch square, Sheet Roofing, of color specified, including T-shaped side and end

lap seam (two sets).

2. 12 by 12 inch square, Coated Metal Flashings, (two sets).

3. 12 inch long section of Prefabricated Perimeter Edge System and related components (two

sets of each assembly).

4. 12 by 12 inch square cover boards (two sets).

5. 12 inch length of termination bars, accessories, roofing membrane (two sets).

6. 12 by 12 inch square insulation board.

7. Miscellaneous fasteners and accessories (two sets of each type).

D. Installer Certificate (submit with Bid):

1. Signed by roofing system manufacturer, certifying that Roofing Installer is trained and

certified to install specified roofing system and that their installation will qualify for the

specified membrane system warranty.

2. Submit evidence that Installer’s existing company has minimum of five years continuous

experience in application of specified materials. Submit list of at least five completed

projects of similar scope and size, including:

a. Project name.

b. Owner’s name.

c. Architect’s name, address, and telephone number.

d. Description of work.

e. Thermoplastic materials used.

f. Project supervisor.

g. Total cost of roofing work and total cost of project.

h. Completion date



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

E. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system

complies with requirements specified in “Performance Requirements” Article and herein.

1. Written approval by membrane manufacturer for use and performance of membrane in this

application, including that materials supplied for project comply with requirements of cited

ASTM standards and Project Documents. Approval should also indicate materials are

suitable for ASTM E108, Class 1A roof and meet specified wind uplift design pressures.

2. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements including relevant

assembly numbers.

3. Certify that materials are free of asbestos.

4. Manufacturer’s Project Acceptance Document: Submit certification that manufacturer and

installer will warrant roofing system for the specific site, design, details, and application

indicated for this Project.

F. Sample Warranty: Copy of roofing system manufacturer’s warranty, stating obligations,

remedies, limitations, and exclusions. Submitted with bid.

G. Following completion of Work, submit roofing system manufacturer’s inspection report of

completed roofing installation and completed warranty; submit Installer’s completed warranty.

H. Installer’s Qualifications: Submit data for firm and principal personnel specified in the “Quality

Assurance” Section below to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of

projects completed within the previous ten years, similar in scope of this Project, with project

names and addresses, names and addresses of owners and architects, and data describing the

work performed on the project.

I. Maintenance Instructions: For inclusion in operation and maintenance manual required by

Division 1, submit manufacturer’s instructions for maintenance of installed work, including

methods and frequency for maintaining optimum condition under anticipated use. Include

precautions against cleaning materials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and

performance. Include name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer’s nearest

authorized service representative.

J. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer

and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of membrane roofing system.

K. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system, from the ICC-ES.

L. Field quality-control reports from the manufacturer’s technical representative or other outside

testing agencies. Written reports submitted with five days of inspection or testing.

M. Inspection Reports: Copy of roofing system manufacturer’s inspection reports of interim and

completed roofing installation. Written reports submitted within five days of inspection.


A. Deliver materials to Site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with roofing system


directions for storing and mixing with other components.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Keep materials dry and do not allow materials to be exposed to moisture during transportation,

storage, handling, or installation. Reject and remove from Site new materials that exhibit

evidence of moisture during application or that have been exposed to moisture.

C. Store materials in original, undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised

platforms with weather-protective coverings, within temperature range required by roofing

system manufacturer. Use plastic tarps for protection of moisture-sensitive roofing materials.

Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Roofing system manufacturer’s standard

packaging and covering is not considered adequate weather protection.

D. Store rolled materials on ends only, unless otherwise required by roofing system manufacturer’s

written instructions. Discard rolls that have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged.

E. Do not store materials at locations where new roofing materials have been installed.

F. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading of structure at time materials are stored and

to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

G. Handle materials to avoid damage.

H. Conspicuously mark wet or damaged materials and promptly remove from Site.

I. Remove and replace materials that cannot be applied within stated shelf life.


A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by membrane

roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer’s product.

B. Source Quality Control

1. Manufacturer’s Products: Obtain roofing materials from only one manufacturer. Provide

materials that are not available from the manufacturer from sources that are recommended

and approved by the manufacturer.

2. Materials shall be obtained only from manufacturers who will, if required, send a qualified

technical representative to the project site for the purpose of advising the Contractor on the

procedures and precautions for use of the specified materials.

C. Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of

service and application required, as demonstrated by manufacturer-based testing and field

experience.

D. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E108, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated,

as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency.

Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

E. Installer Qualifications

1. Experience

a. Installer shall be experienced in performing roofing and flashing work, and shall have

specialized in installing thermoplastic single-ply membrane roofing similar to that

required for this Project.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

b. Installer shall have completed at least one installation of not less than 10,000 square

feet using same roofing system products within one year of original date of this

specification.

2. Acceptance: Installer shall be acceptable, approved, or certified by the membrane

manufacturer.

F. Supervision: Installer shall maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman for each major area of work,

who is on job site during times that roofing work is in progress, who is experienced in installing

roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project, and is not performing actual

installation work.

G. Manufacturer Training: Technical representatives of the membrane manufacturer shall train the

installer’s installation personnel (supervisor and installers), at the Project, and shall cover the

following:

1. Proper installation of the products, materials, and components, including review of general

roofing instructions as well as instructions for this specific Project.

2. Work that will be necessary for conditions that will be concealed within the roofing

membrane assembly or other construction.

3. Proper sequence of application of the system components.

4. Situations that require special attention or care during application.

5. Situations and conditions that should be avoided.

6. Other topics relevant to installation on this Project.

H. Manufacturer’s Technical Representative Qualifications: Direct employee of technical services

department of manufacturer with minimum of five years’ experience in providing

recommendations, observations, evaluations, and problem diagnostics. Sales representatives are

not acceptable.

I. Quality Standards

1. Cited Standards and specified manufacturers’ catalogs, current at the date of bidding

documents, unless otherwise specified, are incorporated herein by reference and govern the

work. If conflict is discovered between referenced Standards or catalogs and the project

specifications, request written clarification from the Owner and Architect/Engineer. Do not

proceed with the work until receiving clarification.

2. Comply with recommendations of the latest edition of the following standards:

a. SMACNA -”Architectural Sheet Metal Manual”

b. NRCA “The NRCA Roofing Manual”

c. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

d. American Standard Testing and Materials (ASTM)

J. Pre-installation Conference: Before installing roofing system, conduct conference at Project site

to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section - Project Meetings.

1. Meet with Owner, Installer, manufacturer’s technical representative, and installers whose

work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and other

adjoining work, and representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance

of roofing work.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer’s

written instructions.

3. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, mechanical

equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Review requirements for inspections, testing, certifications, forecasted weather conditions,

governing regulations, insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures.

5. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements,

including flatness and attachment to structure.

6. Review loading limitations of deck during and after roofing.

7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certifications, and

inspection and testing, if applicable.

8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation,

9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.

10. Review field constructed mock-ups.

11. Record discussions of conference, including decisions and agreements (or disagreements)

reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. If substantial disagreements

exist at conclusion of conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and set

date for reconvening conference.

1.8 WORK SEQUENCING

A. Install only as much insulation as can be completely roofed by the end of each workday.

B. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roof sections.

Take care to protect interior of building and to ensure water does not flow beneath completed

sections of membrane.


A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather

conditions will permit roofing to be installed in accordance with manufacturers’

recommendations, warranty requirements, and the Contract Documents.

B. Apply roofing products in dry weather conditions.

C. Do not expose roof products and components to inclement weather or when it is predicted

30 percent or more possibility for inclement weather.

D. When ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F, expose only enough sensitive cements,

sealants, and adhesives as required for use within a four hour period.

E. Do not expose roofing membrane and accessories to constant temperature in excess of

180 degrees F.

F. Protection: Provide special protection provisions for personnel traffic, and avoid traffic on

completed areas of membrane installation.

G. Emergency Provisions: Maintain on site equipment necessary to apply emergency temporary

edge seal in event of sudden rain storms or inclement weather.

H. The Applicator is cautioned that PVC membranes are incompatible with asphalt, coal-tar,

polystyrene, oil-based and plastic-based cements, creosote, penta-based materials, grease, fats,

oils, and solvents. Such materials shall not come in contact with the roofing membrane at any

time. If such contact occurs, the material shall be cut out, discarded, and patched.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1.10 PROTECTION

A. Temporary tie-offs and water cut-offs shall be provided at the end of each day, and where and

when a danger exists that water caused by precipitation may get under the new roofing

membrane. Tie-offs or cut-offs shall extend beyond new insulation and membrane, and be

adhered to the existing roof system. All temporary tie-offs and water cut-offs shall be removed

prior to proceeding with the work by uncovering the edge of the insulation and removing all

temporary materials.

B. At completion of the project, water test and verify that all drain lines are unblocked. If any drain

line blockages are found, Contractor is responsible for all costs to unblock these drain lines.

C. Avoid heavy traffic on completed work.

D. Protect existing adjacent lower roof construction.

E. Restore to original condition or replace all work and materials damaged by roofing operations.

F. Protect paving and building surfaces adjacent to hoists and other roofing equipment.

G. Remove protection upon completion of roofing work.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer’s Roofing System Warranty

1. Written system warranty, non-prorated and without monetary limitation, signed by roofing

system manufacturer, including:

a. Repair or replace components of roofing system that do not comply with

requirements; that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general

durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing

system manufacturer’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

b. Manufacturer’s warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing

membrane accessories, and other components of the roofing system as supplied by the


c. Failure includes roof leaks and defects that do not result in roof leaks such as blisters,

partial seam voids, and wrinkles.

d. Labor and materials to perform warranty work.

2. Warranty to include no failure for wind speed up to 55 mph.

3. Warranty Period: Twenty years from date of completion of roofing system.

B. Roofing Installer’s Warranty

1. Completed warranty form at end of Section, signed by Roofing Installer.

a. Repair or replace components of roofing system that do not comply with

requirements; that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general

durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing

system manufacturer’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

Warranty includes defects such as blisters, partial seam voids, and wrinkles.

b. Removal and replacement of all other components of roofing system. Warranty

includes replacing materials as necessary.

c. Labor and materials to perform warranty work.

2. Warranty to include no failure for wind speed up to 55 mph.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Warranty Period: Two years from date of completion of roofing.

1.12 CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. In the event of discrepancies within the Drawings, with the Specifications, or between the

Drawings and Specifications, the more stringent of the two items shown or described shall be

considered to be shown or specified at all locations where the discrepancies occur. The Owner

shall be notified of such discrepancies.

B. When a substitute or alternate is requested by the Contractor, and such substitute or alternate is

accepted by the Owner, the Contractor shall bear all additional costs that may arise directly or

indirectly from the use of the substitute or alternate.

1.13 MOCK-UP

A. Before proceeding with installation of the roof system, and after approval of submittals and shop

drawings, prepare mock-ups of the work as required in construction documents. Incorporate

materials and methods of substrate preparations, installation, and fabrication that are identical

with project requirements. If accepted by Architect/Engineer, mock-up may be incorporated as

part of the completed roof system.

B. Membrane Mock-up: At the startup of membrane application, a mock-up area shall be selected

by the Owner and Architect/Engineer and will incorporate but is not limited to substrate

preparation, vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing, cover board, fasteners, membrane

application, base of wall flashings, and sheet metal counterflashing. The quality of work in the

mock-up area must be accepted by Owner, materials manufacturers’ technical representatives,

and Architect/Engineer, and shall qualify as the standard of work for the project. If undamaged,

the approved mock-up may be incorporated into the Work. The mock-up area shall be 10 feet

by 10 feet minimum and include membrane adhesion and fastener pull-out testing.

C. Curb Edge to Gutter Transition: Prior to commencement of membrane application, a mock-up

area shall be selected by the Owner and Architect/Engineer and will incorporate substrate

preparation, transitions, gutter, and flashings. The quality of the work in the mock-up area must

be accepted by the Owner, materials manufacturer, and Architect/Engineer, and shall qualify as

the standard of work for the project. If undamaged, the approved mock-up may be incorporated

into the Work. Water test drain assembly and adjacent membrane for water tightness.

1.14 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance Service

1. Beginning at substantial completion, installer shall provide twelve months full

maintenance service by skilled, competent technicians of the Installer. Include repair or

replacement of defective components. Use products and materials as used in the installation

of original roofing system.

2. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working

hours, with not less than 24 hours’ notice to Owner.

3. Include 24 hour per day, 7 days per week emergency callback service within two hours or

less.

4. If requested by the Owner, provide a continuing maintenance proposal, in the form of a

standard maintenance agreement, starting on date construction contract maintenance



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

requirements are concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for

agreement period and for future renewal options.

B. Maintenance Kit: Furnish maintenance kit to Owner that includes products and materials to

make minor repairs.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING

A. PVC Sheet: ASTM D4434, Type II, Grade 1, fiberglass fabric reinforced, fully adhered.

1. Products-Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Sika Sarnafil Inc.; Sarnafil G410 (Basis of design)

b. Carlisle Syntec Systems

c. Johns Manville

d. Soprema

e. Approved equal

2. Thickness:

a. General: 60 mils.

3. Exposed Face Color: Light gray.

2.2 COVER BOARD

A. Cover Board

1. Fiberglass mat faced pre-primed gypsum roof board.

a. Thickness: 1/4 inch.

b. Width: 4 feet.

c. Length: 4 feet.

d. Weight: 1.2 psf.

e. Surfacing: Fiberglass mat with non-asphaltic coating.

f. Flexural strength, parallel (ASTM C473): 40 pound force, minimum.

g. Permeance (ASTM E96): Not more than 32 perms.

h. R-value (ASTM C518): Not less than 0.28.

i. Water absorption (ASTM C1177): Less than 10 percent of weight.

j. Compressive strength (applicable sections of ASTM C472): 500 to 900 pounds per

square inch.

k. Surface water absorption (ASTM C473): Not more than 2 grams.

l. Acceptable products:

1) DensDeck Prime, Georgia-Pacific Gypsum. (Basis of design)

2) Approved equal

2. Corrosion resistant screws and plates as required by manufacturer and roof system

manufacturer.

2.3 AUXILIARY MEMBRANE ROOFING MATERIALS

A. Include all additional enhancements required by manufacturer to achieve specified warranty.

B. General: Auxiliary membrane roofing materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer

for intended use, and compatible with membrane roofing.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having

jurisdiction.

2. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall comply

with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,

Subpart D (EPA Method 24):

a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.

b. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.

c. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.

d. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.

e. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.

f. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L.

g. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.

h. Non-membrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.

i. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.

j. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.

C. Sheet Flashing

1. General: Furnish flashings manufactured or provided by membrane manufacturer that will

be included under warranty.

a. Typical Roof Areas

1) Sarnafil G410, 60 mil reinforced membrane (Basis of design)

2) Approved equal

D. Primers: Primers for the membrane roofing shall be as recommended and supplied by the


E. Pre-Fabricated Penetration Flashings: Components pre-fabricated from same reinforced

thermoplastic material as roofing membrane, or as recommended by membrane sheet

manufacturer, including pipe flashing boots, corners, and T-joint covers.

F. Membrane Faced (Coated) Metal Flashings: Manufacturer’s standard heat weld able membrane

product fabricated of not less than 20 mils of same colored roofing membrane permanently

bonded to commercial quality steel sheet, not less than 24 gauge, that has been hot-dipped

galvanized according to ASTM A527, G90.

G. Bonding Adhesive: As required by membrane system manufacturer.

H. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer’s standard, predrilled stainless steel bars, approximately

1 inch by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick; with anchors pre-punched at 4 inches on center.

1. Sarnastop bars (Basis of design)

2. Flat bars meeting the above (for termination of the membrane on vertical surfaces)

3. Approved equal

I. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and corrosion-resistant metal plates, designed for

fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer.

1. Fasteners shall be as approved by for substrates encountered including laboratory uplift

resistance in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL580). Tests for uplift

resistance of roof assemblies.

2. Provide all mechanical fasteners and related items such as washers and plates, galvanized

after fabrication and coated with two coats of corrosion-resistant coating.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Where “toggle bolts” are to be used, provide manufacturer’s recommended locking device

to prevent “wings” from backing off after installation.

J. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings,

preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination

reglets, and other accessories including but not limited to:

1. Sarnasolv (Basis of design)

2. Sikaflex - 1a (Basis of design)

3. Sarnareglet (Basis of design)

4. Multi-purpose tape (Basis of design)

5. Aluminum tape (Basis of design)

6. Elastomeric tape (Basis of design)

7. Approved equal

K. Equipment: Hot Air Welding Equipment: Self-propelled machine suitable for type of hot air

welding required and calibrated prior to beginning work of this project.

1. Sanamatic (Basis of Design)

2. Approved equal

2.4 VAPOR RETARDER / AIR BARRIER / TEMPORARY ROOFING

A. Self-adhered SBS modified bitumen vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing membrane,

31 mils thick, with tri-laminated woven polyethylene facer that can accept approved urethane

adhesives for insulation attachment.

1. SA 31 (Basis of Design)

a. Primer as recommended and supplied by manufacturer.

2. Approved equal

2.5 THERMAL INSULATION

A. Provide roof insulation for the Project as produced by one of the specified manufacturers, or

equivalent as accepted by Architect/Engineer. Coordinate the roof insulation with the roofing

system specified and provide both roofing and insulation materials from the same manufacturer,

or other as approved by the roofing manufacturer.

B. Various manufacturers’ products specified in this Section are listed by “trade name only” for

simplicity. “R” values indicated are “aged” values in accordance with RIC/TIMA technical

bulletin 28 1 and ASHRAE Handbook Table 3 A when tested at 75 degrees F and in accordance

with NRCA/MRCA Joint Technical Bulletin regarding “in-place” R value of polyisocyanurate

insulation. Provide materials that conform to the following reference specifications.

1. Polyisocyanurate Foam Board Insulation for flat stock and tapered insulation: Material

shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D1621 for a minimum compressive strength

of 25 psi, and meet flame spread requirements of ASTM E84. ASTM C1289, Type II, Rigid

boards of minimum 2.0 pcf density polyisocyanurate based foam core, permanently

bonded to felt or glass-fiber mat facer. Provide in thickness and slope indicated, with an

LTTR R value of 5.56 per inch.

a. “Pyrox” by Apache Products

b. “ACFoam II” by Atlas

c. “ISO 300” by Firestone

d. “ENRGY 2” by Johns Manville

e. “Isotherm” by GAF



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

f. “Multi-Max FA” by RMax

2. General: Provide preformed insulation boards that comply with requirements and

referenced standards, selected from insulation manufacturer’s standard sizes and of

thicknesses indicated on Drawings.

a. Width: 4 feet

b. Length: 4 feet

2.6 WALKWAY PADS

A. Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads or rolls,

approximately 3/16 inch thick, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer.

1. Sarnatread (Basis of Design)

2. Light gray color

3. Approved equal

2.7 OTHER ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and

other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system and as recommended by

fabricator for sheet metal roofing.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular-threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and

bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.

1. General

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal roofing using plastic caps or

factory-applied coating.

b. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with

hex-washer head.

c. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless steel rivets suitable for metal

being fastened.

2. Non-corrosive metal, compatible with material being fastened or anchored. Spacing as

noted on Drawings.

3. Metal to Wood (Blocking): No. 4 Point, 12 - 24 by 2 inch, Phillips flat head stainless steel

or with an approved corrosion resistant coating.

4. Metal (concealed) to Wood: Galvanized steel nails, 11 gauge (minimum) ring shank nail

for securing other non-copper metal components.

5. Metal to Metal: Metal fasteners, No. 3 point, 10 - 16 by 3/4 inch (minimum length) stainless

steel or having an approved corrosion resistant coating and with an integral neoprene/steel

sealing washer.

6. Rivets: Solid rivets of same material as being connected.

7. Expansion Inserts: Lead or nylon.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SITE INSPECTION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer and roofing system manufacturer’s technical

representative for compliance with requirements and for other conditions affecting performance

of roofing system.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and that roof drain bodies are

securely clamped in place.

2. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test in accordance with

membrane manufacturer’s requirements.

a. Attain membrane manufacturer’s acceptable value or moisture reading.

B. Verify that areas to have new roofing membrane materials meet slope requirements. Notify the

Owner in writing if unsatisfactory conditions are encountered.

C. Test concrete substrate for excessive moisture by method recommended by roofing

manufacturers at start of each day’s work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not proceed

with roofing work when substrate is too wet. Keep records of moisture test.

D. Ensure that Work done by other trades is complete and ready to receive roofing system.

E. Notify Owner in writing of conditions that may adversely affect roofing system installation or

performance. Do not proceed with roofing system installation until these conditions have been

corrected and reviewed by the Owner.

3.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work to ensure that new roofing materials and building interior are kept

continuously dry and that continuous, watertight, new roofing system is provided. Coordinate:

1. With Owner.

2. With other trades to avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, installation in

progress and completed new roofing.

3. To avoid or minimize adverse effects on completed new roofing.

3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Clean and prepare existing bitumen on concrete substrate according to roofing system

manufacturer’s written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate.

B. Bitumen/Concrete substrate


2. Remove fins and projections, splatter, and other irregularities that would prevent

monolithic, continuous application of vapor retarder/air barrier/temporary roofing

membrane.

3. Properly patch substrate defects (such as voids, form tie holes, honeycombing, and cracks)

with latex-modified concrete or another material acceptable to roofing system

manufacturer and the Owner.

4. Thoroughly sweep substrate and clean with oil-free compressed air.

5. Fill gaps and voids between substrate materials that are wider than 1/4 inch with similar

materials as substrate.

C. Mask adjoining surfaces not receiving roofing system to prevent spillage or migration affecting

other construction.

D. Installer and roofing system manufacturer’s representative shall examine substrate to ensure that

it is properly prepared and ready to receive roofing system. Roofing system manufacturer’s

representative shall report in writing to Installer and Owner conditions that will adversely affect



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

roofing system installation or performance. Do not proceed with roofing system installation

until these conditions have been corrected and reviewed by the Owner.

E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencing

installation constitutes acceptance of work surfaces and conditions.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF SELF-ADHERING VAPOR RETARDER/AIR BARRIER/ TEMPORARY ROOFING

A. Install primer as required by membrane manufacturer.

B. Install self-adhering sheet membrane wrinkle free, on bitumen/concrete substrate. Apply primer

if required by membrane manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of membrane

manufacturer for installation. Apply over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end

laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less

than 4 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover membrane within 28 days.

C. All transitions, including but not limited to wood blocking and fall arrest stanchions, shall be

treated with a 1 inch by 1 inch minimum fillet of sealant to ease transition of the membrane

sheets. Seal transitions air tight.

D. Vertical offsets that are 1/8 inch shall be pre-treated with an 8 inch wide strip of membrane

centered over the joint. Vertical offsets greater than 1/8 inch shall be repaired to bring them into

conformance with the project specifications.

E. Sheet installation shall be done in such a way as to avoid stretching membrane while removing

release paper. It is recommended that section of membrane be pre-cut to no more than 12 feet

in length and allowed to fully relax prior to application.

F. Patch misaligned or inadequately lapped seams with membrane. Slit any fishmouths, overlap

the flaps, and repair with a patch of membrane and roll in place.

G. At vent, fall arrest stanchions, and similar penetration locations, cut sheet around base of

penetrations. Apply 1 inch sealant fillet at vertical transition. Install 24 inch square membrane

target sheet centered on stanchion, tightly lapping up onto stanchion 3 inches minimum. Install

stainless steel clamp ring and seal top edge with sealant for airtight flashing installation.

H. Flashing strips used to seal edges of transition or edge sections of membrane coated sheet metal

shall be provided with 3 inch minimum laps onto primed sheet metal and membrane sheets

unless otherwise noted on Drawings.

I. Turn membrane up wall surfaces and onto wood blocking as shown on Drawings. Seal top edge

of overlap with sealant.

3.5 INSTALLATION POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION

A. Loose lay insulation boards and temporarily secure in place until placement of cover board.

B. Only install as much insulation as can be covered in a day’s roofing operation, and do not leave

exposed to precipitation.

C. Warped or bent insulation boards or boards with damaged facers shall not be used.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer’s standard

thicknesses, widths, and lengths.

E. If installed in two layers, install with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints

staggered, with second layer transverse to first layer, with joints staggered at least one-third of

overall length from those of first layer.

F. Neatly cut and trim insulation to fit around penetrations and projections and fill voids with

insulation.

G. Comply with insulation manufacturer’s written instructions applicable to products and

applications included.

H. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice,

rain, or snow at any time.

I. Use the largest appropriate section. Use of multiple smaller sections when a single larger section

could be used will not be permitted.

3.6 COVER BOARD

A. Cover Board Installation

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.

2. Install fully adhered cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight

lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum

of 6 inches in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together.

3.7 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install thermoplastic single-ply membrane roofing and components according to roofing

manufacturer’s written instructions, approved submittals, and Contract Documents.

B. Coordinate installing roofing system components so work-in-progress areas are not exposed to

precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast.

1. Provide cutoffs at end of each day’s work to cover exposed sheets and insulation with a

course of roofing membrane with joints and edges sealed.

2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent Water

from entering completed sections of roofing system.

3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

C. Use mechanical fastener tools with depth locator to ensure proper installations.

3.8 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Adhere membrane roofing over area to receive roofing and install according to membrane

roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Clean cover board surfaces of debris, and ensure material is dry and smooth with no excessive

surface imperfections that would telegraph through roofing membrane, and that there are no

contaminated or unsound surfaces. Broken, delaminated, damaged, or wet boards shall be

replaced with dry, sound material.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Unroll membrane to complete length and position without stretching, allow to relax for amount

of time recommended by manufacturer, inspect for damage, creases, or deficiencies, then reroll

as recommended for installation.

D. Apply primer to all horizontal and vertical cover board substrates to which the membrane is to

be applied when the ambient temperature or substrate temperature is below 40 degrees F. Primer

to be applied in strict accordance with the membrane manufacturer’s application instructions.

Do not apply primer during periods of inclement weather or when ambient temperatures are

below 25 degrees F. Temperature must be a minimum of 25 degrees F for primer application.

E. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of membrane roofing at rate required by

manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing membrane roofing. Do not apply to

splice area of membrane roofing.

F. Carefully unroll membrane sheets into adhesive, overlapping edges as required by manufacturer

for amount of material required for lapping. Keep sheets even and continue unrolling until sheet

is laid flat. Wrinkles in material are not acceptable and should be removed and replaced.

Remove and clean adhesive left exposed after sheet installation. Use large, weighted roller to

embed sheet into adhesive.

G. Accurately align membrane roofing and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum

dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

H. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten membrane roofing securely at terminations,

penetrations, and perimeter of roofing as required by membrane manufacturer for each roofing

system.

I. Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.

J. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap membrane roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of

membrane roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer’s written instructions to

ensure a watertight seam installation.

1. Machine weld seams using the manufacturer’s approved automatic welding equipment.

When using this equipment, manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed and local codes

for electric supply, grounding, and over current protection observed. Dedicated circuit

house power or a dedicated portable generator is recommended. No other equipment shall

be operated simultaneously off the generator.

2. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut

edges of sheet membrane.

3. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas.

4. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.

K. Install supplemental mechanical fastening system as required by the membrane manufacturer

near roof perimeter and at transitions, peaks, valleys, and other locations according to

manufacturer’s requirements.

3.9 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Install sheet membrane, metal flashings, and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to

substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Anchor units of work securely in place providing for thermal expansion of units; conceal

fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level.

2. Install work to fit substrates with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight

and weatherproof.

3. Install exposed work without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, with exposed

edges folded back to form hems.

4. Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal work. Space movement joints at

maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corners or intersections.

B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow

to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.

C. Flash inside and outside corners with prefabricated inside and outside membrane corner

components.

D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side

and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.

E. Install termination bar and fasteners according to the detail drawings and manufacturer’s

requirements with approved fasteners into the structural deck at the base of parapets, walls, and

curbs.

F. All flashing membranes shall be consistently adhered to substrates. All interior and exterior

corners and miters shall be cut and hot-air welded into place. No bitumen shall be in contact

with the flashing membrane.

G. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through

termination bars at 8 inches on center maximum. Install elastomeric tape between termination

bar and membrane.

H. All membranes and membrane flashings that exceed 30 inches (0.75 m) in height shall receive

additional securement.

I. Test seams by probe. Install 6 by 6 inch minimum patch to repair open/damaged seam.

J. Lapped Joints in Running Metal Flashings

1. Lapping one piece over another of running flashings is not permitted.

2. Joints in running metal flashings shall be formed with adjacent pieces butted together end-

to-end with a 1/4 to 3/8 inch space between the ends. The joint shall then be covered with

a splice plate with bed of bonding adhesive between the splice plate and the flashing pieces.


A. Owner’s Representative will inspect roofing system at various stages of construction and at

completion.

B. If indicated by inspections, test cuts may be made to evaluate observed problems with roofing

system.

1. Approximate quantities of components within roofing membrane will be determined

according to ASTM D3617.

2. Test specimens will be examined for adhesive voids and seam voids.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer’s technical personnel to inspect

roofing installation on completion and submit written report to the Owner and

Architect/Engineer within five days of inspection. Notify Owner 48 hours in advance of date

and time of inspection.

D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections

indicate they do not comply with specified requirements.

E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine

compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

F. Testing responsibilities shall include the following:

1. Seam Quality: Conduct testing of welded seams by obtaining 2 inch wide cross-section

samples through completed seams, not less than three times a day, with first sample at

beginning of the day’s work, and evaluated immediately to verify that roofing membrane

material will display failure from shearing prior to separation of seam. Note location of

samples on submittals. If sample fails, exam seam further to determine reasons for failure.

The samples must be dated and saved for evaluation by membrane manufacturer’s

Technical Representative. Each test cut shall be patched by the Applicator.

2. Seam Integrity: Conduct testing of all welded seams using a blunt-ended probing

instrument, acceptable to membrane manufacturer, after seam has cooled for period of time

recommended by membrane manufacturer.

3. Hot Air Welding Machine Calibration: Conduct daily testing of equipment and ensure air

temperatures are within range recommended by manufacturer.

4. Agency shall submit written reports within five days of testing.

G. Manufacturers Field Service

1. Manufacturers shall provide qualified technical representative on-site intermittently or

when required by Architect/Engineer during the roofing work.

2. Representative shall inspect material and installation to ensure installation is proceeding in

accordance with manufacturer’s designs, recommendations and warranty requirements.

3. Representative shall submit written reports within five days of inspection.

H. Patching of sample cuts and retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall

be at Contractor’s expense.

3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures

recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

B. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When

remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and

damage, and describe nature and extent in written report, with copies to the Owner.

C. Repair or remove and replace roofing system that does not comply with requirements, to

condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to

warranty requirements.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.12 ROOF SIGNS

A. At access point to each roof level, provide a 24 inch wide by 18 inch tall metal sign notifying

maintenance and service personnel of the guaranteed roof system. Coordinate placement of

signs with Owner.

B. Professionally letter sign using two coats of high quality exterior enamel with black lettering on

white background, containing the following information:

NOTICE: GUARANTEED ROOF SYSTEM

DO NOT INSTALL NEW EQUIPMENT ON OR THROUGH THIS ROOF WITHOUT

OWNER’S SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION

REPORT CHANGES OR DAMAGE IMMEDIATELY TO OWNER

Owner: Phone:

Contractor: Phone:

Manufacturer: Phone:



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

ROOFING INSTALLER’S WARRANTY

WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called Roofing Installer, has performed roofing

and associated work, designated Work, on following project:

Owner: <Insert name of Owner.>

Address: <Insert address.>

Building Name/Type: <Insert information.>

Address: <Insert address.>

Area of Work: <Insert information.>

Acceptance Date: <Insert date.>

Warranty Period: 2 years.

Expiration Date: <Insert date.>

AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted, either directly with Owner or indirectly as

subcontractor, to warrant said Work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and

workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth,

that during Warranty Period it will, at its own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such

repairs to or replacement of said Work as necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as

are necessary to maintain said Work in watertight condition and warrants against following:

1. Components of roofing system that do not comply with requirements; that do not remain

watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or that deteriorate in

manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing-system manufacturer’s data as inherent

quality of material for application indicated, regardless of whether Work was previously

accepted by Owner. Warranty includes defects such as blisters, ridging, and excessive

surfacing loss.

2. Damage by exposure to foreseeable weather; damage from leaks in roof system or related

components; and damage by intrusion of foreseeable wind-borne moisture. Damage is

understood to include accumulation of subsurface roof system moisture (i.e. wet insulation

board), even if no other visible interior damage or moisture exists.

Warranty is made subject to following terms and conditions:

1. Specifically excluded from Warranty are damages to Work and other parts of building, and

to building contents, caused by:

a. lightning;

b. wind speed exceeding 55 mph miles per hour;

c. fire;

d. failure of roof structure;

e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment

supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of Work;

f. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors and maintenance

personnel, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.

2. When Work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void

until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof

have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to Work covered by Warranty but is not liable

for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults

or defects of Work.

4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of Work by anyone other than Roofing

Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations,

attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, Warranty will become null

and void on date of said alterations, but only to extent said alterations affect Work covered

by Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty

shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall

have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations

would likely damage or deteriorate Work, thereby reasonably justifying limitation or

termination of Warranty.

5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was

not originally specified for, promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or

other use or service more severe than originally specified, Warranty will become null and

void on date of said change, but only to extent said change affects Work covered by

Warranty.

6. Owner will promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks,

defects, or deterioration and will afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to

inspect Work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. Roofing

Installer shall inspect leak, defect, or deterioration within 24 hours of notification.

7. If permanent repair or replacement of warranted condition cannot be made immediately,

due to weather conditions, availability of appropriate labor or materials, building

occupancy, etc., Roofing Installer must make, or cause to be made, immediate temporary

repairs to prevent any further damage, deterioration, or unsafe conditions. Permanent repair

or replacement of warranted condition shall be scheduled as soon thereafter as practical,

and with Owner’s consent and approval.

8. If Owner notifies Roofing Installer of warranted condition that requires immediate

attention to prevent potential injury or damage, and Roofing Installer cannot or does not

promptly inspect and repair same, either permanently or temporarily, then Owner may

make, or cause to be made, such temporary repairs as may be essential and Roofing

Installer will reimburse Owner for cost of such repairs. Such action will not relieve Roofing

Installer of its obligation to perform any necessary permanent repairs, and Warranty shall

remain in full force and effect for remaining portion of its original term.

9. Roofing Installer shall provide equipment, labor, and material required to remedy

warranted conditions, including repair or replacement of damage to other work resulting

therefrom, and removal and replacement of other work required to access warranted

condition. Additional required work will be at Roofing Installer’s sole expense for full term

of Warranty. Warranty includes removal and replacement of roof-deck boards, base sheets,

temporary roof/vapor retarder, insulation, cover boards, walkway products, and work that

conceals defect, for all components of roofing system.

10. Roofing Installer shall perform a thorough inspection of roof system and other Work,

within 30 day period preceding first and second anniversaries of start of Warranty period,

in presence of roofing-system manufacturer’s representative and Owner’s Representative.

Roofing Installer shall make, or cause to be made, necessary repairs or replacement to

remedy conditions noted during inspections, under the terms of this Warranty. Repairs to

be made within 30 days of inspection date or as otherwise agreed by Owner, even if such

time extends beyond Warranty period.

11. Warranty is recognized to be only Warranty of Roofing Installer on said Work and shall

not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, Warranty shall not operate to

relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original Work according to

requirements of Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was directly with

Owner or with Owner’s General Contractor.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Roofing Installer has caused this

document to be executed by undersigned, duly-authorized officer.

Corporate Seal:

(Roofing Installer)

By:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Date)

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ______________, 20____

Notary Public

My commission expires _____________

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 07 62 00

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Roof flashings and counterflashings, high temperature self-adhering

membrane underlayment, fascia, cleats, caps, gutters, and downspouts.


A. Section 07 52 16 - Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing

B. Section 08 33 44 - Sloped Glazing Assemblies

1.3 REFERENCES


1. ASTM International

a. A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel

Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General

Applications

b. A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

c. A755/A755M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-

Dip Process and Pre-painted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed

Building Products

d. A792/A792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 percent Aluminum-Zinc

Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

e. B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal

f. B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate

g. B601: Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and Copper Alloys-

Wrought and Cast.

h. B749: Standard Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate

Products.

i. ANSI/AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code-Aluminum

j. Specification for Aluminum Structures by the Aluminum Association

k. C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

2. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA)

a. 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum

b. 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels

3. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings

a. Painting Manual, Volume 2 - Systems and Specifications

4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA)

a. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each product specified.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening,

joining, supporting, interface conditions with other materials, and anchoring sheet metal

flashing and trim. Submit only project specific drawings and details that have been reviewed

and approved by the manufacturer prior to submission to the Architect/Engineer.

C. Samples: For each type of sheet metal. Construct typical lap splice or seam for mechanically-

jointed systems, and solder lap or seam for field-solderable systems.

1. Three samples of aluminum, stainless steel, and galvanized, prefinished sheet steel for each

thickness and color specified, 12 inches minimum. Color chart shall be submitted with

sample color.

2. Three samples of each type of fastener to be used.

D. Installer Qualifications: Submit evidence that Installer’s existing company has minimum of

five years continuous experience in application of specified materials. Submit list of at least five

completed projects of similar scope and size, including:

1. Project name.

2. Owner’s name.

3. Owner’s Representative name, address, and telephone number.

4. Description of work.

5. Sheet metal members installed.

6. Project supervisor.

7. Total cost of sheet metal work and total cost of project.

8. Completion date.


A. Installer Qualifications: Must have installations of specified materials in local area in use for

minimum of five years.

1. Employ foreman with minimum of five years’ experience as foreman on similar projects,

who is fluent in English, to be on site at all times during Work.

B. Coordinate Work to ensure that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate:


2. With other trades:

a. To ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for sheet-metal Work.

b. To avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, sheet-metal Work in

progress.

c. To ensure that subsequent work will not adversely affect completed sheet-metal Work.

3. With interfacing and adjoining construction to provide leakproof, secure, and non-

corrosive installation. Coordinate:

a. Installation of roof perimeter flashing.

b. Counterflashing installation with base flashing installation.

c. Installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items

penetrating roof.

d. Installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as

windows, doors, and louvers.

C. Mock-ups: Build mock-ups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for

fabrication and installation. Mock-ups shall include the following.

1. Flashings and counterflashing assemblies.

2. Fascia and continuous cleat.

3. Curb edge to gutter transition.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

4. Approved mock-ups may become part of completed Work if undisturbed at time of

Substantial Completion.

D. Pre-installation Meeting

1. Participate in meeting at project site.

2. Review requirements for sheet metal work, including:

a. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment,

and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

b. Site use, access, staging, and set-up location limitations.

c. Approved mock-up procedures.

d. Forecast weather conditions.

e. Surface preparation and substrate condition and pretreatment.

f. Installation procedures.

g. Special details.

h. Testing and inspection requirements.

i. Site protection measures.

j. Governing regulations if applicable.

3. Contractor’s site foreman, waterproofing Installer, sheet metal fabricator, sheet metal

Installer, Owner’s Representative, and Architect/Engineer shall attend.


A. Sheet Metal Members: Deliver, store, and handle as to avoid damage.

B. Sealants, Coatings, and Miscellaneous Materials

1. Deliver materials to project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with


directions for storing.

2. Keep materials dry and do not allow materials to be exposed to moisture during

transportation, storage, handling, and installation. Reject and remove from Site new

materials which exhibit evidence of moisture during application, or have been exposed to

moisture.

3. Store materials in original, undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised

platforms with weather-protective coverings, within temperature range required by

manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Manufacturer’s standard

packaging and covering is not considered adequate weather protection.

4. Handle materials as to avoid damage.

5. Conspicuously mark damaged or opened containers or containers with contaminated

materials, and remove from site as soon as possible.

6. Remove and replace materials that cannot be applied within stated shelf life.

C. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading of structure at time materials are stored, and

to avoid permanent deck deflection.


A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to installation of materials. Notify

Architect/Engineer of conditions found to be different than those indicated in Contract

Documents. Architect/Engineer will review situation and inform Contractor and Installer of

changes.

B. Comply with Owner’s limitations and restrictions for site use and accessibility.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Environmental Limitations: Apply sheet metal members when existing and forecast weather

conditions permit sealants, coatings, and miscellaneous materials to be installed according to

sealant, coating, or miscellaneous material manufacturer’s written instructions and warranty

requirements.

D. Handle and install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by

manufacturer, Material Safety Data Sheets, and local, state, and federal rules and regulations.

Maintain Material Safety Data Sheets with materials in storage area and available for ready

reference on Site.

1.8 CHANGES IN WORK

A. During rehabilitation work, existing conditions may be encountered that are not known or are

at a variance with drawings and specifications. Such conditions may interfere with Work and

may consist of damage or deterioration of substrate or surrounding materials or components that

could jeopardize integrity or performance of new sheet metal installation.

B. Notify Architect/Engineer of conditions that may interfere with proper execution of Work or

jeopardize integrity of new sheet metal installation prior to proceeding with Work.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Contractor’s Warranty

1. Written warranty, signed by Contractor, including:

a. Replace sheet metal work that does not comply with requirements; that has corroded

surface, coating that fails cohesively or adhesively, or other surface defects or

imperfections; or that deteriorates in manner not clearly specified by material

supplier’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

b. Remove and replace sealant that has failed cohesively or adhesively; or that

deteriorates in manner not clearly specified by sealant manufacturer’s data as inherent

quality of material for application indicated.

c. Repair or replacement, to satisfaction of Owner, of other work or items that may have

been displaced or damaged as consequence of defective work.

d. Warranty does not include deterioration or damage from changes in sheet metal

environment from that reasonably anticipated at Substantial Completion, or physical

damage from adjacent activities.

2. Warranty Period: Two years after Substantial Completion date.

B. Manufacturer’s Warranty

1. Written warranty, signed by sheet metal manufacturer, including:

a. Replace sheet metal work that does not comply with requirements; that has corroded

surface, coating that fails cohesively or adhesively, or other surface defects or

imperfections; or that deteriorates in a manner not clearly specified by material

supplier’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated.

b. Warranty does not include deterioration or damage from changes in sheet metal

environment from that reasonably anticipated at Substantial Completion or physical

damage from adjacent activities.

2. Written warranty, signed by manufacturer against defects to the sheet metal including

color, fade, chalking, and film integrity.

3. Warranty Period: Twenty years after Substantial Completion date.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METAL

A. Prepainted Aluminum: Conforming to ASTM B202-92a (UNS Alloy Designation A93003-H14

or A933004-H34), .050 in. minimum thickness. Exposed aluminum sheet metal shall have a

high-performance organic finish, thermo-cured and containing not less than 70 percent

polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, complying with AAMA 2604. Color: As selected by

Architect and Owner from manufacturer’s full range.

1. All cleats to be fabricated from matching material 050 in. minimum aluminum conforming

to ASTM B209.

2. Color: Dark bronze (Basis of Design)

3. Final color to be approved by Owner.

B. Stainless Steel: Conforming to ASTM A167, Type 304, 24 gauge. 0.64 mm (.025 inches) and 22

gauge 0.79 mm (.031 inches) or as otherwise indicated, 2D annealed finish, soft, except where

harder temper required for forming or performance unless otherwise specified.

C. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated, Steel Sheet: ASTM A755/A755M, metallic coated by hot-dip

process and prepainted by coil-coating process; 24 gage.

1. Zinc-coated (galvanized), Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation;

structural quality.

2. High-performance-organic finish: Three-coat thermocured system containing not less than

70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with physical properties

and coating performance requirements of AAMA 2604, except humidity and salt spray

resistances of 2,000 hours; color as selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer’s

full range.

D. Lead Sheet: ASTM B749, Grade L51121; 4.0 pounds per square foot.

2.2 WEATHER-RESISTIVE BARRIER

A. Grace Ultra by Grace Construction Products as Basis of Design.

1. Self-adhering, High-temperature Sheet: 30 mils (0.76 mm) thick minimum, consisting of

slip-resisting, polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl rubber adhesive,

with release-paper backing; cold applied.

2. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 300 degrees F (148.8 degrees C); ASTM D1204.

3. Low-temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 degrees F (29 degrees C);

ASTM D1970.

4. Permeance (max): 0.05 perms (2.9ng/m2s Pa) ASTM E96.

5. Primer: Water-based Perm-A-Barrier WB Primer by Grace Construction Products.

6. Miscellaneous Accessories: As provided or recommended by the membrane manufacturer,

and to include compatible sealant.

B. Miscellaneous accessories: As provided or recommended by the membrane manufacturer, and

to include compatible sealant.

C. Or approved equal.

2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Miscellaneous Materials



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,

separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required for installation.

2. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular-threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets

and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Size fasteners to

provide penetration into substrate of at least 1-1/4 inches for nails and 3/4 inch for wood

screws.

a. Concrete Fasteners: Mushroom head type 304 stainless steel Zaman Nailing 3/16 inch

diameter with 1-1/4 inch minimum embedment, as manufactured by Powers

Fasteners, Inc.

b. Counterflashing Fasteners: Stainless steel fastener with hexhead and gasketed high-

domed stainless steel/EPDM sealing washers.

c. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.

3. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric silicone sealant, of type, grade, class, and

use classifications required to seal laps and joints in sheet metal work to remain watertight.

a. Refer to Specification Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants for Materials.

4. Solder: ASTM B 32.

5. Provide wire ball strainers of compatible metal at gutter outlets.

6. Downspout clean-outs fabricated from same material as downspout; provide with

2.5 pound diamond shaped stainless steel lath debris screen; seal all seams watertight.

2.4 SEALANT MATERIAL

A. Metal-to-Metal Joint Sealant

1. One-component silicone elastomeric sealant, FS TT-S-00230C Class A, TT-S-001543A

Class A:

a. “Silpruf Silicone Weatherproofing Sealant,” manufactured by General Electric

Company, Silicone Products Department, Waterford, NY

b. “Dow-Corning 795 Silicone Building Sealant,” manufactured by Dow Corning

Corporation, Midland, MI

c. “Spectrum 1,” manufactured by Tremco, Beachwood, OH

B. Concrete-to-Metal Joint Sealant

1. One-part polyurethane, non-Sag:

a. “Dymeric,” manufactured by Tremco, Beachwood, OH

b. “Dynatrol,” manufactured by Pecora, Harleyville, PA

c. “Sonolastic NP1,” manufactured by Sonnoborn, Shakopee, MN

2. Color of exposed sealant shall be as approved by Architect from manufacturer’s standard

colors similar to finishes of the adjacent substrate

C. Joint Filler

1. Closed-cell expanded polyethylene (rod), non-gassing:

a. “Expand-O-Foam,” manufactured by (Williams Products, Inc.

b. “Sof Rod,” manufactured by Nomanco, Inc.

c. “Sonofoam Backer-Rod,” manufactured by Sonneborn-Contech

D. Joint Cleaner: Type recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing compound for the specific

joint surface and conditions.

E. Joint Primer and Sealer: Type recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing compound for

the specific joint surface and conditions.

F. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene tape compatible with sealants used.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single-component, solvent-release, non-skinning, synthetic

butyl-rubber sealant; polyisobutylene-plasticized; heavy-bodied for hooked-type

expansion joints with limited movement at locations shown on Drawings.

a. SikaLastomer 511 by Sika Corporation.

b. TremPro JSS-773 by Tremco Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing.

G. Bituminous Coating: SSPC Paint 12; compounded for 15-mil-dry-film thickness per coat.

H. Mineral Wool Insulation: For use at hot stacks.

I. Splashblock: Precast pre-manufactured concrete block with rolled sides and wide-mouth drain

end.

J. Pavers: Provided new pavers to match existing at the plaza level but with drainage slots cut into

the pavers.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Custom fabricate to comply with recommendations in SMACNA’s Architectural Sheet Metal

Manual, that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

Conform to dimensions and profiles shown in SMACNA’s Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,

unless requirements that are more stringent are indicated.

1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before fabrication.

2. Shop fabricate items where practicable.

B. Form metal flashings in shop on a bending brake. Do shaping, trimming and hand seaming on

the bench as far as practical with proper sheet metal working tools. Fabricate supplementary

parts necessary to complete each item though work is not definitely indicated.

C. Fabricate without excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks, and true to line and levels

indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

D. Free edges of all sheet metal shall be hemmed or doubled back for stiffness or to engage cleats.

Hemmed edges shall have 3/4 inch minimum engagement to cleat. No nails or other fasteners

shall remain exposed in finished sheet metal work.

E. Expansion Provisions: Use lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions where possible;

otherwise, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,

filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from

compatible, non-corrosive metal, and in thickness one gauge minimum heavier than that of

metal being secured.

G. Except as otherwise indicated, provide drip edges that project 3/4 inch minimum at a 45 degree

angle and folded back to form a hem on the concealed side of exposed edges. Roof side

attachment holes shall be pre-drilled, 1/16 inch oversized, at 24 inches on center maximum.

H. Provide preformed, one-component inside and outside corner coping sections and transitions of

matching material, finish, and profile for all sheet metal work. Fabricate with soldered or welded

seams for waterproof construction. Joints between these fabricated pieces and other typical

flashings to be installed shall not be less than 24 inches from any soldered joint.

I. Provide components fabricated from sheet metal in the location indicated and of the sizes and

profiles indicated (or to patch adjacent construction). Fabricate with soldered or welded seams



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

for waterproof construction, and provide flanges for integration with waterproofing flashing on

other work as indicated.

J. Fabricate in minimum 8 foot long, but not exceeding 10 foot long, sections.

K. Roof Fabrications:

1. Scupper, conductor heads, downspouts:

a. Fabricate from 0.050 in., prefinished aluminum.

b. Fabricate in minimum 8-foot-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections.

c. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings.

d. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes

for fasteners on interior leg.

e. Miter corners and weld watertight.

2. Counterflashings and receivers:

a. Fabricate from 24 gage, stainless steel.

b. Fabricate in minimum 8-foot-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections.

c. Fabricate with a 3/4-inch drip edge at a 45 degree angle from vertical.

3. Receivers and sill pans:

a. Fabricate from 24 gage, stainless steel.

b. Fabricate with a reverse hem edge to receive counterflashing.

c. Sill pans to have minimum 1 inch upturn legs, end and back dams, completely

soldered watertight

d. Three inch high tabs above end dams for fastening attachment

4. Sill flashing at doors and louver

a. Fabricate from 22 gage, stainless steel

b. Fabricate with end dams that are fully soldered watertight, upturned legs to be 2” high

minimum unless otherwise noted

c. End dams to have two lines of continuous sealant between surfaces

5. Gutters (to match existing profiles)

a. Fabricate from .050 in. pre-finished aluminum.

b. All joints to be made fully watertight

c. Supports to be 1” by 1/8” of same material as gutter spaced at 24” on center

d. Spacers to be placed at 24 inches on center between supports

e. Expansion joints in gutter to be located at not more than 50 feet, and centered between

downspouts as indicated on drawings.

6. Coping and equipment / area divider covers

a. Fabricate from .050 in. prefinished aluminum

b. Fabricate with 3/4 in. minimum hemmed edge

7. Roof fascias

a. Fabricate from .050 in. pre-finished aluminum

b. Cleats to be fabricated from .050 in. min. aluminum

8. Plaza troughs

a. Fabricated from 24 gage stainless steel

b. Fabricated with three-sided configuration with upturn legs, 2 in. high

c. All joints in trough to be soldered watertight

9. Scuppers for lower PSB roof over skylights

a. Fabricate new replacement scuppers from 22 gage stainless steel

b. Fabricate new scuppers to the same profile configuration as existing scuppers

c. Include all associated and necessary components to provide watertight transition to

gutter liner that remains in place



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer for compliance with requirements and other

conditions affecting performance of sheet metal flashings and trim.

1. Ensure that Work done by other trades is complete and ready to receive sheet metal

flashings and trim.

2. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions that may adversely affect installation

or performance of sheet metal work. Do not proceed with installation of sheet metal until

these conditions have been corrected and reviewed by Architect/Engineer.

3. Proceeding with the work shall signify Contractor’s acceptance of the substrate being

covered by the new sheet metal installation.

4. Field measurements and material quantities: Contractor shall have sole responsibility for

accuracy of all measurements and estimates of material quantities and sizes.

5. Field verify the required configuration and measurements of all sheet metal work prior to

beginning fabrication.

3.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work to ensure that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate:


2. With other trades to avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, installation in

progress.

3. With interfacing and adjoining construction to provide leak proof, secure, and non-

corrosive installation.

3.3 WEATHER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION AT WOOD CURBS

A. Tie in to roofing systems and at the interface of dissimilar materials with self-adhering air barrier

transition and flashing membrane.

B. Align and position fully self-adhered air barrier transition and flashing membrane, remove

protective film, and press firmly into place. Provide minimum 3 inch lap onto substrates.

C. Ensure minimum 3 inch overlap at side and end laps of membrane and 6 inches at inside and

outside corners.

D. Roll membrane and lap seams with roller to ensure positive contact and adhesion.

E. Seal any tears or cuts with self-adhering reinforcing strip, extending 2 inches minimum past the

tear or cut.

F. At base of curbs, overlap the vertical leg of the sheet metal flashings and install self-adhering

membrane as shown on Drawings.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Install sheet metal according to recommendations in SMACNA’s Architectural Sheet

Metal Manual and as indicated.

2. Install new sheet metal fabrications and accessories as shown on the Drawings.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Drips: Form drips at lower edge of sheet metal counterflashing and edge sections by folding

back and bending out 45 degrees from vertical to carry water away from wall. Stiffen lower

edge of counterflashing or edge sections by 3/4 inch hem formed by folding edge of sheet

metal back on itself.

4. Fasteners not otherwise specified shall be of appropriate type for the conditions involved

and as approved.

5. Sheet metal shall be carefully fabricated and installed making adequate provision for

movement due to thermal expansion or contraction without damage to appearance or

watertightness.

6. Free edges of all sheet metal shall be hemmed or doubled back for stiffness or to engage

cleats. Hemmed edges shall have 3/4 inch minimum engagement to cleat. No nails or other

fasteners shall remain exposed in finished sheet metal work.

7. Laps between adjacent sections of sheet metal shall be provided with two continuous

1/4 inch diameter beads of sealant in the lap area, set back 1 inch from each edge. Multiple

lines of sealant shall be installed at 1 inch on center.

8. Soldering shall be expertly done at proper temperatures, using methods and materials

compatible with base metal. All joints shall be filled solid, uniform, and watertight.

9. Shop fabricate all corner sections, T-sections, and transitions as single component sections.

Provide shop-soldered or shop-welded joints in corners, T-sections, and other single

component sections.

10. Install exposed sheet metal without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, and

true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet

metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant

performance.

11. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space

movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or

intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be

sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing

hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep and filled with butyl sealant concealed within

joints.

B. Anchor sheet metal and other components of Work securely in place, with provisions for

thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,

separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required.

C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges

of sheets to be soldered to width of 1-1/2 inches except where pre-tinned surface would show

in finished Work.

1. Do not solder aluminum, pre-painted, metallic-coated steel, and aluminum-zinc-alloy-

coated steel sheets.

D. Metal surfaces in contact with other non-compatible metals shall be treated as follows with one

of the following procedures:

1. Paint dissimilar material with coating of heavy-bodied bituminous paint.

2. Install an approved non-absorptive tape or gasket.

3. Install a preformed neoprene or self-adhering membrane.

4. By other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturer of dissimilar

material.

E. Receivers

1. Install receivers at concrete walls for specified minimum heights indicated on Drawings,

for counterflashing and similar attachment as indicated on the Drawings. Back edge shall



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

be provided with 1/2 inch fold to accept lead wedge for securement. Wedges shall be

spaced 6 inches minimum on center. Joint at top surface of receivers shall be filled with

sealant and backer rod.

2. Fabricate outside edge receivers with doubled-backed hemmed leg to allow for fitting of

counterflashing components between hems and securement with short sheet metal screws

of non-corrosive compatible metal.

a. Receivers shall be of compatible metal with base metal being connected to.

3. Receivers that form through-wall flashing elements (for curtain wall and similar locations)

shall have watertight end dams and a turned-up back leg at rear of wall component to

prevent water migration.

4. Adjacent sections of receivers shall be lapped a minimum of 4 in. with sealant applied and

concealed in the lap area. All inside corners, outside corners and transition pieces shall be

soldered or welded.

5. Concealed securement to framing elements shall be made with appropriate fasteners with

integral sealing washers at spacing noted on Drawings. Separators for different materials

shall be as noted in this section of the Specification. For locations where through-wall

flashing element cannot be secured (concealed) to framing members, then flashing shall be

set in continuous bead of sealant to top of concrete curb.

F. Counterflashing: Overlap vertical waterproofing membrane system 4 inches minimum, unless

existing conditions prohibit installation. Provide 3/4 inch fold for drips along bottom edge and

install against vertical drainage mat. Lap seam vertical joints 4 inches minimum. Apply sealant

in lap area. Miter, lap seam, and close all inside corner, outside corner and transition pieces with

solder. Breaks shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. Securement to substrate shall be

with appropriate fastener type (with integral sealing washer if required) spaced at 8 in. on center

maximum.

G. Rain Hoods and Draw Bands: Install rain hoods at location noted on Drawings. Install neoprene

separator between rain hood and dissimilar metal for penetration. Secure draw band or clamping

ring and seal exposed top edge with sealant tooled to divert water away from penetration.

H. Vent Stacks: Vent stacks shall be fabricated for installation with shingles as per NRCA and

SMACNA details and as shown on the Drawings. All sheet metal vent stacks shall be turned

down into stack a minimum of 2 in. unless otherwise approved by Architect.

I. Door and Louver Sill Pans

1. Fabricate from 22 gage stainless steel with end dams and upturn legs as indicated on the

drawings.

2. Secure to substrate at 6 in. on center and set with sealant between sections of end dams.

J. Bituminous Plastic Cement: Trowel 1/8 in. thick.

3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and

provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

1. Install components required for a complete sheet metal assembly including flashings,

sealants, gaskets, back-up and cover plates, metal closures, cleats, and similar items.

B. Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer’s written installation instructions, and

SMACNA’s “Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.” Provide concealed fasteners where possible,

and set units true to line and level and indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that

will be watertight.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Install sheet metal components as required to seal against weather and to provide finished

appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed

openings, fascia, and fillers.

C. Provide preformed (shop fabricated) single section inside and outside corner sections of

matching material, finish and profile for all sheet metal work. Corners and transitions must be

welded or soldered.

D. Provide miscellaneous roofing accessories fabricated from sheet metal in the location indicated

and of the sizes and profiles indicated (or to match adjacent construction). Fabricate with

soldered or welded seams for waterproof construction, and provide flanges for integration with

roofing, flashing on other work as indicated.

3.6 GUTTERS

A. Gutters shall be made completely watertight with seams in adjacent sections being riveted and

sealed. Joints shall overlap in direction of water flow.

B. Lap joints for sections of gutters shall be a minimum of 1 inch with rivets at 2 inches on center

and sealed.

C. Downspout inlet from gutter shall be a minimum of 8 inches from bottom of gutter. Inlet flanges

shall be riveted and sealed to bottom of gutter.

D. Downspout inlet shall be 1/8 inch less than size of connecting downspout and shall set a

minimum of 6 inches into connecting downspout. Inlet shall be riveted to connecting

downspout.

E. Gutters shall be supported using brackets spaced 24 inches on center maximum. Brackets shall

be secure using two screws. Spacers shall be installed at 24 inches on center at mid points

between brackets, and shall be connected to the front and back of the gutter only. Brackets and

spacers shall be 12 inches apart.

F. Gutter ends shall be completely closed and sealed water tight with sealed units.

G. Deflectors: Provide deflectors at the location of gutters at the base of curb edge to gutter

transition to deflect water into the gutters. The deflectors shall be 3 inches high by 8 inches long.

3.7 DOWNSPOUTS

A. Downspouts shall be fabricated as shown on Drawings.

B. Provide anchor straps for new downspouts of a length sufficient to extend over the front and

sides of downspout, and provide attachment flanges of 2 inches minimum to face of substrate.

Anchor strap materials shall be fabricated from same material as downspouts. New straps shall

be anchored to wall surface with sleeve type expansion anchors. Straps shall be riveted to

downspout sides (with minimum penetration beyond inside face) for support using aluminum

or other non-corrosive rivets.

C. Anchor straps for downspouts shall be located as close as possible to gutter inlets and within

12 inches maximum of any transitions from the vertical planes. At no time shall any downspout

section be unsupported by more than 10 feet between anchor straps.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Transitions in downspouts from the vertical planes shall be kept to a minimum and only allowed

with approval of Architect/Engineer.

E. Telescope upper sections into lower sections 2 inch minimum. Sections shall be riveted using

aluminum or other non-corrosive rivets and soldered together.

F. Install sheet metal clean-out with debris screen as shown on Drawings.

3.8 INSTALLATION OF SEALANT MATERIALS

A. All surfaces to receive joint sealants shall be examined by the Contractor. Any surfaces that are

found to be unsuitable for installation of joint sealants shall be brought to the attention of the

Architect/Engineer for resolution. Application or installation of the material constitutes

acceptance of the surface of the substrate.

B. Remove all existing sealants from the areas to be resealed. Care shall be used in the removal of

sealants so as not to damage existing construction intended to remain.

C. All surfaces to receive sealants shall be clean, dry, and free of any loose materials, dirt, dust,

laitance, rust, bitumen residue, oil, frost, and other contaminants.

D. Use appropriate primers on metal surfaces to receive joint sealants in accordance with the

recommendations of the sealant manufacturer.

E. Make test applications at the beginning of the sealant work, in all types of prepared joints or

surface applications, to determine if preparation steps have been adequate for optimum sealant

adhesion. These test applications will be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer prior to the start

of the work.

F. Install all materials in accordance with the manufacturers’ printed instructions, as well as the

following:

1. Install bond breakers and backer rods in locations and of the type recommended by the

sealant manufacturer to prevent bond of sealant to surfaces where such bond might impair

the performance of the sealant. Backer rods shall typically be installed under 25 percent

compression of rod material unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer.

2. Application of joint sealant materials shall be made by cartridge-type caulking guns.

3. Compounds shall not be installed when surface and ambient temperatures are below

40 degrees F unless specifically approved by the Architect/Engineer. Compounds also

shall not be installed when surface and ambient temperatures are above 100 degrees F.

4. Run sealant beads sufficiently slow enough to be certain that the entire cavity is filled from

bottom up. Air pockets or voids along the edges are not acceptable.

5. Tool sealant surfaces to the shapes shown, or if none is shown, to flush or slightly concave

surface. Tooling of sealants with soap, detergent, or other lubricant is not allowed.

G. All surfaces adjacent to sealants shall be protected, unless otherwise approved by the

Architect/Engineer. User pressure sensitive tape to prevent staining of adjacent surfaces, or

spillage and migration of sealant out of the joints.

H. Do not place dissimilar sealant materials in contact with each other. Follow sealant

manufacturer’s recommendations for separation of dissimilar materials.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

I. All sealant materials to be covered shall be allowed to fully cure in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal roofing is installed

unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer’s written installation instructions. On completion of

sheet metal installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer.

Maintain sheet metal in a clean condition during construction.

B. After installation, all prefinished panels and metal shall be wiped clean and inspected for

scratches or abrasions.

C. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and

weathering.

D. Perform final cleaning of debris in gutters and downspouts.

E. Clean off excess sealants.

F. Touch up painting of minor damage to finishes shall be allowed, only upon written

acknowledgement from the Architect/Engineer. Damage to the finishes, in the

Architect/Engineer’s opinion, as penetrating the protective surface, damaging the weather

tightness, or damage to the point where repair is obviously unsightly, shall be considered as not

repairable and shall be replaced.

1. Touch up paint and proper repair procedures shall be furnished by the manufacturer,

labeled and of the same dye lot.

G. Replace sheet metal components that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond

successful repair by finish touch up or similar minor repair procedure.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Sloped Glazing Assemblies


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 08 44 33

SLOPED GLAZING ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Thermally broken, two-sided capped, with silicone -sealant-glazed horizontal joints,

sloped glazing assemblies.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: For sloped glazing assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size

details, and attachments to other work.

1. Include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining

moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior.

2. Include full-size isometric details of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of sloped

glazing assemblies, showing the following:

a. Joinery, including concealed welds.

b. Anchorage.

c. Expansion provisions.

d. Glazing.

e. Flashing and drainage.

3. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor

barriers.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's standard

sizes.

E. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of assemblies, made from 12-

inch lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following. Glass is to be

insulating clear glass with laminated interior light

1. Joinery, including concealed welds.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. Anchorage.

3. Expansion provisions.

4. Glazing.

5. Flashing and drainage.

F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For sloped glazing assemblies indicated to comply with

performance requirements and design criteria, engineering documentation for compliance

with OSHA fall protection requirements, including analysis data signed and sealed by the

qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer and field testing agency.

B. Energy Performance Certificates: For sloped glazing assemblies, accessories, and components

from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each structural-

sealant-glazed sloped glazing assembly.

C. Product Test Reports: For sloped glazing assemblies, for tests performed by a qualified

testing agency.

D. Quality-Control Program: Developed specifically for Project, including fabrication and

installation, according to recommendations in ASTM C 1401. Include periodic quality-control

reports.

E. Source quality-control reports.

F. Field quality-control reports.

G. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For sloped glazing assemblies to include in maintenance manuals.

B. Maintenance Data for Structural Sealant: For sloped glazing assemblies to include in

maintenance manuals. Include ASTM C 1401 recommendations for post installation-phase

quality-control program.


A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and

approved by manufacturer.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for

aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated

by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they

relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with

Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to

Architect for review.

D. Structural-Sealant Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 1401 for design and installation of sloped

glazing assemblies.

1.8 MOCKUPS

A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to

demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.

1. Install first single sloped skylight on the structural curb as designated.

2. Testing shall be performed on first article according to requirements in "Field Quality

Control" Article.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract

Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations

in writing.

4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups will become part of the

completed Work.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of sloped glazing

assemblies that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship

within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.

b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.

c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal

weathering.

d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty: Glass breakage that is identified by an observable origin point to be caused

due to a defect in the manufactured skylight framing or due to installation methods shall be

replaced at no cost to the County.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or

replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within

specified warranty period.

1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.

b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.

c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer to design new skylight

assemblies and framing.

B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by

testing of sloped glazing assemblies representing those indicated for this Project without

failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

1. Sloped glazing assemblies shall withstand movements of supporting structure including,

but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection

from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure.

b. Glass breakage due to nickel sulfide inclusion.

c. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.

3. Assemblies shall be compliant with Oregon - OSHA opening protection requirements and

provide engineering documents supporting compliance.

C. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to

glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite

or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch,

whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch,

whichever is smaller.

E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not

evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures,

assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or

permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

F. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area:

a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 6.24

lbf/sq. ft.

G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested

according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-

load design pressure, but not less than 15 lbf/sq. ft.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested

according to a minimum dynamic-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-

load design pressure, but not less than 15 lbf/sq. ft

H. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor

of not more than 0.35 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain

coefficient of no greater than 0.45 as determined according to NFRC 200.

3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a condensation

resistance factor (CRF) of no less than 60 as determined according to AAMA 1503.

I. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface

temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing,

anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested according to

AAMA 501.5.

a. High Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal-

surface temperature of 180 deg F.

b. Low Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: 0 deg F.

J. Structural-Sealant Joints:

1. Designed to carry gravity loads of glazing.

2. Designed to produce tensile or shear stress of less than 20 psi.

K. Structural Silicone Weatherseal Sealant: Capable of withstanding tensile and shear stresses

imposed by sloped glazing assemblies without failing adhesively or cohesively. When tested

for preconstruction adhesion and compatibility, cohesive failure of sealant shall occur before

adhesive failure.

1. Adhesive failure occurs when sealant pulls away from substrate cleanly, leaving no

sealant material behind.

2. Cohesive failure occurs when sealant breaks or tears within itself but does not separate

from each substrate because sealant-to-substrate bond strength exceeds sealant's internal

strength.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Kawneer

2. Wausau Window and Wall

3. YKK America

4. DeaMor

5. Approved equal

B. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of sloped glazing assembly system, including

framing and accessories, from single manufacturer.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=45&mf=04&src=wd



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2.3 FRAMING

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard, extruded-aluminum framing members of

thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Framing-Member Type: Self-supporting.

2. Glass Retention: Field-installed structural sealant at horizontal members (purlins) and

pressure caps at rafters.

a. Engineer the glass to remain in place under wind uplift loads over the horizontal

members without reliance on structural sealant.

b. Provide flush seal at the lowest horizontal joint (eave) to allow water to flow freely

off the glass. Do not place any cap or flashing over the top of the horizontal joints.

3. Internal moisture control: Design rafters and purlins with continuous cascading gutter

system to capture and drain any internal moisture to the exterior.

a. Provide baffled weep holes to allow moisture to drain to exterior while preventing

air infiltration.

B. Pressure Caps: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components that mechanically retain

glazing.

1. Include snap-on aluminum trim that conceals fasteners.

C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with

nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

D. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish

indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).

b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).

c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M.

d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer

complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation

and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in

SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.

c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glass: Supply glass of type and quality specified. Select type and thickness of glass based on

requirements of ASTM E1300.

1. Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality Q3.

2. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C1048; Type I, Class 1, Quality Q3, Kind HS.

a. Fabrication Process: Horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion

parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Maximum peak-to-valley roll-wave distortion:

1) 0.003 inch in central valley.

2) 0.008 inch within 10.5 inches of leading or trailing edge.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

c. Use Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed float glass where

needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass

lites and to comply with wind load requirements.

d. Use Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass in place of annealed or Kind HS float glass

where safety glass is indicated. Use Kind FT float glass only in locations where

necessary to meet safety criteria, code provisions, or strength requirements.

3. Insulating-Glass Units: ASTM E2190.

a. High-quality, factory-assembled, dual-sealed units, certified by Insulating Glass

Certification Council (IGCC).

1) Organically-sealed lites of glass enclosing hermetically-sealed, dehydrated air

space.

2) Spacers: IGMA TM-2000; Anodized aluminum.

3) Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both.

4) Corner Construction: Manufacturer’s standard corner construction.

5) Silicone secondary seal.

b. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with

edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with

written instructions of product manufacturer and GANA Glazing Manual.

1) Dimensional Tolerances: IGMA TR-1200.

4. Safety Glazing Materials: ANSI Z97.1; installed where shown on Drawings or required

by governing codes.

B. Laminated Glass

1. Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency

to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and

installation.

2. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer

manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to

comply with requirements.

4. Interlayer Color: Vanceva 0009 Arctic Snow, Trosifol White Diffused, or equal.

C. Weatherseal Sealants: ASTM C 920 for Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O;

chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other

system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural-sealant,

weatherseal-sealant, and sloped glazing assemblies’ manufacturers for this use.

1. Color: Black.

D. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black,

resilient elastomeric Silicone glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

E. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.

F. Glass Type GL-1: Clear insulating laminated glass.

1. Basis-of-Design Product:, Vitro Glass: Solarban 70.

2. Overall Unit Thickness: 1-3/16 inch (30 mm).

3. Minimum Thickness of Outdoor Lite: 6 mm.

4. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass.

5. Interspace Content: Argon.

6. Indoor Lite: Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat-strengthened float glass.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

a. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 3 mm.

b. Interlayer Thickness: .060 inch (0.76 mm).

c. Interlayer Type: Vanceva 0009 Arctic Snow, Trosifol Diffused Translucent White,

or equal.

7. Maximum size of glass units: Approximately 32 sf; limit the weight of individual

glazing panels to 300 pounds, such that it can be handled by 4 qualified glazing workers

without the use of a crane or equipment.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,

nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from

thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration.

2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.

3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips or square socket screw heads, finished to

match framing system.

B. Anchors: Engineered Stainless steel fasteners that accommodate fabrication and installation

tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by

manufacturer.

1. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel

inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements.

C. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding

flashing compatible with adjacent materials.

D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12

requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration

of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or

grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.

2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.

3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.

4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to

maintain required glazing edge clearances.

5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior.

6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest

extent possible.

D. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to

Shop Drawings.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with

AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat.

Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and

resin manufacturers' written instructions.

1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Weather Seal Sealant: Perform quality-control procedures complying with ASTM C 1401

recommendations including, but not limited to, assembly material qualification procedures,

sealant testing, and assembly fabrication reviews and checks.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation

tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's

written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not

limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Do not install damaged components.

3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.

4. Rigidly secure non-movement joints.

5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic

deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.

6. Where welding is required, weld components in concealed locations to minimize

distortion or discoloration of finish. Protect glazing surfaces from welding.

7. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by

painting contact surfaces with primer, applying sealant or tape to clean, dry surfaces, or

installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by

painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing

members, and moisture migrating within sloped glazing assemblies to exterior.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install glazing as specified:

1. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant

manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation

includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.

F. Install weatherseal sealant according to Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" and according to

sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler

behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Erection Tolerances: Install sloped glazing assemblies to comply with the following

maximum tolerances:

1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet.

2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet.

3. Alignment:

a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2

inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch.

b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch

wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch.

c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more,

limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch.

4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length.


A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Test Area: Perform tests on representative areas of sloped glazing assemblies.

C. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of sloped

glazing assemblies.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by

Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water

penetration.

a. Perform a minimum of three tests in areas as directed by Architect.

b. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Architect. Perform at least three tests,

prior to 10, 35, and 70 percent completion.

END OF SECTION 08 44 33

LC-Public Services Building Stationary Blade Wall Louvers


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 08 91 00

STATIONARY BLADE WALL LOUVERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Extruded aluminum stationary louvers with drainable blades.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00.

B. Product Data: For each product to be used, including:

1. Manufacturer's product data including performance data.

2. Preparation instructions and recommendations.

3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

4. Installation methods.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications:

1. The manufacturer shall have implemented the management of quality objectives,

continual improvement, and monitoring of customer satisfaction to assure that customer

needs and expectations are met.

B. Installer Qualifications:

1. USGBC LEED Compliance: The Work of this section shall be in accordance with

applicable portions of the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED Green Building Rating

System. Refer to Divisions 23 and 26 Sections and other related documents bound herein

for purposes of complying with this requirement.

C. Product Qualifications:

1. Louver licensed to bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Ratings based on tests and

procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 511 and comply with AMCA Certified

Ratings Program. AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to air performance and water

penetration ratings.


A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

B. Store materials in a dry area indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with

manufacturer's instructions.

C. Handling: Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage.

D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials,

in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225


A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits

recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under

environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Ruskin

2. Greenheck

3. Nailor

4. CESCO

5. Other Manufacturers: Submit substitution request.

2.2 STATIONARY BLADE LOUVER

A. Model: Ruskin ELF375DX

B. Fabrication:

1. Design: Stationary drainable louver type with drain gutters in each blade and head with

downspouts in jambs and mullions with all welded construction. Hidden vertical supports

to allow continuous line appearance up to 120 inches. Steeply angled integral sill.

2. Frame:

a. Frame Depth: 4 inches.

b. Wall Thickness: 0.081 inch, nominal.

c. Wall Thickness: 0.125 inch, nominal.

d. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6.

3. Blades:

a. Style: Drainable. 37.5 degrees at 5-3/32 inches, nominal.

b. Wall Thickness: 0.081 inch , nominal.

c. Wall Thickness: 0.125 inch, nominal.

d. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6.

4. Minimum Assembly Size: 12 inches wide by 12 inches high (305 mm x 305 mm).

5. Maximum Factory Assembly Size: Single sections shall not exceed 120 inches wide by

90 inches high or 90 inches wide by 120 inches high.

6. Recycled Content: 18% post-consumer. 55% pre-consumer, post-industrial, total 73% by

weight.

C. Performance Data:

1. Based on testing 48 inch x 48 inch size unit in accordance with AMCA 500.

2. Free Area: 54 percent, nominal.

3. Free Area Size: 8.58 square feet.

4. Maximum Recommended Air Flow through Free Area: 873 feet per minute.

5. Air Flow: 7490 cubic feet per minute.

6. Maximum Pressure Drop (Intake): 0.15 inches w.g.

7. Water Penetration: Maximum of 0.01 ounces per square foot of free area at an air flow of

873 feet per minute free area velocity when tested for 15 minutes.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Bird Screen:

1. Aluminum: Aluminum, 5/8 inches by 0.040 inch, expanded and flattened.

2. Frame: Removable. Re-wireable.

B. Visible Mullions: Manufacturer's standard horizontal or vertical visible mullions for

architectural accent as indicated on drawings.

2.4 FINISHES

A. Finish: Mill finish.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Inspect areas to receive louvers. Notify the Architect of conditions that would adversely affect

the installation or subsequent utilization of the louvers. Do not proceed with installation until

unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

B. If opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of

unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean opening thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best

result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install louvers at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions.

B. Install louvers plumb, level, in plane of wall, and in alignment with adjacent work.

C. The supporting structure shall be designed to accommodate the point loads transferred by the

louvers when subject to the design wind loads.

D. Install joint sealants as required.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean louver surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Common Work Results For Plumbing

Roofing System Replacement - Released For Bids 22 05 00 - Page 1 of 5

March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. The intent of Division 22, Plumbing and the accompanying Drawings is to provide complete

and workable systems as shown, specified and required by applicable codes. Include all work

specified in Division 22, Plumbing and shown on the accompanying Drawings, including

appurtenances, connections, etc., in the finished job.

B. Division 22, Plumbing and the accompanying Drawings are complementary and as binding as

if called for by both. Items shown on the Drawings are not necessarily included in the

Specifications and vice versa. Specifications supersede drawings in case of conflict.

C. The Drawings that accompany the Division 22, Plumbing, are diagrammatic. They do not

show every offset, bend, tee, or elbow which may be required to install work in the space

provided and avoid conflicts. Offsets and transitions assumed at a minimum at each duct

crossing, structural penetrations through shear walls or beams, structural grids where ceiling

heights are restricted, and at piping mains. Follow the Drawing as closely as is practical to do

so and install additional bends, offsets and elbows where required by local conditions from

measurements taken at the Building, subject to approval, and without additional cost to the

Owner. The right is reserved to make any reasonable changes in fixture location prior to

roughing-in, without cost impact.

D. The General and Supplemental Conditions apply to this Division, including but not limited to:

1. Drawings and specifications.

2. Public ordinances, permits.

3. Include payments and fees required by governing authorities for work of this Division.

1.2 RELATED SECTION

A. Division 01, General Requirements

B. Division 22, Plumbing


A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Products and equipment prohibited from containing pentabrominated, octabrominated

and decabrominated diphenyl ethers. Where products or equipment within this

specification contain these banned substances, provide complying products and

equipment from approved manufacturers with equal performance characteristics.

2. General:

a. Conform work and materials to local and State codes, and Federal, State and other

applicable laws and regulations.

3. Responsible for obtaining and payment for permits, licenses, and inspection certificates

required in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents.

B. New materials and equipment. Work of good quality, free of faults and defects and in

conformance with the Contract Documents.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

C. Build and install apparatus to deliver its full rated capacity at the efficiency for which it was

designed.

D. Operate the entire plumbing system and apparatus at full capacity without objectionable noise

or vibration.

E. Materials:

1. Meet detailed requirements of the Drawings and Specifications and suitable for the

installation shown.

2. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are furnished, use products of

the same manufacturer. Component parts of the entire system need not be products of

same manufacturer.

3. Furnish materials of size, make, type, and quality herein specified.

F. Workmanship:

1. General:

a. Install materials in a neat and professional manner.

2. Manufacturer’s Instructions:

a. Follow manufacturer’s directions where they cover points not specifically indicated.

b. If in conflict with the Drawings and Division 22, Plumbing, obtain clarification

before starting work.

G. Cutting and Patching:

1. Cutting, patching, and repairing for the proper installation and completion of the work

specified in this Division including plastering, masonry work, concrete work, carpentry

work, and painting performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in

conformance with the appropriate Division of Work.

2. Additional openings required in building construction made by drilling or cutting. Use of

jackhammer is specifically prohibited.

3. Fill holes which are cut oversize so that a tight fit is obtained around the sleeves passing

through.

4. Do not pierce beams or columns without permission of Architect and then only as

directed.

5. Restore new or existing work cut or damaged to its original condition. Where there are

alterations disturbing paving, walks, etc., repair, refinish, and leave in condition existing

prior to commencement of work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit product data for review as required by each specification section or by Drawing

notes. Include manufacturer’s detailed shop drawings, specifications and data sheets.

2. Manufacturer’s abbreviations or codes are not acceptable.

B. Submission Requirements:

1. Product Data:

a. Refer to Division 01, General Requirements for additional requirements related to

submittals.

b. Submit electronic copies of product data for Work of Division 22, Plumbing in PDF

format with each item filed under a folder and labeled with its respective

specification section number, article, and paragraph and mark, if applicable.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

c. Include a complete index in the original submittal. Indicate both original items

submitted and note stragglers that will be submitted at a later date to avoid delay in

submitting.

C. Contractor Responsibilities:

1. Submit submittals at one time and are in proper order.

2. Ensure equipment will fit in the space provided.

3. Assure that deviations from Drawings and Specifications are specifically noted in the

submittals. Failure to comply will void review automatically.

1.5 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Refer to Division 01, General Requirements for additional requirements.

B. Submit digital as well as three bound copies of manufacturer’s operation and maintenance

instruction manuals and parts lists for each item requiring servicing. Show literature on 8-1/2-

inches by 11-inches sheets or catalogs suitable for side binding.

C. Clearly mark and label in each submittal, the piece of equipment provided with the proper

nameplate and model number identified.


A. Existing Conditions:

1. Prior to bidding, verify and become familiar with existing conditions by visiting the site,

and include factors which may affect the execution of this Work.

2. Include related costs in the initial bid proposal.

B. Coordinate exact requirements governed by actual job conditions. Check information and

report any discrepancies before fabricating work. Report changes in time to avoid

unnecessary work.

C. Coordinate shutdown and start-up of existing, temporary, and new systems and utilities.

Notify Owner, City, and Utility Company.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Provide a written guaranty covering the work of this Division (for a period of one calendar

year from the date of acceptance by the Owner) as required by the General Conditions.

B. Provide manufacturer’s written warranties for material and equipment furnished under this

Division insuring parts and labor for a period of one year from the date of Owner acceptance

of Work of this Division.

C. Correct warranty items promptly upon notification.

1.8 TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES

A. Submit one copy of test reports and certificates specified herein to the Architect.

1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Submit requests for product substitutions in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and

the General and Supplemental Conditions.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Interior Wall and Floor Sleeves: 18 gauge galvanized steel, or another pre-approved system.

B. Interior Wall and Floor Sleeves, Fire Rated: Fire rated and water tight system approved by

Authority Having Jurisdiction and Owners Insurance underwriter, with rating equal to floor or

wall penetration, and designed specifically for the floor or wall construction, piping material,

size and service.

C. Exterior Wall Sleeves: Cast iron.

D. On Grade Floor Sleeves: Same as exterior wall sleeves.

E. Water Tight Sleeves: Combination steel pipe sleeves with water stop and anchor plate; Link

Seal Model WS, mated with synthetic rubber links interlocked with bolts and nuts; Link Seal

Model LS.

2.2 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES

A. Furnish stamped split type plates as follows:

1. Floor Plates: Cast brass, chromium plated

2. Wall and Ceiling Plates: Spun aluminum

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SLEEVES

A. Interior Floor and Wall Sleeves:

1. Provide sleeves large enough to provide 3/4-inch clearances around pipe or ductwork.

Where pipe or ductwork is insulated, insulation pass continuously through sleeve with

3/4-inch clearance between insulation and sleeve.

2. Penetrations through mechanical room and fan room floors made watertight by packing

with safing insulation and sealing with Tremco Dymeric Sealant or approved system.

B. Sleeves Through Rated Floors and Walls:

1. Similar to interior sleeves except install fire rated system approved by Authority Having

Jurisdiction and Owners insurance underwriter

2. Rating equal to floor or wall penetration, and designed specifically for the floor or wall

construction, piping material, size and service.

C. Exterior Wall Sleeves Below Grade:

1. Provide water tight sleeves. Install at pipes entering building below grade and where

shown. Adjust to provide positive hydrostatic seal.

2. Responsible for following manufacturer’s procedure for installing and tightening seal.

Secure sleeves against displacement.

D. On Grade Floor Sleeves: Same as below grade exterior wall sleeves, caulked from inside.

E. Exterior Wall Sleeves Above Grade: Similar to interior wall sleeves except caulk outside with

Tremco Dymeric Sealant.

F. Layout work prior to concrete forming. Do cutting and patching required. Reinforce sleeves

to prevent collapse during forming and pouring.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

G. Floor sleeves maintain a water barrier by providing a water tight seal or they extend 1-inch

above finished floor except through mechanical equipment room floors and shafts where

sleeves extend 2-inches above finished floor level. Sleeves through roof extend 8-inches

above roof. Wall sleeves flush with face of wall unless otherwise indicated. Waste stacks

using carriers have sleeves flush with floor and sealed. Sleeves through planters extend 8-

inches above planter base.

H. Do not support pipes by resting pipe clamps on floor sleeves. Provide supplementary

members so pipes are floor supported.

I. Special sleeves detailed on drawings take precedence over this Section.

3.2 CLEANING

A. General: Clean plumbing piping of stampings and markings (except those required by codes),

iron cuttings, and other refuse.

B. Painted Surfaces: Clean scratched or marred painted surfaces of rust or other foreign matter

and paint with matching color industrial enamel, except as otherwise noted.

C. Additional requirements are specified under specific Sections of this Division.

3.3 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION

A. Keep pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign

matter. Protect piping, conduit, fixtures, equipment, and apparatus against dirty water,

chemical or mechanical damage both before and after installation. Restore damaged or

contaminated fixtures, equipment, or apparatus to original conditions or replace at no cost to

the Owner.

B. Cover or otherwise suitably protect equipment and materials stored on the job site.

3.4 ACCESSIBILITY

A. General: Locate cleanout fittings and other indicating equipment or specialties requiring

frequent reading, adjustments, inspection, repairs, and removal or replacement conveniently

and accessibly with reference to the finished building.

3.5 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES

A. Install on piping passing through finished walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, and plaster

furrings. Plates completely cover opening around pipe.

B. Secure wall and ceiling plates to pipe, insulation, or structure.

C. Plates not to penetrate insulation vapor barriers.

D. Plates not required in mechanical rooms or unfinished spaces.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Before operating make thorough check to determine that systems have been flushed and

cleaned as required.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for Plumbing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 05 29

HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes:

1. Supports, Anchorage and Restraint

2. Pipe Attachments

3. Insulation Protection Shields

4. Building Attachments




C. Section 22 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

D. Section 22 07 00, Insulation for Plumbing

E. Section 22 21 13, Pipe and Pipe Fittings Plumbing

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Supports, Anchorage and Restraint:

1. Unistrut

2. Superstrut

3. Powerstrut and Kinline

4. B-Line Systems

5. AnvilStrut

B. Pipe Attachments:

1. Anvil

2. Superstrut

3. B-Line Systems

4. Tolco

5. ERICO

C. Insulation Protection Shields:

1. Anvil or equivalent

2. Super Strut

3. B-Line Systems

4. Tolco

5. ERICO



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Building Attachments:

1. Anvil as listed or equivalent products

2. Elcen

3. Superstrut

4. B-Line Systems

5. Tolco

6. ERICO

2.2 SUPPORTS, ANCHORAGE AND RESTRAINT

A. General:

1. Provide pipe and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:

a. Equipment, supports, and seismic restraints for piping are not shown on the

Drawings, the contractor responsible for their design.

b. Resist seismic forces as specified in the latest edition of the International Building

Code for the seismic zone in which the project is constructed.

c. Connections to structural framing not to introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral

bending in the framing members. Provide supplementary steel as required.

d. In accordance with the latest edition of the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual -

Guidelines for Mechanical Systems for the Seismic Hazard Level corresponding to

the seismic zone in which the project is constructed.

e. In accordance with the applicable code.

f. Follow provisions described in Section 22 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for

Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

B. Engineered Support Systems: Design, detail, and bear the seal of a professional engineer

registered in the State having jurisdiction.

1. Supports and seismic restraints for suspended piping

2. Piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.

C. Fabricate support members from welded standard structural shapes, pipe, and plate to carry the

necessary rollers, hangers, and accessories as required.

D. Support piping less than 4-inch pipe size from or by prefabricated roll-formed channels with

necessary accessories to adequately support piping system.

E. Supports and Accessories: Preformed roll-formed channels and accessories with matching

compatible accessories as shown, as specified, and as required.

F. Dissimilar Metal Protection: Hydra-Zorb cushions or Cush-a-strip.

G. Clamps: Super Strut Series 700 through 702 or AnvilStrut Series 1000 through 1200.

2.3 PIPE ATTACHMENTS

A. Insulated Horizontal Pipe with Hangers Outside of Insulation:

1. 2-inch and Smaller: Anvil 65, 70, 104 or 260.

2. Larger than 2-inch: Anvil 260.

B. Riser Clamps: Anvil 261.

2.4 INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELDS

A. Insulation Protection Shields: Anvil 167



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2.5 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

A. Beam Hangers:

1. On piping 6-inch and smaller: Anvil 86 with retaining clip Figure 89.

2. On piping larger than 6-inch: Anvil 228, or 292.

B. Inserts:

1. Anvil 152 malleable iron or 281 steel inserts.

2. Inserts sized for required rod to support load being carried.

C. Expansion Plugs: Similar and equal to Phillips red-head self-drilling flush shell selected for

safety factor of 4.

D. Powder actuated fasteners with silencers as approved by Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General:

1. Install support systems as detailed and in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations. Provide pipe hangers as required, and as detailed on the Drawings.

2. Provide adjustable hangers for pipes complete with inserts, adjusters, bolts, nuts, swivels,

all-thread rods, etc., except where specified otherwise.

3. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers, and

supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.

4. Install cast iron piping in accordance with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Industry (CISPI) Standards.

5. Support piping within 2-feet of each change of direction on both sides of fitting.

B. Insulated Piping Systems:

1. Refer to Section 22 07 00, Insulation for Plumbing for insulation requirements.

2. Insulated Piping Systems with Vapor Barrier Insulation:

a. Install hangers outside of insulation.

b. On piping 1-1/2-inch and larger, provide insulation protection shields at each

support location.

C. Vertical Piping:

1. Support with U-clamps fastened to wall to hold piping away from wall unless otherwise

approved.

2. Risers that are not subject to thermal change to be supported at each floor of penetration.

D. Horizontal Piping:

1. Support Spacing:

a. Provide support at minimum spacing per MSS SP-69-1996 Pipe Hangers and

Supports - Selection and Application:

1) Support piping within 2-feet of each change in direction.

2) Plumbing Piping: Support in accordance with local plumbing code.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

E. Building Attachments:

1. Fastening or attaching to steel deck (without concrete fill) is prohibited. It will be

necessary to support piping from structural members, beams, joists, or provide

intermediate angle iron supporting members between joists. Supports may be attached to

concrete filled steel deck with load limitations shown on the structural drawings or

otherwise obtained from the structural engineer.

2. Provide horizontal bracing on horizontal runs 1-1/2 inch and larger and exceeding 50-feet

in length at 75-foot intervals and as required to provide stabilized piping systems.

3. Provide additional structural steel angles, channels, or other members required to support

piping where structures do not occur as required for proper support.

4. Arrange supports to prevent eccentric loading of joists and joist girders. Locate supports

at joist panel points.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 05 48

SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Seismic Restraints




C. Section 22 05 29 Hangers, Supports and Anchors for Plumbing


A. Seismic Restraints:

1. Restraint of piping to be in accordance with the current state and local Building Code.

2. Calculations in accordance with current state and local Building Code.

1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY

A. Adequately restrain piping to resist seismic forces. Design and select restraint devices to meet

seismic requirements as defined in the latest issue of the International Building Code under

Earthquake Design and applicable state and local codes.

B. Selection, installation, adjustment, and performance of vibration isolators which will meet the

requirements given on the plans or in the specifications.

C. Provide Engineering drawings, details, supervision, and instruction to assure proper

installation and performance.

D. Provide whatever assistance necessary to ensure correct installation and adjustment of the

isolators.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. General:

1. Amber Booth

2. Mason Industries, Inc.

3. Kinetics Noise Control

4. Vibrex

5. Approved equal, meeting the conditions and requirements specified herein.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Size for piping as required.

2.2 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. General Requirements:

1. Provide for suspended piping

2. Bracing of piping in accordance with the code and with the provisions set forth in the

SMACNA seismic restraint manual.

3. Structural requirements for the restraints, including their attachment to the building

structure, reviewed and approved by the structural engineer.

4. Attachments to supported or suspended equipment must be coordinated with the

equipment manufacturer.

B. Bracing of Pipes:

1. Provide seismic bracing of all piping as detailed below to meet the building code

requirements:

a. Exception:

1) Piping suspended by individual hanger’s 12-inches or less in length, as

measured from the top of the pipe to the bottom of the support where the

hanger is attached, need not be braced where the following criteria are met.

a) Seismic braces are not required on high deformability piping when

the Ip=1.0 and provisions are made to avoid impact with larger pipe

or mechanical components or to protect the pipe in the event of such

impact and the nominal pipe size is 3-inches diameter or less.

b) Seismic braces are not required on high deformability piping when

the Ip=1.5 and provisions are made to avoid impact with larger pipe

or mechanical components or to protect the pipe in the event of such

impact and the nominal pipe size is 1-inch diameter or less.

2. Cast iron pipe of all types, glass pipe, and any other pipe jointed with a shield and clamp

assembly, where the top of the pipe is 12-inches or more from the supporting structure,

braced on each side of a change in direction of 90 degrees or more. Riser joints on

unsupported sections of piping braced or stabilized between floors.

3. Vertical Risers:

a. Laterally supported with a riser clamp at each floor.

b. For buildings greater than six stories high or for piping subject to thermal change

risers engineered individually.

C. Suspended Piping:

1. Seismic cable restraints consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic

loads with a minimum safety factor of two and arranged to provide all-directional

restraint.

2. Pre-stretch cable to achieve a certified minimum modulus of elasticity. Cable end

connections steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two

clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement.

3. Cable Assemblies: Mason Industries, Inc. Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt,

SCBH between the hanger rod and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam.

4. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a

minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding

of a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required.

Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies Mason Industries, Inc.

Type SRC, or UC.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

5. Pipe clevis cross-bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. Special purpose

preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt.

Clevis cross brace Mason Industries, Inc. Type CCB.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Do not install pipe which makes rigid contact with the building.

B. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are defective in workmanship or

materials.

3.2 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. General:

1. Install and adjust seismic restraints so that the piping support is not degraded by the

restraints.

B. Bracing of Pipes:

1. Branch lines may not be used to brace main lines.

2. Transverse Bracing: Maximum 40-feet, except where a lesser spacing is indicated in the

SMACNA tables for bracing of pipes

3. Longitudinal bracing at 80-feet maximum except where a lesser spacing is indicated in

the tables. In pipes where thermal expansion is a consideration, an anchor point may be

used as the specified longitudinal brace provided that it has a capacity to resist both the

seismic load and the additional force induced by expansion and contraction.

4. A rigid piping system not be braced to dissimilar parts of the building or to two dissimilar

building systems that may respond differently during an earthquake.

5. Transverse bracing for one pipe section may also act as longitudinal bracing for a pipe

section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the bracing is installed within 24

inches of the elbow or tee.

6. Subject to confirmation by field inspection, seismic bracing is not required on piping

when the piping is supported by rod hangers and the hangers in the entire run are 12-

inches or less in length from the top of the pipe to the supporting structure, hangers are

detailed to avoid bending of the hangers and their attachments and provisions are made

for piping to accommodate expected deflections.

C. Suspended Piping, Cable Method:

1. Adjust cables to a degree of slackness approved by the Structural Engineer.

2. Uplift and downward restraint nuts and Mason type RW neoprene covered steel rebound

washers for the Type 6 hangers adjusted with a maximum 1/4-inch clearance.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Identification for Plumbing Piping

Roofing System Replacement - Released for Bids 22 05 53 - Page 1 of 2

March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Piping Markers




PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Piping Markers:

1. W.H. Brady

2. Seton

3. Marking Systems, Inc. (MSI)


2.2 PIPING MARKERS

A. Label pipes with all-vinyl, self-sticking labels or letters.

B. For sizes from 3/4 to 2-inch outside diameter, 3/4-inch letters, above 2-inches outside

diameter, 2-inch letters.

C. Identify and color-code pipe markers as follows with black directional arrows.

PLUMBING SERVICE PIPE MARKER* BACKGROUND COLOR

STORM DRAIN STORM DRAIN GREEN

OVERFLOW DRAIN OVERFLOW DRAIN GREEN

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING MARKERS

A. Unless recommendations of ANSI A13.1 are more stringent, apply labels or letters after

completion of pipe cleaning, insulation, painting, or other similar work, as follows:

1. Every 20-feet along continuous exposed lines.

2. Every 10-feet along continuous concealed lines.

3. Adjacent to each valve and stub-out for future.

4. Where pipe passes through a wall, into and out of concealed spaces.

5. On each riser.

6. On each leg of a T.

LC-Public Services Building Identification for Plumbing Piping


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

7. Locate conspicuously where visible.

8. Provide pipe identification (over insulation) for reclaimed water systems in accordance

with current local codes and rulings.

B. Apply labels or letters to lower quarters of the pipe on horizontal runs where view is not

obstructed or on the upper quarters when pipe is normally viewed from above.

C. Apply arrow labels indicating direction of flow. Arrows to be the same color and sizes as

identification labels.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Pressure Testing for Plumbing Systems


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 05 90

PRESSURE TESTING FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Pressure Testing of Piping System





A. Code Compliance: Perform required tests in the presence of the authority having jurisdiction.

B. Owner Witness: Perform all tests in the presence of the Owner’s representative.

C. Engineer Witness: The Engineer or Engineer’s representative reserves the right to observe all

tests or selected tests to assure compliance with the specifications.

D. Simultaneous Testing: Test observations by the authority having jurisdiction, the Owner’s

Representative, and the Engineer’s representative need not occur simultaneously.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following test reports:

1. Certificate of completion, inspection, and test by authority having jurisdiction on required

piping systems.

2. Certificate of test approval by Owner’s representative on all systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT APPLICABLE

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Piping:

1. Test prior to concealment, insulation being applied, and connection to equipment,

fixtures, or specialties.

B. Leaks: Repair leaks and retest until stipulated results are achieved.

C. Notification:

1. Advise the Construction Manager 72 hours in advance of each test.

2. Failure to so notify will require test to be rescheduled.

LC-Public Services Building Pressure Testing for Plumbing Systems


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

D. Testing Equipment: Provide all necessary pumps, gauges, connections, and similar items

required to perform the tests.

3.2 TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Roof Drainage Systems:

1. Test entire system or sections of system by closing all openings in piping except highest

opening and filling system with water to point of overflow. If system is tested in

sections, plug each opening except highest opening of section under test and fill each

section with water, but none with less than 10 feet head of water.

2. Keep water in system or in portions under test for at least 45 minutes before inspection

starts. Test for 2 hours with no drop allowed. Locate and repair leaks.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Insulation for Plumbing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 07 00

INSULATION FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Pipe Insulation

2. Accessories Piping




C. Section 22 05 29, Hangers, Supports and Anchors for Plumbing



1. Insulating products prohibited from containing pentabrominated, octabrominated and

decabrominated diphenyl ethers. Where products within this specification contain these

banned substances, provide complying products from approved manufacturers with equal

performance characteristics.

2. Flame and Smoke Ratings: Installed composite flame spread not to exceed 25 and smoke

developed not to exceed 50 as tested by UL 723 or ASTM E84.

B. Protection: Protect against dirt, water, chemical, or mechanical damage before, during, and

after installation. Repair or replace damaged insulation at no additional cost.

C. Source Quality Control:

1. Service: Use insulation specifically manufactured for service specified.

2. Labeling: Insulation labeled or stamped with brand name and number.

3. Insulation and accessories not to provide nutritional or bodily use to fungi, bacteria,

insects, rats, mice, or other vermin. Asbestos free and no interaction with corrosively

with equipment, piping, or ductwork.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following.

1. Product Data: For each type including density, conductivity, thickness, jacket, vapor

barrier, and flame spread and smoke developed indices.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. General:

1. Johns Manville

2. Knauf



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3. Owens Corning

4. CertainTeed

5. Such insulation by one manufacturer.


B. Pipe Insulation:

1. Fiberglass:

a. Johns Manville Microlok HP

2.2 PIPE INSULATION

A. Fiberglass: Split sectional or Snap-On type with 0.23 per inch maximum thermal conductivity

(K-factor) at 75 degrees F mean temperature, 850 degrees F maximum service rating and

white, vapor barrier jacket with pressure sensitive closure system.

2.3 ACCESSORIES PIPING

A. Adhesives:

1. General: Maximum Flame Spread/Smoke Developed Rating of 25/50, SCAQMD Rule

1168 compliant.

2. Fiberglass: Integral closure system.

B. Cements:

1. Insulating: Ryder.

2. Heat Transfer: Chemax Tracit-300.

C. Pipe Fitting Covers:

1. One piece PVC insulated pipe fitting covers.

2. Zeston, Ceel-Co.

D. Tapes:

1. Pressure sensitive.

2. Zeston Z-tape.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Workmanship:

1. Installation: Insulation installed in first class, neat professional manner.

2. Applicators: Employed by firm that specializes in insulation work.

B. Preparation: Surfaces of piping and equipment clean, free of oil or dirt, and dry before

insulation is applied.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.2 PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION APPLIED LOCATIONS

A. Insulation Applied Locations – Plumbing Piping:

System Pipe

Size

Insulation Type Insulation

Thickness

Notes

Interior Storm Drain and

Interior Overflow Drains

All Fiberglass, all-

purpose jacket

1/2-inch Note

1

Note 1: Drain bodies, insulate the first 10-feet connected to the drain body, and horizontal

piping. Do not insulate main vertical stack.

3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Joints: Coat both sides of complete joining area with applicable adhesive.

a. Longitudinal Joints: Make joints on top or back of pipe to minimize visibility.

Except foam plastic, seal with closure system or 3-inch wide tape.

b. Butt Joints: Butt lightly together and, except for foam plastic, seal with 3-inch wide

tape or butt straps.

c. Multiple Layered Insulation: Joints staggered.

2. Voids:

a. Fill voids, chipped corners and other openings with insulating cement or material

compatible with insulating material.

B. Vapor Barrier Insulation:

1. Refer to Section 22 05 29, Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for Plumbing for support

requirements.

2. Piping which requires vapor barrier protection of continuous vapor barrier, which may

not be pierced or broken. The following piping systems require vapor barrier protection:

a. Storm drain.

3. Vapor Barrier Insulation:

a. Insulation for pipe requiring vapor barrier protection 1-1/4-inch or smaller,

insulation continuous through pipe hangers and rollers.

b. For pipe 1-1/2-inch and larger, 18-inch section of calcium silicate, same thickness as

pipe insulation with continuous vapor barrier jacket at each hanger or roller.

Provide pipe shield specified in Section 22 05 29, Hangers, Supports, and Anchors

for Plumbing.


A. Field Test: Test and approve systems prior to installation of insulation.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Pipe and Pipe Fittings Plumbing


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 21 13

PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Cast Iron Soil Pipe, Service Weight (No-Hub)

2. PVC Pipe (DWV)




C. Section 22 05 29, Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for Plumbing



1. Piping material and installation to meet requirements of the local plumbing, fire, and

building codes and serving utility requirements.

B. Correct damages to the building or systems resulting from failure to properly clean the system

without additional expense to the Owner.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following:

1. List of piping materials indicating the service it is being used for. (Do not submit piping

product data).

B. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit certificates of inspections and pipe tests to Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. As indicated.

2.2 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE, SERVICE WEIGHT (NO-HUB)

A. General: A code approved hubless system conforming to Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute

Standard 301.

B. Pipe and Fittings:

1. Service weight hubless cast iron conforming to ASTM A 888, marked with the collective

trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and listed by NSF International.

2. Manufacturers:

a. Tyler

b. AB&I



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

c. Charlotte

C. Gaskets: Compression type conforming to ASTM C 564.

D. Above Grade Couplings: Band type coupling in conformance with Cast Iron Soil Pipe

Institute (CISPI) 310-90, consisting of stainless steel clamp, and corrugated shield assemblies

with a neoprene sealing sleeve ANSI A21.6, ANSI A21.10 Fittings.

E. Buried: Husky 28 gauge 304 stainless steel hubless type clamp and orange corrugated shield

assemblies (80-inch pound torque) with neoprene sealing gaskets (ASTM-C-564), or Clamp-

All (125-inch pound torque), 24 gauge 304 stainless steel hubless type clamp, and shield

assemblies with neoprene sealing gaskets (ASTM-C-564).

F. Service:

1. Storm piping.

2.3 PVC PIPE (DWV)

A. Pipe: PVC, wall thickness equal to Schedule 40 standard steel pipe, conforming to ASTM

D2665-85a.

B. Fittings: PVC building drain, waste, and vent fittings conforming to ASTM D2665-85 and

ASTM D3311-82.

C. Solvent Cement: PVC pipe conforming to ASTM D2564-80.

D. Service: Storm piping, only within duct shaft. All pipe must be insulated.

2.4 UTILITY MARKERS

A. Provide plastic tape utility markers over buried piping. Provide identification on tape.

B. Material to be Brady Identoline plastic tape, 6-inch, Seton, or as approved.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Measurements, Lines and Levels:

1. Check dimension at the building site and establish lines and levels for work specified in

this Section.

2. Establish inverts, slopes, and manhole elevations by instrument, working from an

established datum point. Provide elevation markers for use in determining slopes and

elevations in accordance with Drawings and Specifications.

3. Use established grid and area lines for locating trenches in relation to building and

boundaries.

3.2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. General:

1. Perform necessary excavation and backfill required for the installation of mechanical

work in accord with Division 02, Existing Conditions

2. Repair pipelines or other work damaged during excavation and backfilling.

B. Excavation:

1. Excavate trenches to the necessary depth and width, removing rocks, roots, and stumps.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

2. Include additional excavation to facilitate utility crossovers, additional offsets, etc.

3. Excavation material is unclassified. Width of trench adequate for proper installation of

piping.

4. Widen trench if not wide enough for a proper installation.

C. Bedding:

1. Cast iron, steel, and copper piping full bedded on sand.

2. Place a minimum 4-inch deep layer on the leveled trench bottom for this purpose.

3. Remove the sand to the necessary depth for piping bells and couplings to maintain

contact of the pipe on the sand for its entire length.

4. Lay other piping on a smooth level trench bottom so that contact is made for its entire

length.

D. Backfill:

1. Place in layers not exceeding 8 inches deep, and compact to 95 percent of standard

proctor maximum density at optimum moisture content.

2. Earth backfill free of rocks over 2 inches in diameter and foreign matter.

3. Disposal of excess material as directed.

a. Interior: Backfill under interior slabs bank sand or pea gravel.

b. Exterior:

1) Excavated material may be used outside of buildings at the Contractor’s option.

2) First 4-inches sand, and final 12-inch layer course soil.

3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Install unions in non-flanged piping connections to apparatus and adjacent to screwed control

valves, traps, and appurtenances requiring removal for servicing so located that piping may be

disconnected without disturbing the general system.

B. Utility Marking:

1. Installed over the entire length of the underground piping utilities.

2. Install plastic tape along both sides and the center line of the trenches at the elevation of

approximately 12-inches above the top of utility.

3.4 PIPING JOINTS

A. PVC Piping:

1. Socket weld joints with solvent cement and application method recommended by

manufacturer.

2. Use power saw and miter box to cut PVC pipe, except DI piping must be cut with a

wheel cutter specifically made for plastics.

3. Allow proper curing time based on temperature range during cure period before pressure

testing.

B. Above Grade No-Hub Couplings: Install in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.



March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. General:

1. Clean interior of piping before installation.

2. Flush sediment out of piping systems after installation before connecting plumbing

fixtures to the piping.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Plumbing Fixtures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 22 40 00

PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Drainage Products




1.3 SUBMITTALS


1. Product data for each item specified.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers are stated for each fixture specified. The following manufacturers are also

acceptable, except when indicated only.

B. Drainage Products:

1. J.R. Smith

2. Josam

3. Sioux Chief

4. Zurn

5. Wade

6. Watts Drainage

7. Mifab

C. Other Manufacturers: Submit substitution request.

2.2 DRAINAGE PRODUCTS

A. RD-1 Roof Drain (Large Area): J.R. Smith 1010 Series, 16-inch low profile diameter dome,

cast iron body with combined flashing clamp and gravel stop, no-hub outlet, under deck

clamp.

LC-Public Services Building Plumbing Fixtures


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

PART 3 EXECUTION

A. RoofDrains:

1. Provide sump receivers for all drains except poured in place installations.

2. Provide extension section as required to compensate for the specified insulation thickness

above the roof slab or deck.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Common Work Results for HVAC


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 23 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. The Drawings that accompany the Division 23, HVAC Specifications are diagrammatic. They

do not show every offset, bend, tee, or elbow which may be required to install work in the

space provided and avoid conflicts. Offsets and transitions assumed at a minimum at each

duct crossing, structural penetrations through shear walls or beams, structural grids where

ceiling heights are restricted, and at piping mains. Follow the Drawing as closely as is

practical to do so and install additional bends, offsets and elbows where required by local

conditions from measurements taken at the Building, subject to approval, and without

additional cost to the Owner. The right is reserved to make any reasonable changes in outlet

location prior to roughing-in, without cost impact.

B. The General and Supplemental Conditions apply to this Division, including but not limited to:

1. Drawings and specifications.

2. Public ordinances, permits.

3. Include payments and fees required by governing authorities for work of this Division.

C. Division 01, General Requirements, General Requirements, applies to this Division.



B. Division 23, Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)



1. Products and equipment prohibited from containing pentabrominated, octabrominated,

and decabrominated diphenyl ethers. Where products or equipment within this

specification contain these banned substances, provide complying products and

equipment from approved manufacturers with equal performance characteristics.

2. General: Work and materials conforms to the local and State codes, and Federal, State

and other applicable laws and regulations.

3. Contractor responsible for obtaining and payment for permits, licenses, and inspection

certificates required in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents.

B. New materials and equipment. Work of good quality, free of faults and defects and in

conformance with the Contract Documents.

C. Workmanship:

1. General: Install materials in a neat and professional manner.

2. Manufacturer’s Instructions:

a. Follow manufacturer’s directions where they cover points not specifically indicated.

b. If conflict with the Drawings and Division 23, HVAC Specifications, obtain

clarification before starting work.

LC-Public Services Building Common Work Results for HVAC


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225


A. Existing Conditions:

1. Prior to bidding, verify and become familiar with existing conditions by visiting the site,

and include factors which may affect the execution of this Work.

2. Include related costs in the initial bid proposal.

B. Coordinate exact requirements governed by actual job conditions. Check information and

report discrepancies before fabricating work. Report changes in time to avoid unnecessary

work.

C. Coordinate shutdown and start-up of existing, temporary, and new systems and utilities.

Notify Owner, the City, and Utility Company.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Provide a written guaranty covering the work of this Division (for a period of one calendar

year from the date of acceptance by the Owner) as required by the General Conditions.

B. Provide manufacturer’s written warranties for material and equipment furnished under this

Division insuring parts and labor for a period of one year from the date of Owner acceptance

of Work of this Division.

C. Correct warranty items promptly upon notification.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CLEANING

A. General: Clean mechanical ductwork of stampings and markings (except those required by

codes), iron cuttings, and other refuse.

B. Additional requirements are specified under specific Sections of this Division.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for HVAC

Roofing System Replacement – Released for Bids 23 05 29 - Page 1 of 2

March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 23 05 29

HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01, General Requirements Specification Sections, apply to this

Section.

B. The provisions of Division 23, Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)

Section 23 05 00, Common Work Results for HVAC, apply to work specified in this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY


1. Roof Curbs




1.4 SUBMITTALS


1. Roof curb catalog data and drawing.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Roof Curbs

1. Thybar

2. Greenheck

3. Twin City

4. Penn-Barry

5. Cook

2.2 ROOF CURBS

A. Continuous welded aluminum or galvanized steel construction.

B. Pressure treated wood nailer strip mechanically fastened with corrosion resistant fasteners.

C. Engineered to support gravity and seismic loads of entire unit.

D. Suitable for use on insulated or non-insulated roof decks.

E. Account for roof slope and roof insulation thickness to provide level mounting service for

equipment.

LC-Public Services Building Hangers, Supports, and Anchors for HVAC

Roofing System Replacement – Released for Bids 23 05 29 - Page 2 of 2

March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

F. Curb height no less than 8 inches from roof membrane.

G. For kitchen applications provide NFPA 96 compliant curb with louvered openings to allow

hot air and gases to escape between ductwork and roof curb.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 ROOF CURBS:

A. Select appropriate model for insulated or uninsulated roof deck.

B. Install per manufacturer’s instructions.

C. Account for roof slope to provide level mounting service for equipment.

D. Coordinate dimensions with installed duct.

END OF SECTION

LC-Public Services Building HVAC Ducts – Low Pressure


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

SECTION 23 31 01

HVAC DUCTS – LOW PRESSURE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Sheet Metal Ductwork





A. Installer Qualifications: Work performed by qualified, experienced mechanics, in accordance

with the manual of Duct and Sheet Metal Construction of the Sheet Metal and Air

Conditioning Contractors National Association and these Specifications.

B. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Entire ductwork system, including materials and installation, installed in accordance with

NFPA 90A.

2. Ductwork and components UL 181 listed, Class I air duct, flame rating not to exceed 25

and smoke rating not to exceed 50.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK

A. Fabricate from galvanized steel, unless noted otherwise.

B. Minimum gauge, duct construction, joint reinforcing, fittings, hangers, and supports in

accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible, Latest

Edition.

C. Duct Classification: Ducts considered low pressure when design velocities are 2000 fpm or

less and maximum static pressure is 2-inches wg positive or negative.

1. The following ductwork constructed in accordance with minimum reinforcement

requirements for static pressure class of 1/2-inch wg positive or negative.

a. Relief ductwork at elevators.

2. The following ductwork constructed in accordance with minimum reinforcement

requirements for static pressure class of 2-inches wg, positive or negative.

a. Exhaust ductwork serving fans scheduled to operate at pressures greater than 1-

inch wg negative.

2.2 DUCTWORK, GREASE HOOD EXHAUST

A. Materials: Stainless steel, minimum 18 gauge.

LC-Public Services Building HVAC Ducts – Low Pressure


March 8, 2019 WJE No. 2018.5225

B. Fabrication: Make joints and seams with a continuous grease tight weld on the external

surface of the duct system.

2.3 STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK

A. Ductwork listed below and ductwork indicated on drawings constructed of 18 gauge minimum

stainless steel with 2D finish concealed and No. 4 finish exposed. Type 304 or 316 as

indicated.

B. Seams: Welded and liquid tight.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 APPLIED LOCATIONS

A. Relief ductwork at elevators: Galvanized sheet metal ductwork.

B. Stainless Steel Ducts:

1. Type 304:

a. Kitchen exhaust.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Ductwork:

1. Seal traverse joints with an approved mastic during joining procedure or tape after

joining to provide airtight duct system.

2. Low pressure ductwork hanger and support systems in accordance with SMACNA

HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. Wire supports are not

allowed.

B. Stainless Steel Duct: Install stainless steel ductwork similar to galvanized ductwork per

SMACNA standards.

END OF SECTION